Académique Documents
Professionnel Documents
Culture Documents
-
-
-- - -
UNI VE RS I T Y OF C AL I F ORNI A P RE S S
- -
Univeisity of Califoinia Piess
Beikeley and Los Angeles, Califoinia
Univeisity of Califoinia Piess, Ltd.
London, England
C 2000 by
The Regents of the Univeisity of Califoinia
Libiaiy of Congiess Cataloging-in-Publication Data
Einsohn, Amy.
The copyeditoi`s handbook : a guide foi
book publishing and coipoiate communications,
with exeicises and answei keys / Amy Einsohn.
p. cm.
Includes bibliogiaphical iefeiences and index.
ISBN 0-520-21834-5 (alk. papei).
- ISBN 0-520-21835-3 (pbk. : alk. papei)
1. Copy-ieading Handbooks, manuals, etc.
2. Jouinalism, Commeicial-Editing Hand-
books, manuals, etc. 3. Editing Handbooks,
manuals, etc. I. Title.
PN4784.C75E37 1999.
808'.027-dc21 99-29826
CIPX
Piinted in the United States of Ameiica
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
The papei used in this publication meets the minimum iequiiements of Ameiican National Standaid
foi Infoimation Sciences-Peimanence of Papei foi Piinted Libiaiy Mateiials, ANSI Z39.48-1984.
v
-
Pieface ix
PART 1 . THE ABCs OF COPYEDI TI NG
1. WHAT COPYEDI TORS DO
Piincipal Tasks Editoiial Tiiage
Levels of Copyediting Estimates
The Editoiial Piocess One Paiagiaph, Thiee Ways
2. BASI C PROCEDURES
Maiking Changes on Haid Copy Style Sheets
Making Changes On-Scieen Cleanup
Queiying
3. REFERENCE BOOKS AND RES OURCES
Foui Essential Books Newsletteis
On the Bookshelf Inteinet Sites
PART 2 . EDI TORI AL STYLE
4. PUNCTUATI ON
Conventions, Fashions, and Style Multiple Punctuation
Function 1: Teiminal Punctuation Eyeballing Eveiy Maik
Function 2: Joining Clauses Contioveisial Techniques
Function 3: Setting Off Phiases -
Function 4: Indicating Omission -
Maik-by-Maik Pitfalls
5. SPELLI NG AND HYPHENATI ON
Impioving Youi Spelling Skills Pluials
Vaiiant Spellings Possessives
Biitish Spelling One Woid oi Two:
Homophones Spellcheckeis
Foieign Woids and Phiases -
Piopei Nouns and Adjectives -
6. CAPI TALI ZATI ON
Peisonal Names and Titles Cybeijaigon
Geogiaphical Names Titles of Woiks
Racial and Ethnic Gioups Names of Plants and Animals
Company Names, Tiademaiks, -
and Biand Names -
7. NUMBERS AND NUMERALS
Woids oi Numeials: Inclusive Numeials
Money Mathematical Signs and
Time Symbols
Stieet Numbeis and Phone Style Sheet Entiies
Numbeis -
Units of Measuiement -
Roman Numeials
8. QUOTATI ONS
Misspellings in the Souice Document Syntactical Fit
Odd Woiding in the Souice Ellipsis Points
Document Biackets
Run-in and Set-off Quotations Citing Souices
Punctuation of Quotations -
9. ABBREVI ATI ONS, ACRONYMS, AND SYMBOLS
Abbieviations Symbols and Signs
Acionyms -
10. TABLES, GRAPHS, AND ART
Tables -
Giaphs -
Ait
v i C O N T E N T S
11. REFERENCES
Authoi-Date System Citation-Sequence System
Refeience Notes -
12. FRONT AND BACK MATTER
Fiont Mattei Indexes
Back Mattei -
Glossaiies
13. TYPECODI NG
Typecoding on Haid Copy Lists
Typecoding On-Scieen Design Specs
Heads and Subheads -
PART 3 . LANGUAGE EDI TI NG
14. GRAMMAR: PRI NCI PLES AND PI TFALLS
Whose Giammai: Pionoun-Antecedent
Subject-Veib Agieement Agieement
Tioublesome Veibs Case of Nouns and Pionouns
Split Infnitives Paiallel Foim
Subjunctive Mood Adjectives and Adveibs
Dangling Paiticiples and --
Dangling and Misplaced Piepositions
Modifeis Miscellaneous Bugaboos
15. BEYOND GRAMMAR
Oiganization Bias-Fiee Language
Expositoiy Style Publishing Law
Checklist of Editoiial Piefeiences
Glossaiy of Copyediting Teims
Glossaiy of Giammai Teims
Answei Keys
Selected Bibliogiaphy
Index
C O N T E N T S v i i
i x
This handbook is addiessed to new and aspiiing copyeditois who will be woik-
ing on nonfction books, jouinal aiticles, newsletteis, and coipoiate publi-
cations. Many of the topics will also be of inteiest to copyeditois woiking foi
newspapeis and magazines, although I do not discuss the editoiial conven-
tions peculiai to jouinalism.
One of the fist things a new copyeditoi leains is that theie aie two geneial-
puipose style manuals ( and - ),
two widely used scientifc style manuals (
- -- and B
), and a vaiiety of specialized style manuals. (All the manuals aie discussed
in chaptei 3.) This guide is intended as a supplement to, not a substitute foi,
an editoiial style manual.
Given that the shoitest of the majoi style manuals is some 360 pages and
the longest is ioughly 960, you might wondei why a copyeditoi would need
this handbook in addition. One ieason is that although all the manuals aie
flled with iules, piefeiences, exceptions, and examples, they assume that theii
ieadeis alieady undeistand what copyeditois do, why the iules mattei, and
how and when to apply, bend, oi bieak the iules. Second, because the man-
uals aie addiessed to both copyeditois and authois, they do not discuss the
pioceduies peculiai to copyediting, noi the kinds of minute-by-minute
decisions that copyeditois make.
Heie`s an example. Sometime in the eaily 1980s I was woiking on a man-
usciipt that called foi the pluial foim of the computei device - At the
time, the mouse was not yet a household item, and I couldn`t iecall having
x P R E F A C E
seen the pluial in piint. I wondeied whethei the iiiegulai mammalian pluial
should be caiiied ovei to the desktop - Eveiy copyeditoi`s fist
iesouice, of couise, is a iecent edition of a good dictionaiy. The dictionaiies
I consulted showed as the pluial, but none of them included a defnition
foi - as a desktop ciittei. So I wiote a note to the authoi --
and suggested a way to iewiite the sentence so that the pluial foim would
not be needed. The question of the piefeiied pluial stuck in my mind, how-
evei, as a nice example of the kind of pioblems a copyeditoi confionts eveiy
day.
In 1996 I again needed a pluial foi - but by then computei --
weie scuiiying eveiywheie, and I thought that suiely I would fnd the
defnitive answei. The dictionaiy was again of no help, but copyeditois don`t
always allow the geneial-piactitionei dictionaiy to have the last woid. No, I
consulted a specialist: - - -
edited by Constance Hale. While noting that both teims aie common,"
the ciew states a piefeience foi -- Befoie passing judgment, how-
evei, the editois of asked Douglas Engelbait, the inventoi of the
mouse, about his piefeience foi the pluial foim: 'Haven`t given the mattei
much thought`" (p. 157).
Copyeditois, howevei, must give such matteis much thought. And though
both and -- aie found in piint, most authois and editois have a
piefeience. The -keteeis think -- just sounds silly, even aftei you
iemind them of the diffeience between (liteial pluial) and -- (fguia-
tive pluial) and ask the maiiied ones if they live with theii spouses oi spice
in big houses oi hice. Analogies, they coiiectly piotest, can caiiy us only so
fai. Membeis of the pio--- faction include those who eek at the sound
of iodents scuiiying acioss desktops, those who believe that the less-muiine
pluial avoids confusion, and those who note that newly coined woids and
metaphoiic usages tend to take iegulai pluials: What a bunch of Mickey
Mouses!"
1
Neithei faction has much use foi the cumbeisome - -
the foim iecommended by a leading softwaie and peiipheials manufactuiei.
The choice between -- and is the kind of judgment call copy-
editois must make as they go about theii job of advising authois and mend-
1. But see Steven Pinkei, - - pp.
141-47. Pinkei`s examples include - and -- and A- and
- as well as the piopei nouns - and -.
ing manusciipts. Some pioblems aie easily solved: theie is only one coiiect
way to spell But many questions do not have a single coiiect
answei, and these iequiie the copyeditoi to consult moie than one iefei-
ence book, to identify and weigh conicting opinions, and to make an
infoimed decision about when to apply, adapt, oi ignoie vaiious conven-
tions and iules. This guide is intended to help you make just those soits of
infoimed decisions.
TI PS FOR USI NG THI S BOOK
1. The sequence of chapteis in this book follows the oidei I use in teach-
ing copyediting couises. We exploie the geneial tasks, pioceduies, and
piocesses (pait 1) befoie sciutinizing the mechanical conventions (pait 2),
and then we look at giammai, oiganization, and othei big pictuie" topics
(pait 3). You may, howevei, piefei to iead pait 3 befoie pait 2.
2. If you aie peiplexed by a teim, consult the Glossaiy of Copyediting
Teims and the Glossaiy of Giammai Teims at the back of the book. You
could also check the index to see if the teim is discussed elsewheie in the book.
3. Most of the iecommendations in pait 2 follow those stated in
but widely used alteinatives aie also discussed. To
locate the piecise point in one of these style manuals, consult that manual`s
index.
4. Indisputably incoiiect sample sentences aie pieceded by the symbol .
Eithei an explanation oi a coiiected veision oi both follow. Sample sentences
that aie unsatisfactoiy but not incoiiect aie pieceded by a label such as
oi
5. Cioss-iefeiences within the text aie by fist-level head and chaptei num-
bei; all fist-level heads aie listed in the table of contents. (If you`ie wondei-
ing why the cioss-iefeiences aie not to page numbeis, see the discussion of
cioss-iefeiencing undei Oiganization" in chaptei 15.)
6. The Answei Keys piovide hand-maiked manusciipt and line-by-line
explanations foi the exeicises in pait 2. (Don`t peek.)
7. Because is the style manual used by the
Univeisity of Califoinia Piess, this book was copyedited to confoim to that
manual. Eagle-eyed ieadeis, howevei, will notice a few spots in which the edi-
toiial style heie diveiges fiom especially on some matteis of hyphen-
P R E F A C E x i
ation (see One Woid oi Two:" in chaptei 5). Kindly constiue all eiiois in
the text as oppoitunities foi you to exeicise youi editoiial acumen.
8. Foi an eiiata list, updated bibliogiaphy, and othei helpful tools, visit
the K- on the Inteinet at http://copyedit.ucpiess.edu.
9. The following shoit titles aie used foi woiks fiequently cited in the text.
(Foi complete bibliogiaphical data, see the Selected Bibliogiaphy at the back
of the book.)
-
--
B
- - --
-K- - -
Wilson Follett, -
Refeiences aie to the 1966 edition, not the 1998
ievised edition.]
-K-
K- R. W. Buichfeld, ed., K-
- -
Constance Hale and Jessie Scanlon, eds.,
- - -
-
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Since the mid-1980s I have taught copyediting classes to hundieds of stu-
dents, both in Beikeley, Califoinia, and thiough coiiespondence study. I want
to thank all these students foi theii inquisitiveness and high spiiits as we
exploied the picayune aspects of the copyeditoi`s life.
I am also giateful to the two people most iesponsible foi my editoiial caieei:
Giacia Alkema, the fist managing editoi to hiie me as a fieelancei (at Jossey-
Bass in San Fiancisco), and Maiilyn Schwaitz, managing editoi of the Uni-
veisity of Califoinia Piess, who has always given wise answeis to my questions.
She also guided this book fiom acquisition thiough pioduction with metic-
x i i P R E F A C E
ulous caie and unagging enthusiasm. Baibaia Ras-fist at the Univeisity
of Califoinia Piess, then at Noith Point Piess, and now at the Univeisity of
Geoigia Piess-has been extiemely helpful and geneious. Many othei editois
at Califoinia-Rose Vekony and Maiy Lampiech, in paiticulai-and dozens
of my colleagues in Editceteia (a Bay Aiea editois` co-op) have offeied valu-
able piofessional advice ovei the yeais.
Suzanne Knott did a fist-iate job on the editoiial equivalent of decipheiing
a lithogiaph by Eschei (copyediting a manusciipt about copyediting wiitten
by a copyeditoi). All the iemaining mechanical inconsistencies and eiiois aie
mine and iepiesent instances when I failed to heed hei advice.
Baibaia Jellow designed this book, Anne Caniight and Desne Boidei did
the pioofieading, Zippie Collins ieviewed the Answei Keys, and Elinoi Lind-
heimei wiote the fist diaft of the index. I thank and salute all of them foi
theii skills and assistance.
The suppoit of long-time fiiends Caiolyn Tipton, Ellen Fiankel, Lauia
Rivkin, and Evan Fiances Agnew has made all the diffeience. Above all, I thank
my husband, Chiis Raisnei, foi sweetly nudging me to fnish this book.
P R E F A C E x i i i
P AR T 1
-
The thiee chapteis in this pait intioduce the ciaft of copyediting. Chaptei 1
outlines the copyeditoi`s iesponsibilities and piincipal tasks. Chaptei 2 shows
how copyeditois hand-maik manusciipts and edit on-scieen. Chaptei 3
desciibes a vaiiety of iefeience books, newsletteis, and online iesouices foi
copyeditois.
1
-
Copyeditois always seive the needs of thiee constituencies:
the authoi(s)-the peison (oi people) who wiote oi compiled the
manusciipt
the publishei-the peison oi company that is paying the cost of
pioducing the piinted mateiial
the ieadeis-the people foi whom the mateiial is being pioduced
All these paities shaie one basic desiie: an eiioi-fiee publication. To that end,
the copyeditoi acts as the authoi`s second paii of eyes, pointing out-and
usually coiiecting-mechanical eiiois and inconsistencies; eiiois oi infelic-
ities of giammai, usage, and syntax; and eiiois oi inconsistencies in content.
If you like alliteiative mnemonic devices, you can conceive of a copyeditoi`s
chief conceins as compiising the 4 Cs"-claiity, coheiency, consistency, and
coiiectness-in seivice of the Caidinal C": communication.
Ceitain piojects iequiie the copyeditoi to seive as moie than a second set
of eyes. Heaviei inteivention may be needed, foi example, when the authoi
does not have native oi neai-native uency in English, when the authoi is a
piofessional oi a technical expeit wiiting foi a lay audience, oi when the authoi
has not been caieful in piepaiing the manusciipt.
Sometimes, too, copyeditois fnd themselves juggling the conicting
needs and desiies of theii constituencies. Foi example, the authoi may feel
that the manusciipt iequiies no moie than a quick iead-thiough to coiiect
a handful of typogiaphical eiiois, while the publishei, believing that a fimei
3
hand would beneft the fnal pioduct, instiucts the copyeditoi to piune vei-
bose passages. Oi a budget-conscious publishei may ask the copyeditoi to
attend to only the most egiegious eiiois, while the authoi is hoping foi a con-
scientious sentence-by-sentence polishing of the text.
Copyeditois who woik foi publisheis aie usually given geneial instiuc-
tions about how light oi heavy a hand the text is thought to need. But no one
looks ovei the copyeditoi`s shouldei, giving detailed advice about how much
oi how little to do. Publishing piofessionals use the teim
to denote a copyeditoi`s intuition and instincts about when to inteivene,
when to leave well enough alone, and when to ask the authoi to iewoik a
sentence oi a paiagiaph. In addition to having a good eye and eai foi lan-
guage, copyeditois must develop a sixth sense about how much effoit, and
what kind of effoit, to put into each pioject that ciosses theii desk.
In the pie-computei eia, copyeditois used pencils oi pens and maiked theii
changes and questions on a typewiitten manusciipt. Today, some copyedi-
tois still woik on haid copy, but many sit at a computei and key in theii woik-
a piocess vaiiously called - - ()
oi - Regaidless of the medium, though,
a copyeditoi must iead the document lettei by lettei, woid by woid, with exciu-
ciating caie and attentiveness. In many ways, being a copyeditoi is like sitting
foi an English exam that nevei ends: At eveiy moment, youi knowledge of
spelling, giammai, punctuation, usage, syntax, and diction is being tested.
You`ie not expected to be peifect, though. Eveiy copyeditoi misses eiiois
heie and theie. But do iespect the foui commandments of copyediting:
Thou shalt not lose oi damage pait of a manusciipt.
Thou shalt not intioduce an eiioi into a text that is coiiect.
(As in othei aieas of life, in copyediting an act of commission
is moie seiious than an act of omission.)
Thou shalt not inadveitently change the authoi`s meaning.
Thou shalt not miss a ciitical deadline.
PRI NCI PAL TAS KS
Copyediting is one step in the piocess by which a manusciipt is tuined into
a fnal published pioduct (e.g., a book, an annual coipoiate iepoit, a newslet-
tei). Heie, we will quickly suivey the copyeditoi`s six piincipal tasks; the pio-
4 T H E A B C s O F C O P Y E D I T I N G
ceduies and conventions foi executing these tasks aie desciibed in the chap-
teis that follow.
1. MECHANI CAL EDI TI NG
The heait of copyediting consists of making a manusciipt confoim to an
- (also called - -). Editoiial style includes
spelling
hyphenation
capitalization
punctuation
tieatment of numbeis and numeials
tieatment of quotations
use of abbieviations and acionyms
use of italics and bold type
tieatment of special elements (headings, lists, tables, chaits,
and giaphs)
foimat of footnotes oi endnotes and othei documentation
compiises all editoiial inteiventions made to ensuie
confoimity to house style. Theie is nothing mechanical, howevei, about
mechanical editing; it iequiies a shaip eye, a solid giasp of a wide iange of
conventions, and good judgment. The mistake most fiequently made by
novice copyeditois is to iewiite poitions of a text (foi bettei oi foi woise,
depending on the copyeditoi`s wiiting skills) and to ignoie such minoi
details" as capitalization, punctuation, and hyphenation. Wiong! Whatevei
else you aie asked to do, you aie expected to iepaii any mechanical incon-
sistencies in the manusciipt.
Foi an example of the diffeiences puiely mechanical editing can make in
the look and feel-but not the meaning-of a document, compaie these selec-
tions fiom aiticles that appeaied on the same day in the - and
the -
WH A T C O P Y E D I T O R S D O 5
Which is coiiect: (Oi which is moie coiiect":): Ameiican waiplanes oi
U.S. waiplanes: Col. Muammai el-Qaddaf oi Col. Moammai Gadhaf: F-111`s
oi F-111s: coup d`tat oi coup d`etat: C.I.A. oi CIA: In each case, it is not
a mattei of coiiectness pei se but of piefeience, and the sum total of such
piefeiences constitutes an editoiial style. A copyeditoi`s job is to ensuie that
the manusciipt confoims to the publishei`s editoiial style; if the publishei
does not have a house style, the copyeditoi must make suie that the authoi
has been consistent in selecting among acceptable vaiiants.
At book publishing fims, scholaily jouinals, newspapeis, and magazines,
a house style is geneiated by having all copyeditois use the same dictionaiy
and the same style manual (e.g., -
-- -- -
--). In contiast, companies that pioduce documents, iepoits,
biochuies, catalogs, oi newsletteis but do not considei themselves to be bona
fde publisheis often iely on in-house style guides, on geneial lists of do`s
and don`ts, oi on the judgments and piefeiences of copyeditois and edito-
iial cooidinatois.
1
6 T H E A B C s O F C O P Y E D I T I N G
-
Febiuaiy 22, 1987
By Seymoui M. Heish
Eighteen Ameiican waiplanes set out
fiom Lakenheath Aii Base in England last
Apiil 14 to begin a 14-houi, 5,400-mile
iound-tiip ight to Tiipoli, Libya. It is
now cleai that nine of those Aii Foice
F-111`s had an unpiecedented peacetime
mission. Theii taigets: Col. Muammai
el-Qaddaf and his family. . . .
Since eaily 1981, the Cential Intelli-
gence Agency had been encouiaging and
abetting Libyan exile gioups and foieign
goveinments, especially those of Egypt
and Fiance, in theii effoits to stage a
coup d`tat. . . . Now the supeisonic Aii
Foice F-111`s weie oideied to accom-
plish what the C.I.A. could not.
-
Febiuaiy 22, 1987
By Seymoui M. Heish
Eighteen U.S. waiplanes set out fiom
Lakenheath Aii Base in England last
Apiil 14 to begin a 14-houi, 5,400-mile
iound-tiip ight to Tiipoli, Libya. It is
now cleai that nine of those Aii Foice
F-111s had an unpiecedented peacetime
mission. Theii taigets: Col. Moammai
Gadhaf and his family. . . .
Since eaily 1981, the CIA had been
encouiaging and abetting Libyan exile
gioups and foieign goveinments, espe-
cially those of Egypt and Fiance, in theii
effoits to stage a coup d`etat. . . . Now
the supeisonic Aii Foice F-111s weie
oideied to accomplish what the CIA
could not.
1. I use the teim to denote the peison who is supeivising an in-house
copyeditoi oi who is assigning woik to a fieelance copyeditoi. In book publishing, this peison`s
2. CORRELATI NG PARTS
Unless the manusciipt is veiy shoit and simple, the copyeditoi must devote
special attention to coiielating the paits of the manusciipt. Such tasks
include
veiifying any cioss-iefeiences that appeai in the text
checking the numbeiing of footnotes, endnotes, tables, and
illustiations
specifying the placement of tables and illustiations
checking the content of the illustiations against the captions and
against the text
ieading the list of illustiations against the illustiations and against
the captions
ieading the table of contents against the manusciipt
ieading the footnotes oi endnotes against the bibliogiaphy
Some types of texts iequiie special cioss-checking. Foi example, in cook-
books the list of ingiedients that piecedes a iecipe must be iead against the
iecipe: Is eveiy ingiedient in the initial list used in the iecipe: Does eveiy ingie-
dient used in the iecipe appeai in the list of ingiedients: Similaily, when copy-
editing othei kinds of how-to texts, one may need to check whethei the list
of equipment oi paits matches the instiuctions.
3. LANGUAGE EDI TI NG: GRAMMAR, USAGE, AND DI CTI ON
Copyeditois also coiiect-oi ask the authoi to coiiect-eiiois oi lapses in
giammai, syntax, usage, and diction. Ideally, copyeditois set iight whatevei
is incoiiect, unidiomatic, confusing, ambiguous, oi inappiopiiate without
attempting to impose theii stylistic piefeiences oi piejudices on the authoi.
The iules" foi language editing aie fai moie subjective than those foi
mechanical editing. Most copyeditois come to tiust a small set of usage books
and then to iely on theii own judgment when the books fail to illuminate a
paiticulai issue oi offei conicting iecommendations. Indeed, the coiiect"
usage choice may vaiy fiom manusciipt to manusciipt, depending on the
WH A T C O P Y E D I T O R S D O 7
title may be oi In othei in-
dustiies, the title begins with a modifei like - - (shoit foi publications"),
oi and concludes with one of the following nouns: --
publishei`s house style, the conventions in the authoi`s feld, and the expec-
tations of the intended audience.
A small example: Most copyeditois who woik foi academic piesses and
scholaily jouinals aie taught to tieat as a pluial noun: The data foi 1999
aie not available." But copyeditois in coipoiate communications depaitments
aie often expected to tieat as a singulai noun: The data foi 1999 is not
available."
2
Moieovei, a coipoiate copyeditoi is likely to accept as an
adjective and to favoi contiactions: The 1999 data isn`t available."
A second example: Between the 1960s and the late 1980s, many piomi-
nent usage expeits denounced as a sentence adveib, and copyedi-
tois weie instiucted to ievise Hopefully, the ciisis will end soon" to iead It
is to be hoped that the ciisis will end soon." Almost all membeis of the anti-
faction have since iecanted, though some people, unawaie that the
battle has ended, continue what they believe to be the good fght.
3
The histoiy of the contioveisy seives as a iemindei that theie
aie fads and fashions, ciotchets and ciazes, in that cultuial cieation known
as giammai. Foi copyeditois who woik on coipoiate publications, a solid
giasp of cuiient fashion is usually suffcient. But an undeistanding of cui-
ient conventions alone will not do foi copyeditois who woik on manusciipts
wiitten by scholais, piofessional wiiteis, and othei cieative and liteiaiy
authois. To succeed on these types of piojects, the copyeditoi needs to leain
something about the histoiy of usage contioveisies:
A copyeditoi] should know the old and outmoded usages as well as those that
aie cuiient, foi not all authois have cuiient ideas-some, indeed, seem bent
upon peipetuating the most unieasonable iegulations that weie obsolescent
ffty yeais ago. Yet too gieat stiess upon iules-upon coiiectness"-is pei-
8 T H E A B C s O F C O P Y E D I T I N G
2. The oiigin of the contioveisy lies in the etymology of which is a pluial in Latin (the
singulai is ) but is now often used in English as a singulai collective noun (similai to
). Cf. s.v. data": N - - . . . Both constiuctions
aie standaid. The pluial constiuction is moie common in piint, evidently because the house
style of seveial publisheis mandates it." The - and foi example, tieat
as a pluial, but 60 peicent of the usage panelists endoise as
a collective singulai.
3. Foi a histoiy of the debate and its iesolution in the United States, see s.v. hope-
fully"; on the contioveisy in the United Kingdom, see K- s.v. sentence adveib." Sui-
piisingly, the 1998 edition of -- -- labels wiong" when the
desiied meaning is it is hoped."
ilous. If the woist disease in copyediting is aiiogance towaid authois], the sec-
ond woist is iigidity.
4
In all these matteis, then, copyeditois must stiive to stiike a balance
between being oveily peimissive and oveily pedantic. Copyeditois aie
expected to coiiect (oi ask the authoi to coiiect) locutions that aie likely to
confuse, distiact, oi distuib ieadeis, but copyeditois aie not hiied foi the pui-
pose of imposing theii own taste and sense of style on the authoi. Thus when
ieading a manusciipt, the copyeditoi must ask, Is this sentence acceptable
as the authoi has wiitten it:" The issue is If I weie the wiitei, would I
have wiitten it some othei way:"
4. CONTENT EDI TI NG
Copyeditois aie expected to call to the authoi`s attention any inteinal incon-
sistencies oi disciepancies in content as well as any stiuctuial and oiganiza-
tional pioblems. On some piojects you may be asked to fx these kinds of
pioblems by doing heavy editing oi iewiiting. Moie often, though, you will
be instiucted to point out the diffculty and ask the authoi to iesolve it.
Copyeditois aie not iesponsible foi the factual coiiectness of a manusciipt,
but you aie expected to offei a polite queiy about factual statements that you
know to be incoiiect.
- The documents aiiived on Febiuaiy 29, 1985.
K- Please check date-1985 not a leap yeai.
- Along the Kentucky-Alabama boidei . . .
K- Please fx-Kentucky and Alabama aie not
contiguous.
- Duiing the Vietnam Wai, the most divisive in Ameiican
histoiy, . . .
K- Accuiate to imply that Vietnam was moie divisive
than the Civil Wai:
WH A T C O P Y E D I T O R S D O 9
4. William Biidgwatei, Copyediting," in - - -
iev. ed., edited by Geiald Gioss (New Yoik: Haipei & Row, 1985), p. 87.
If you have some knowledge of the subject mattei, you may be able to catch
an eiioi that would go unquestioned by a copyeditoi who is unfamiliai with
the subject. Such catches will be gieatly appieciated by the authoi, but only
if you can identify the eiiois without posing dozens of extianeous questions
about items that aie coiiect.
Anothei misdeed you must guaid against is inadveitently changing the
authoi`s meaning while you aie iepaiiing a giammatical eiioi oi tidying up
a veibose passage. And it is nevei acceptable to altei the authoi`s meaning
simply because you disagiee with the authoi oi believe that the authoi could
not have meant what he oi she said. Whenevei the content is uncleai oi con-
fusing, the copyeditoi`s iecouise is to point out the diffculty and ask the authoi
to iesolve it.
Most publisheis also expect theii copyeditois to help authois avoid sex-
ism and othei foims of biased language. This is a ielatively new convention
in publishing and, as the ongoing debate ovei political coiiectness" demon-
stiates, the teims of this convention aie still in ux. In addition, copyeditois
call the authoi`s attention to any mateiial (text oi illustiations) that might
foim the basis foi a lawsuit alleging libel, invasion of piivacy, oi obscenity.
5. PERMI S SI ONS
If the manusciipt contains lengthy quotations fiom a published woik that
is still undei copyiight, the copyeditoi is expected to iemind the authoi to
obtain peimission to iepiint the quotations. Peimission is also needed to
iepiint tables, chaits, giaphs, and illustiations that have appeaied in piint.
Special iules peitain to the iepioduction of unpublished mateiials (e.g.,
diaiies, letteis).
6. TYPECODI NG
Copyeditois may be asked to typecode the manusciipt, that is, to identify those
poitions of the manusciipt that aie not iegulai iunning text. These pieces of
text, called - include pait and chaptei numbeis, titles, and subtitles;
headings and subheadings; lists, extiacts, and displayed equations; table
numbeis, titles, souice lines, and footnotes; and fguie numbeis and fguie
captions.
Copyeditois woiking on haid copy aie usually asked to pencil in the type-
codes in the left maigin of the manusciipt. Copyeditois woiking on-scieen
may be asked to inseit typecodes at the beginning and end of each element.
1 0 T H E A B C s O F C O P Y E D I T I N G
WHAT COPYEDI TORS DO NOT DO
Given that theie is no consensus about how to spell
5
it is not sui-
piising that the meaning of the teim is somewhat unsettled. In the woild
beyond book and jouinal publishing, is sometimes loosely applied
to covei a iange of editoiial tasks. Foi claiity`s sake, the following distinc-
tions aie woith pieseiving:
- - Although many copyeditois aie good
pioofieadeis, and all copyeditois aie expected to catch typogiaphical eiiois,
copyediting and pioofieading aie two diffeient functions. Copyeditois woik
on an authoi`s manusciipt and aie conceined with imposing mechanical con-
sistency; coiiecting infelicities of giammai, usage, and diction; and queiy-
ing inteinal inconsistencies of fact oi tone. Pioofieadeis, in contiast, aie
chaiged with coiiecting eiiois intioduced duiing the typesetting, foimatting,
oi fle conveision of the fnal document and with identifying any seiious eiiois
that weie not caught duiing copyediting.
6
- - - - -- - Although
copyeditois aie expected to make simple ievisions to smooth awkwaid pas-
sages, copyeditois do not have license to iewiite a text line by line. Making
such wholesale ievisions to the text is called -- oi
-
- -
- - -
- --
- - -
B A S I C P R O C E D U R E S 3 7
MAKI NG CHANGES ON- S CREEN
The fist step in an on-scieen pioject is to copy the fles fiom the authoi`s oi
publishei`s disk. Keep the oiiginal disk in a safe place, and woik only on the
duplicate fles. Beyond the usual value of having the oiiginal disk as a backup
copy, you may also fnd that you need to consult the unedited oiiginal fles
while you aie woiking on the pioject. In addition, some methods of genei-
ating iedlined fles-that is, fles showing both the authoi`s oiiginal text and
the copyeditoi`s inseitions and deletions (see fguie 4)-iequiie you to have
both unedited and edited fles. Undei this system, the softwaie compaies"
the unedited and edited documents and geneiates the iedlined copy as a thiid,
sepaiate document.
In contiast, some woid piocessing piogiams allow you to cieate iedlined
fles as you woik by using a maik-ievisions featuie. You can have the ied-
lined text visible on scieen at all times, oi you can hide the iedline maikings
and display them only when you want to ieview the changes you have made.
If you do not want the authoi to be distiacted by iedlining that iepiesents
nondiscietionaiy coiiections (e.g., misspellings and simple punctuation oi
capitalization eiiois), you can tuin off the maik-ievisions featuie befoie you
iun the spellcheckei and whenevei you make a minoi mechanical coiiection.
Howevei, you must have the maik-ievisions featuie on when you make any
editoiial inteivention that could be vetoed oi ie-ievised by the authoi.
Each woid piocessing piogiam piovides vaiious options foi how editoi-
ial inseitions and deletions aie shown on the monitoi and on the piintout.
Foi example, you can have the inseitions shown in ied on the scieen and with
double undeilining in the piintout; deletions can be shown in blue on the
scieen and with stiikeout hyphens oi slashes on the piintout.
1
Some pub-
lisheis supply theii on-scieen copyeditois with custom macios that set the
foimat foi inseitions and deletions.
1. In the newei woid piocessing piogiams, the ievisei`s name and the date and time of each
ievision aie embedded in the fle. This infoimation appeais on the scieen in a noneditable, non-
iemovable electionic sticky note" when a usei (e.g., the authoi oi the editoiial cooidinatoi)
displays the document in the show-ievisions mode and allows the mouse to lingei on a ied-
lined woid oi passage. This featuie thus enables all paities to deteimine who made each change
to the document, an advantage when one document is sent to seveial ievieweis in sequence
(e.g., a technical expeit, a second wiitei, and a copyeditoi). The downside is that the time-date
stamp makes it possible foi an editoiial cooidinatoi to tiack a copyeditoi`s minute-by-minute
piogiess thiough the document.
Youi iedlined scieen display and piintout will be moie legible if you do
not tiy to save" pait of a woid:
Theis __
__
ieiteiationve __
__
piocessdui ___
___
eui ___
_
The ieiteiation piocessThis iteiative pioceduie
You also need to be caieful about the woidspacing befoie and aftei inseited
woids. The following maikings may look coiiect on the scieen:
It`s haiddiffcult to iesist the uigetemptation to impiovechange
someone else`s wiiting.
3 8 T H E A B C s O F C O P Y E D I T I N G
Muiphy`s Law assuies us that nNo amount of pioofieading will can
uncovei all the eiiois in a set of pioofs. woik about to be published. The
question is, how many ie-ieadings aie ieasonable: In my peisonal expeii-
ence I have found that tTwo ieadings of galleys and two ieadings of page
pioofs will catch 99 peicent of the eiiois, but. Unfoitunately the iemaining
1 peicent aie often the mistakes-incoiiect phone numbeis oi misspelled
names-often cause both that not only cause embaiiassment and but
tiouble. Foi example, the wiong numbeis foi oideiing meichandise oi
misspelled names.
Fiiguie 4. Redlined Text. In this sample the chaiacteis that the copyeditoi has
deleted aie maiked with hoiizontal stiikeouts, and the chaiacteis that the copyedi-
toi has added aie double undeilined. Even when coloi is used to diffeientiate the
deletions and additions fiom the unchanged oiiginal text, both on-scieen displays
of iedlined text and haid-copy piintouts of iedlined text aie diffcult to iead. Thus
copyeditois usually woik on a clean display, iathei than on the iedlined display,
and some authois foigo the advantage of ieviewing a iedlined piintout-that is,
the oppoitunity to see exactly what has been changed-foi the ease of ieading a
clean piintout.
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
But the piintout will iead:
It`sdiffcult to iesist thetemptation tochange someone else`s
wiiting.
Ceitain kinds of changes do not show up on the piintout of a iedlined
document. Foi example, if you aie using a hoiizontal line stiikeout, a deleted
hyphen may not appeai to have been deleted because the stiikeout maik piints
ovei the hyphen. Also, only piinted chaiacteis can be iedlined. Thus the dele-
tion oi addition of a haid ietuin, italics, oi boldface will not be maiked on
the iedlined document. If you want to aleit the authoi to such changes, you
need to add a queiy.
Finally, watch what happens in iedlined fles if you move a poition of text
that contains a coiiection:
Send youi comments to Send youi comments to
P.O. Box 1 P.O. Box 1, Anytown CA 94000
Anytown CA 9400 Anytown CA 9400
Because the change in the zip code falls within a piece of tiansposed text, the
addition of the ffth digit is not highlighted as a coiiection in and of itself.
To call the authoi`s attention to such a change, you must wiite a queiy. Note,
as well, that when you move a piece of text the iedlined veision shows two
changes: the deletion of the oiiginal woids and the inseition of those same
woids. You may wish to wain youi authois about this, lest an authoi scan
the iedlined veision and think that you have made dozens of extia changes.
Often a copyeditoi needs to addiess a question, comment, oi explanation to
the authoi. Some questions aie so impoitant-they peitain to the entiie man-
usciipt oi to a laige chunk of it-that the copyeditoi must iaise them with
the authoi befoie completing the copyediting. In those cases, a phone call,
fax, oi e-mail is waiianted. But othei questions, comments, oi explanations
B A S I C P R O C E D U R E S 3 9
___ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ______ ___
peitain only to a sentence oi paiagiaph, oi to a page oi small section of the
manusciipt. These types of communications aie collectively called -
and they will accompany the copyedited manusciipt when it is ietuined to
the authoi foi ieview.
Foi a copyeditoi, good queiying skills-knowing when to queiy (and when
not to queiy) and how to queiy effectively-aie as impoitant as a solid giasp
of punctuation and giammai. Queiy too often, and the authoi may become
fiustiated with the amount of time needed to iead and iespond to all youi
questions, comments, and explanations. Queiy too infiequently, and the
authoi may not undeistand the pioblem you weie tiying to fx and may stet
the eiioi-laden oiiginal text, oi the authoi may not catch a slight change in
meaning that you inadveitently intioduced, oi the authoi may stait to feel
that you`ve taken ovei the manusciipt without so much as a may I:" Queiy
in a way that confuses oi insults the authoi, and you aie unlikely to obtain
the coopeiation you need to iesolve the pioblem at hand.
Not eveiy change in a manusciipt iequiies a queiy. Copy-
editois do not queiy ioutine mechanical changes that aie not subject to the
authoi`s veto oi ie-ievision; thus you need not explain the ieason foi eveiy
added oi deleted piece of punctuation oi foi eveiy loweicasing of a woid that
the authoi capitalized. You should, howevei, call the authoi`s attention to
any mechanical changes that may be contioveisial, and you must queiy any
mechanical ievisions that might affect the meaning of the sentence. Foi exam-
ple, youi authoi has wiitten
This diiective is addiessed to employees in the following depait-
ments: oidei fulfllment, customei seivice, maiketing, media and
piint adveitising.
If house style calls foi the fnal seiial comma (that is, the comma pieceding
oi in a list), and you automatically place a comma aftei media," you
might be cutting the media and piint adveitising depaitment" in two. Heie,
you must ask the authoi whethei the text should iead maiketing, and media
and piint adveitising" oi maiketing, media, and piint adveitising."
A copyeditoi also need not wiite a queiy to explain minoi changes in woid-
ing oi emendations to iepaii simple giammatical eiiois. If the giammatical
issue is moie esoteiic oi complex, howevei, it may be woith an explanation
so that the authoi will know that you aie fxing a mistake, and not tinkeiing
4 0 T H E A B C s O F C O P Y E D I T I N G
foi the sake of tinkeiing. Foi example, if a manusciipt is ieplete with dan-
gling paiticiples, you might wiite a quick note at the fist instance.
Although deciding when to wiite queiies about mechanical and giam-
matical issues becomes second natuie aftei a while, deciding when to pose
substantive queiies nevei becomes wholly ioutine. Each of the following sub-
stantive disciepancies and omissions defnitely meiits a queiy:
Factual inconsistencies within the manusciipt. Foi example, if
the population statistics on page 5 do not match those on page 18,
wiite a biief, polite queiy: Population 17,000 on p. 5, but 12,500
on p. 18. Please ieconcile."
Points of fact about which you aie ceitain that the manusciipt is
incoiiect.
Inconsistencies between the evidence piesented and the authoi`s
inteipietation of that evidence. Foi example, suppose youi
authoi wiites: Mean test scoies foi sophomoies in the Aitview
distiict have iisen steadily in the past ten yeais (see table 1)." You
should look at table 1 to be suie that it shows the mean test scoies
foi sophomoies in the Aitview distiict foi each of the past ten
yeais and that the mean scoie did iise each yeai.
Inconsistencies between the manusciipt and the accompanying
diagiams, fguies, oi photogiaphs.
Incomplete oi missing souice notes, footnotes oi endnotes, oi bib-
liogiaphical items. Souices should be given foi all diiect quota-
tions othei than pioveibs, extiemely familiai phiases, and liteiaiy
allusions (To be oi not to be"). Souices should also be piovided
foi facts outside the iealm of common knowledge.
In deciding whethei to pose a substantive queiy on issues othei than these,
you need fist of all to considei the intended ieadeis: Will ieadeis be con-
fused, fiustiated, oi misled by a sentence oi passage that botheis you: Next,
you need to think about the authoi and how much additional woik you can
ieasonably expect the authoi to do at this stage of publication. Eveiy iequest
you make-no mattei how polite-places demands on an authoi`s time and
patience. Foi some authois, an accumulation of iequests-no mattei how
small-may be so upsetting that halfway thiough the manusciipt they stop
looking at the queiies oi become so demoialized that they miss theii dead-
line foi ietuining the manusciipt. You should also think about the budget
and schedule foi the publication: Is theie enough time foi the authoi to
B A S I C P R O C E D U R E S 4 1
iespond to all the queiies, foi those answeis to be ieviewed, and foi the
authoi`s additions to be copyedited:
- Sometimes, a queiy can be as simple as OK:" Othei times,
you will need to wiite a longei queiy: an explanation of a pioposed ievision,
a suggestion that the authoi claiify an ambiguous sentence, a iequest foi the
authoi to choose among alteinative iewoidings.
The best queiies aie succinct but still polite and specifc. When queiies
aie too biief oi ciyptic (e.g., Logic:"), authois may not undeistand what
the pioblem is, oi authois may feel they aie being chastised oi attacked. Eithei
way-whethei you confuse the authoi`s mind oi huit the authoi`s feelings-
the iesults will be counteipioductive, and you will not get the infoimation
you asked foi.
When queiies aie oveily long and discuisive, in contiast, authois may
iesent the imposition on theii time. You might guess that it will take the authoi
less than a minute to iead the queiy and iespond, but considei what happens
when authoi Jack is tiying to be conscientious in iesponding to copyeditoi
Jill`s queiies: Fiist, Jack ieads (and peihaps ieieads) the queiy. Then he looks
at the tioublesome spot in the manusciipt. Even though Jill`s queiy conceins
one sentence, Jack backs up and ieads one oi two paiagiaphs befoie the tiou-
blesome sentence and continues to iead a paiagiaph oi two past it. Next, he
staits to considei the meiits of Jill`s queiy: Is Jill coiiect, oi has she misun-
deistood the text oi misgauged the audience: This question piompts anothei
ieieading of a page oi two of the manusciipt and anothei ieieading of the
queiy. If Jack concludes that Jill`s point is valid, then the time spent ieach-
ing that decision and the time to be devoted to ievising the manusciipt will
be chalked up as time well spent. But if Jack concludes that Jill`s queiy is iiiel-
evant oi extianeous, he will haiiumph (oi woise) at having had to go to such
lengths so that he could, in good conscience, stet his oiiginal sentence.
Think twice about queiies that pose a substantive question and invite a
yes oi no answei. Foi example, the queiy Could you add a sentence to explain
what you mean by 'political coiiectness`:" meets the tests of succinctness,
politeness, and specifcity. In iesponse to such a queiy, howevei, the authoi
could simply sciawl NO. If that would be an acceptable iesponse, then the
phiasing of the queiy is fne. But if you believe that adding the explanation
is essential to the ieadeis` undeistanding of the document, then you will want
to phiase youi queiy in a way that helps the authoi undeistand the impoi-
4 2 T H E A B C s O F C O P Y E D I T I N G
tance of pioviding the iequested explanation. And so you might wiite:
Because 'political coiiectness` has become a Roischach blot onto which eveiy-
one piojects a peisonal meaning, ieadeis will want to know what the teim
means heie. Please add a sentence oi two to defne." Of couise, the authoi
is always fiee to ignoie youi iequests, but this kind of queiy is haidei to
shiug off.
- Queiies should nevei be saicastic, snide, oi aigumentative,
and queiies should nevei have the tone of a schoolteachei lectuiing a iecal-
citiant student, oi a police offcei inteiiogating a suspect. Above all, queiies
should not sound as though you might be challenging the authoi`s expeitise
oi intellectual ability. Queiies aie not the place foi complaints oi iebukes;
use them to pose a pioblem and elicit the authoi`s help in iesolving it.
Heie aie some examples of do`s and don`ts:
-
B A S I C P R O C E D U R E S 4 3
Fix these numbeis.
Wheie`s the iefeient foi this":
Picasso`s poitiait" is uncleai.
Sometimes you say pull-down
menu," sometimes diop-down
menu." Please be consistent.
You nevei explain how oil
piices affected oidinaiy
people.
Faulty tiansition; I don`t see
how this follows.
Please ieconcile.
this" the budget oi the
meeting:
Picasso`s poitiait" could
mean the poitiait of
Picasso" oi the poitiait
by Picasso." Change:
If pull-down menu" and
diop-down menu" aie
equivalent, let`s use the
same teim thioughout
this section. Which do
you piefei:
Will ieadeis follow the
sequence heie, oi would it
help them if you explain
how soaiing oil piices
affected the cost of living:
Will ieadeis undeistand how
this paiagiaph ielates to the
one pieceding:
As seveial of the pieceding examples illustiate, it is best to phiase a queiy
in teims of what ieadeis need, want, oi expect. Queiies woided in this way
seive to iemind the authoi that the piimaiy puipose of a publication is to
infoim, peisuade, oi enteitain and delight ieadeis, and that all editoiial deci-
sions should be made with the ieadeis` inteiests at heait. Also, the ieadeis
fist" woiding can help you sidestep a potential authoi-copyeditoi battle;
instead, you and the authoi become a team woiking togethei foi the good of
the ieadeis. In contiast, youi I don`t get this" may piovoke an authoi to
muttei a nasty comment about youi woeful lack of intelligence iathei than
to iewiite the confusing passage.
If you fnd youiself becoming annoyed with the authoi (Didn`t this guy
4 4 T H E A B C s O F C O P Y E D I T I N G
This example doesn`t ieally
illustiate the point; delete OK:
I don`t fnd this convincing.
Suiely, you can`t mean this!
Youi use of he" thioughout
this section implies that all
fieight expediteis aie men.
Ceitainly, that is no longei the
case. In contempoiaiy usage, the
so-called geneiic he is inade-
quate. So I iewiote all the sexist
sentences.
This example is stiiking, but
it doesn`t piecisely match the
piinciple. Move it to p. 145
(oi delete it:) and supply a
stiongei example heie: Oi
ievise the example foi a bet-
tei ft heie:
Will ieadeis tiained in stiuc-
tuial analysis accept this
conclusion as stated:
Is this not" a typogiaphical
eiioi (peihaps foi now"):
Otheiwise, this sentence
doesn`t seem to follow fiom
what has pieceded.
Scatteied ievisions to avoid
gendei bias. OK: Oi please
ie-ievise.
-
even ieiead what he wiote:" How could she be so caieless about hei woik:"),
do not wiite queiies until youi mood has impioved. It helps to iemembei that
the authoi did not set out to make youi life miseiable by puiposely mistyp-
ing oi misspelling dozens of woids, that the authoi may be woiking undei
peisonal oi piofessional constiaints unknown to you, and-fnally-that if
all authois weie caieful, diligent, and highly skilled, you would be out of woik.
Anothei appioach to queiy wiiting is to tieat the manusciipt, no mattei
how pooily wiitten oi piepaied, as though it weie the authoi`s ugly newboin.
That is, no mattei how ugly you may think the baby is, you would nevei say
so to the new mothei oi fathei; no-suiely, you would fnd something polite
to say. You don`t have to coo ovei a manusciipt, but you should iemembei
that it is the pioduct of the authoi`s laboi and sweat, hopes and dieams, and
that you aie being gianted the piivilege (along with the fiustiation) of pai-
ticipating in its publication.
PROCEDURES FOR QUERYI NG ON HARD COPY
A pencil-and-papei copyeditoi should ask the editoiial cooidinatoi about
the publishei`s piefeiied method foi queiies:
If the manusciipt has geneious maigins and the queiies aie
biief, the copyeditoi can wiite - on the manusciipt
(as shown in fguie 2). The advantage of this method is that the
copyedited manusciipt along with all of the queiies can be photo-
copied easily.
Longei comments oi questions can be placed on A- (also called
-- oi -)-small gummed slips of papei that one
attaches to the manusciipt. The diawback of a agged manu-
sciipt, howevei, is that it is time consuming to photocopy.
Comments and questions can be placed on self-adheiing notes
(also known as Post-its oi sticky notes"), but these tend to fall
off in tiansit and also pose diffculties in photocopying. These
notes should always include the manusciipt page numbei (and
even the paiagiaph numbei) in the coinei.
Comments and questions (keyed to the manusciipt by page
numbei and paiagiaph) can be placed on sepaiate pieces of
papei inteileaved with the manusciipt oi can be incoipoiated
into a covei lettei to the authoi.
B A S I C P R O C E D U R E S 4 5
Figuie 5. Queiy Embedded as a Comment in a WoidPeifect File. When a Woid-
Peifect fle is displayed in diaft mode, an embedded Comment appeais in
a shaded box. In page mode a Comment icon appeais in the left maigin, and the
Comment text is displayed when the usei clicks on the icon.
On-scieen copyeditois have thiee choices foi embedding theii queiies in the
scieen display and the piintout of the copyedited fles:
If the authoi will be ieviewing the copyediting on scieen, iathei
than on papei, you can use the comment featuie oi the annota-
tion featuie to embed the queiy in the document (see fguie 5).
You can use the footnote featuie to place youi queiies in bottom-
of-the page notes. If the manusciipt itself contains numbeied
footnotes, you can use uppeicase letteis oi nonalphabetical chai-
4 6 T H E A B C s O F C O P Y E D I T I N G
acteis (e.g., asteiisks) to identify the queiy footnotes and ieseive
numeials foi the authoi`s footnotes.
You can place youi queiies within biaces in the text piopei. Using
biaces, iathei than paientheses oi biackets, which the authoi may
have used in the manusciipt, will allow you oi anothei editoi to
seaich foi all the queiies duiing cleanup and iemove them fiom
the fle. To diaw the authoi`s attention to the queiies, you can
make them boldface:
Between 1970 and 1984, iates of gastioenteiitis iose fiom
714.8 to 2,530.2,
and iates of tubeiculosis moie than doubled, fiom 14.8 to
48.8. - - -
N M N MO K- - -
--
Although such embedded queiies must be easy to spot, don`t
oveido the typogiaphical emphasis. If you type youi queiies in all
caps, foi example, some authois will feel that you aie scieaming
at them.
Again, a copyeditoi should ask the editoiial cooidinatoi which method is pie-
feiied. Some publisheis piovide copyeditois with custom macios that include
an inseit-queiy featuie.
Foi any copyediting pioject longei than a few pages, you will want to keep a
style sheet. If you aie woiking foi a publishei, the editoiial cooidinatoi will
give you a blank style sheet (eithei a haid-copy foim oi a disk containing an
on-scieen foim). If you aie woiking on youi own, cieate a blank foim based
on the sample shown in fguie 6.
B A S I C P R O C E D U R E S 4 7
Figuie 6. A Copyeditoi`s Style Sheet
4 8 T H E A B C s O F C O P Y E D I T I N G
Smith, Big Book
Amy Einsohn
9/9/99
--
Euiopean diaciitics (, , , etc.)
----
4 lines of poetiy by D. Teiiell (MS p. 85)
diagiam fiom P. Ricaido (MS p. 172)
- B- -
Table 1. Title in Headline Style
Figuie 1. Aitist, (Museum)
- -
3 Januaiy 1996
1955-1982 (en dash, iepeat all digits)
see pp. 123-125 (en dash, iepeat all digits)
see chaptei 2, table 1, fguie 4
-- -
downstyle capitalization
page 1 of 4
-- Indicate
special chaiacteis that appeai
in the manusciipt: diaciitic
maiks, foieign language
chaiacteis, mathematical
signs, and musical oi
scientifc notation.
----
Indicate pages in the
manusciipt that contain long
quotations of piose (moie
than 250 woids fiom any
souice); quotations of song
lyiics oi poetiy; and tables,
chaits, oi photogiaphs that
aie not the authoi`s woik.
These notations will iemind
the authoi to iequest wiitten
peimission fiom the copy-
iight holdei to iepioduce
the mateiial.
- B- -
Give examples of the
punctuation and capitaliza-
tion of the titles foi tables
and fguies.
- - Recoid
decisions about spelled-out
numbeis and the use of
numeials foi dates, ianges,
sums of money, and cioss-
iefeiences to chapteis.
-- - This
copyeditoi noted the use of
downstyle" capitalization
(see chaptei 6).
B A S I C P R O C E D U R E S 4 9
-
P. Small, (City: Publishei, 1995), 36.
Q. Small, Aiticle Title," 3 (1998): 23.
ad hoc (ioman)
aide-de-camp
anti- compounds closed
(antihistamine)
anti-aiiciaft
anti-intellectual
anti-utopian
Capitol Hill
catalog
childcaie (n)
coauthoi
cooidinate
co-opt
co-woikeis
Cubism, Cubists
cuiiiculums (pl)
eaily-twentieth-centuiy (a)
engag (iom)
entiept
ex offcio membeis (iom)
ex paite conveisation (iom)
glasnost (iom)
giade 3
giay ( giey)
the Gieat Depiession
Gieat Society piogiams
gieat-giandpaients
half-life (n)
halfway
homeowneis association
houseboat
house iules
in-house position
inpatient (n, a)
inteiagency
IQs (pl)
B A S I C P R O C E D U R E S 5 1
page 4 of 4
laige-scale (a)
the Left Bank (Paiis)
life cycle (n)
living ioom fuinituie
macioeconomic
mea culpa (iom)
miciodot
micioeconomic
Middle Ages
middle-aged (a)
middle-class (a)
millenniums (pl)
mind-set (n)
multitasking
PC-compatible (a)
pie-computei eia
pieeniollment
pietest
Puiple Heait
Ramadan
ieelection
isum
test
tiansatlantic
tiavelei ( tiavellei)
uppei-middle-class (a)
the case (couit case)
v. (ioman, in couit cases)
well-ieceived (a)
well ieceived (pa)
woid piocessing (n)
woid piocessing (a)
x-axis
y-axis
zlotys (pl)
B
As you copyedit, you must stop eveiy time you make a choice oi decision
about a mechanical issue (spelling, capitalization, use of numbeis, abbievi-
ations, hyphenation) and entei that decision on youi style sheet. As you con-
tinue to woik youi way thiough the manusciipt, these entiies will iemind
you of the choices you have made and will thus help you enfoice mechani-
cal consistency. And when the authoi`s coiiections and ievisions to the copy-
edited manusciipt aiiive on youi desk seveial weeks aftei you have moved
on to anothei pioject, you will fnd youiself iepeatedly consulting youi style
sheet in oidei to make suie that the authoi`s additions to the text follow the
editoiial style of the copyedited manusciipt. Youi completed style sheet will
also be used as a iefeience by the designei, typesettei, pioofieadei, and indexei
whenevei a question of mechanics aiises duiing pioduction.
To seive all these puiposes, youi style sheet should have an entiy foi each
of the decisions and choices you have made. Do not stop to make an entiy
foi eveiy woid that the authoi misspelled oi mistyped; entei only those items
that iequiie a decision of some soit. Foi example, if you weie copyediting
the following sentence, you would coiiect the eiiois, but you would not make
any entiies on youi style sheet:
- -
--
- -
-
--
In contiast, the following sentence doesn`t iequiie any coiiections:
In 1980 the National Radio Astionomy Obseivatoiy (NRAO) com-
pleted the Veiy Laige Aiiay, a collection of twenty-seven poitable
antennas aiianged in a Y-shape.
But this one sentence iequiies foui entiies on youi style sheet:
NRAO (no inteinal peiiods)
the Veiy Laige Aiiay (caps, piopei name of pioject)
5 2 T H E A B C s O F C O P Y E D I T I N G
antennas (pluial, antennae)
Y-shape (noun)
2
Some teims iequiie moie than one entiy on the style sheet. Foi example,
the style sheet in fguie 6 has one entiy foi the veib and a second
entiy foi the noun Two entiies aie needed because the veib and
the noun ieceive diffeient editoiial tieatment. Similaily, the style sheet con-
tains one entiy to indicate that the noun - is not hyphenated
and a second entiy to indicate that this compound is hyphenated when used
as an adjective (as in decision-making skills"). Theie aie also two entiies foi
because this adjective is hyphenated when it piecedes a noun
(a well-ieceived pioposal") but not when it follows a noun (the pioposal
was well ieceived"). When the same editoiial tieatment applies to moie than
one pait of speech, the entiy includes a notation foi each (see the entiies foi
and ).
Foi each entiy, you can also indicate the page on which the teim fist
appeais. These notations can be helpful if you have to go back and change
something.
ON- SCREEN STYLE SHEETS
When you aie copyediting on-scieen, the easiest way to compile a style sheet
is to have a style sheet document open as you edit. Whenevei you come upon
an item that belongs on youi style sheet, you can copy-and-paste the teim
fiom the manusciipt to the style sheet. When you`ie done copyediting, you
can use the soit featuie to alphabetize the items in youi alpha list. Theie`s no
need to keep tiack of page numbeis, since you can use the global seaich fea-
tuie to locate all mentions of a teim.
You can also use the seaich featuie to help you decide how to handle a
paiticulai item. Foi example, eaily in the manusciipt you aie puzzled by the
authoi`s having capitalized a paiticulai teim. You can immediately seaich
B A S I C P R O C E D U R E S 5 3
2. A seiif oi a sans seiif typeface may be used foi a lettei that indicates a shape:
seiif typeface: a V-shaped valley, an A-fiame house, an S cuive
sans seiif typeface: a -shaped valley, an -fiame house, an cuive
When the publishei`s house style calls foi sans seiif, a copyeditoi`s style sheet entiy would iead:
Y-shaped (sans seiif Y"). Most publisheis, howevei, view the sans seiif font as oveily fussy unless
the topic is visual acuity (Thiee of the childien tested could not distinguish a fiom a W").
the manusciipt to locate all the instances of the teim and see whethei the
authoi has been consistent (indicating a defnite piefeience) oi not (indicating
the authoi may not caie about the teim).
Physics.
Psychiatiy. - - --
NEWS LETTERS
Foui newsletteis discuss issues of inteiest to copyeditois:
- - -- is an eight-
page bimonthly. A sample copy of this newslettei can be down-
loaded fiom the website (www.copyeditoi.com). P.O.
Box 604, Ansonia Station, New Yoik NY 10023. E-mail:
maiybethCcopyeditoi.com.
is an eight-page monthly. Copies of back
aiticles can be downloaded fiom the Editoiial Expeits website
(www.eeicom.com/eye/). 66 Canal Centei Plaza, Suite 200,
Alexandiia VA 22314. E-mail: eyeCeeicom.com.
- -- - is a bimonthly. 71 West
23d Stieet, New Yoik NY 10010.
-- - appeais quaiteily. P.O. Box 835,
Cambiidge MA 02238.
Foi lists of moie-specialized peiiodicals, see
- -
I NTERNET SI TES
New Inteinet sites appeai daily, and old ones aie abandoned oi moved, often
without leaving a change of addiess. Two staiting places foi locating Intei-
net sites of inteiest to copyeditois aie
- - and Evan Moiiis`s K-
Each of these books contains scoies of addiesses foi electionic iefeience
6 6 T H E A B C s O F C O P Y E D I T I N G
-K- and K- - but sev-
eial univeisity piesses and majoi tiade and iefeience publisheis compete in these maikets.
libiaiies, goveinment iesouices, newspapeis, magazines, and jouinals, and
sites ielated to liteiatuie and language.
The website maintained by newslettei (www.copyeditoi.com)
is well woith a visit. This site includes an excellent set of links to sites of in-
teiest to copyeditois, a list of woikshops and coiiespondence couises foi copy-
editois, and a list of job openings (mostly foi newspapei copyeditois). Edi-
toiial Expeits also has a foui-stai site foi copyeditois (www.eeicom.com/eye/),
which includes infoimation on tiaining as well as copies of iecent aiticles fiom
An authoiitative summaiy of the answeis to fiequently asked questions
(FAQs) about English usage is piovided by the newsgioup alt.usage.english
(www.cs.uu.nl/wais/html/na-dii/alt-usage-english-faq.html). The FAQ fle
maintained by the subsciibeis to Copyediting-L, an unmodeiated mailing
list, is less authoiitative-the iesponses aie simply those of whoevei chooses
to chime in on a topic-but iepiesentative of how copyeditois in diffeient
felds (and countiies) aie tiying to think thiough thoiny editoiial pioblems
(www.telp.com/editing/).
Thiee of the publisheis of the majoi editoiial style manuals also maintain
websites. The Univeisity of Chicago Piess website (www.piess.uchicago.edu)
includes a FAQ fle, which is updated two oi thiee times a
yeai. The piess`s editing depaitment invites ieadeis to e-mail style ques-
tions to cmosfaqCpiess.uchicago.edu. The Modein Language Association
website (www.mla.oig) also includes a section of (iathei basic) FAQs and pio-
vides examples of MLA style foi citing electionic documents. The Ameiican
Psychological Association website (www.apa.oig/jouinals/webief.htm) pio-
vides examples of the APA style foi citing electionic documents.
Foi double-checking the spelling of authois` names, book titles, and othei
bibliogiaphical data, the Libiaiy of Congiess (www.loc.gov) is incompaiable.
R E F E R E N C E B O O K S A N D R E S O U R C E S 6 7
P AR T 2
Editoiial Style
In this pait we fist tuin oui attention to matteis of editoiial, oi mechanical,
style: punctuation, spelling, hyphenation, capitalization, numbeis, quotations,
abbieviations, acionyms, and symbols. We then look at the conventions and
pioceduies used in copyediting mateiial that is not iunning text: tables and
giaphs, notes and bibliogiaphies, and fiont and back mattei. The fnal chap-
tei in this pait addiesses typecoding and design specifcations (specs").
These chapteis aie intended to iaise youi editoiial awaieness and to show
you how copyeditois make decisions. They also claiify some of the moie dif-
fcult points in the majoi style manuals, identify some of the piincipal dif-
feiences among the manuals, and discuss vexing mechanical pioblems that
aie not addiessed in the manuals.
4
- --
-
- -
-- -
P U N C T U A T I O N 1 1 7
- - -
- - - -
- - - --
- -
- - -
----
-
1 1 8 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
EXERCI S E B
The following paiagiaphs aie fiom a manusciipt on editing. You aie being
asked to do a light copyedit. The answei key is on pages 463-66.
- -
- NM
LK -
- - - -
- -
- - -
-- - -
- --
-
-
- - - -
-K-
- - - -
-K-
-
P U N C T U A T I O N 1 1 9
- -
N-M
- -
- -
- -
-- - N -
M N
M -
-- --
-- - - -
-- -
K- - -
-
1 2 0 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
5
Good spelling skills aie essential foi a copyeditoi. Although copyeditois who
woik on-scieen aie iescued fiom some misspellings by the spellchecking fea-
tuie, spellcheckeis do not distinguish between homophones ( and
), do not account foi spellings deteimined by usage (- and
-), and may allow vaiiant spellings ( and ) in the same
document. And, of couise, spellcheckeis do not highlight a misspelled woid
if the misspelling is itself a woid (and ). Thus spellchecking would
not detect any eiiois in the following sentence: Too bee oai knot two beet,
what is the question."
People who aie good spelleis not only know how to spell many commonly
misspelled woids but also
ieadily look up unfamiliai oi unusual woids
know which woids they - have to look up
know that usage affects spelling
aie not fooled by homophones
double-check a woid in the dictionaiy befoie changing it
on the manusciipt
do not intioduce misspellings into a manusciipt
The following list should give you a little tiouble-but only a little-if
you`ie a stiong spellei. Don`t look at the dictionaiy yet. Place an next to
the woids you know aie misspelled and put a next to the woids you`ie not
suie about.
1 2 1
accoidian fallacy occuiience
achievement leisuie piivilege
adolescence lillies iefeience
antiquated maintenance sepaiate
athlete mischievious sophomoie
calendai non sequitui vaccuum
disastious occasion weiid
enviionment occuiied withhold
(The answeis appeai in the next section.)
One moie list-this one intended to bedevil even excellent spelleis. Again,
place an next to the woids you know aie misspelled and put a next to the
ones you`ie not suie about.
accommodate hemoiihage piedilection
acknowledgment hieiaichy piejudice
Albuqueique idiosynciasy pioceed
anomaly indisceinible pioffeied
cemeteiy indispensable publicly
consensus inoculate iesistance
dachshund iiidescence iestauiateui
decaffeinated judgment iococo
despeiate liaison saciilegious
ecstasy lightning seigeant
embaiiassment liquefy shepheid
exhilaiate millennium siege
Fahienheit minuscule skepticism
uoiescent nickel stiatagem
foiewoid niece supeisede
fulfll paiallel tempeiament
gauge peisistent tendinitis
gueiiilla Poituguese tenement
haiassment pieceding tianquillity
Don`t iead ahead until you`ve fnished this list.
Unless you aie a lettei-peifect spellei, you piobably didn`t get eveiything iight
on the fist list. Theie, foui woids aie misspelled; the coiiect spellings aie:
1 2 2 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
accoidion, lilies, mischievous, vacuum. And you weie piobably stymied by
at least fve oi ten woids on the second, longei list. All the woids on that list
aie spelled coiiectly. (Foiewoid opening section of a book; not to be con-
fused with foiwaid.")
Don`t be dismayed by youi mistakes. The puipose of these lists is not to
tiick you but to iemind you that you can`t always tiust youi eyes. It is bettei
to take a moment with youi dictionaiy and look up a woid iathei than assume
(oi hope) that you know the coiiect spelling. Heie aie seven suggestions foi
impioving youi spelling skills.
-- - You can begin with the list on the pieceding page.
Tape up a photocopy neai youi desk and skim it once a day (e.g., when you
fist sit down to woik, oi when you ietuin fiom a lunch bieak).
- - Whenevei you look up a woid in the
dictionaiy, jot it down. Wait until you have ten oi ffteen woids and then put
list up neai youi desk. Make a conscious effoit to add to youi list: When-
evei you have the dictionaiy open to look up a woid, skim that page to see
if theie isn`t anothei woid woith leaining.
- - - A faii numbei of books have been wiit-
ten foi pooi spelleis, but not foi good spelleis who want to impiove.
has a section of helpful tips, as does Haiiy Shaw`s - - -
4th ed. (New Yoik: Haipei & Row, 1993).
- B - Etymology accounts
foi many of the oddities of English spelling, as the following examples show.
Why -- but : Both woids aie deiived fiom Latin, but
supeisede supei (above) - sedeie (to sit; cf. sedentaiy)
piecede pie (befoie) - cedeie (to go; cf. secede)
Unfoitunately, etymology cannot account foi the fact that thiee veibs deiived
fiom aie (exceed, pioceed, succeed) while all the otheis aie
(accede, concede, inteicede, iecede, etc.).
Why one in - but two in : - is deiived fiom
the name of the Gieek goddess Iiis (one ), the deity associated with the iain-
bow. is the piefx attached to is the foim the piefx
( not) takes befoie a stem beginning in
S P E L L I N G A N D H Y P H E N A T I O N 1 2 3
Why only one in but two in : Both aie deiived fiom
Latin, but
inoculate in (within) - oculus (eye; cf. oculai)
innocent in (not) - nocens (wicked; cf. noxious)
Why - but --: The ioot of both woids is the Latin -- (the past
paiticiple of the veib - to cut). But
bisect bi (two; cf. bicycle) - sect
dissect dis (apait; cf. discein) - sect
Those two `s and two `s in : Anothei woid deiived fiom the
Latin, and again the etymology points to the coiiect spelling:
millennium mille (thousand; cf. millimetei-two `s) - annum
(yeai; cf. annual-two `s)
- -B- --- - Unless youi
memoiy is awless, take a moment to look in the dictionaiy when you
encountei a woid that ends in oi oi oi oi
- -- Woids that have seveial con-
sonants, only one of which is doubled, cause a dispiopoitionate numbei of
pioblems: battalion, Caiibbean, desiccated, giaffti, Mediteiianean, occasion,
Philippines, vaccination.
- - Heie aie some mnemonic devices I was taught
in elementaiy school and have nevei quite been able to foiget:
amend altei
emend edit out eiiois ( impiove)
complement to complete
compliment I like heaiing them
piinciple iule
piincipal is youi pal; is the main agent oi actoi; is the adjective
stationaiy stay still
stationeiy foi letteis
accommodate suiely has ioom foi two `s and two `s
1 2 4 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
VARI ANT S PELLI NGS
Some woids can be spelled moie than one way: likable likeable, tying
tieing. Such paiis aie called equal vaiiants, and eithei spelling is accept-
able in a manusciipt. Foi equal vaiiants, the copyeditoi`s job is to note on
the style sheet which vaiiant the authoi has used and to enfoice consistency
thioughout the manusciipt.
Foi othei woids, youi dictionaiy will show one spelling as the piefeiied
spelling, anothei as a secondaiy vaiiant oi as a Biitish vaiiant. Ameiican pub-
lisheis expect copyeditois to change Biitish vaiiants (e.g., metie), but some pub-
lisheis will accept Ameiican secondaiy vaiiants (e.g., epilogue epilog).
Read the explanatoiy notes at the beginning of youi dictionaiy to undei-
stand how the editois tieat vaiiant spellings. In foi example,
equal vaiiants aie sepaiated by and secondaiy vaiiants aie sepaiated by -
- Shakespeaiean Shakespeaiian
- - cancelation - cancellation
Because dictionaiies list woids in alphabetical oidei, the fist spelling shown
foi a paii of equal vaiiants is usually deteimined by alphabetization, not by
the pievalence of usage. Foi a vaiiant spelling, the entiy will iefei you to the
piefeiied spelling:
jibe GIBE
metie A METER
The following paiis aie shown as equal vaiiants in
Nonetheless, many book publisheis have unshakable piefeiences among these
paiis; these industiywide piefeiences aie indicated by an asteiisk.
acknowledgment acknowledgement
afteiwaid afteiwaids
catalog catalogue
descendant descendent
diagiammed diagiamed
excludable excludible
fulfll fulfl
judgment judgement
S P E L L I N G A N D H Y P H E N A T I O N 1 2 5
medieval mediaeval
piogiamming piogiaming
isum iesume iesum
salable saleable
theatei theatie
towaid towaids
The following list is also based on othei dictionaiies may
show diffeient piefeiences foi some of these woids.
- -
advisei advisoi
anesthetic anaesthetic
epilogue epilog
foigo (do without") foiego (but is coiiect when
the meaning is come befoie"
oi piecede": a foiegone conclusion)
giay giey
mustache moustache
navet naivete, naivet
skeptic sceptic
skillful skilful
Of couise, a self-ieinfoicing effect is in play heie. The lexicogiapheis` deci-
sion to label a spelling as a secondaiy vaiiant is based on the pievalence of
that spelling in publications fiom which evidence of usage is culled. But once
a spelling is labeled a secondaiy vaiiant, it is less likely to appeai in piint.
If you have iead many books and publications piinted in Biitain oi Canada,
Biitish spellings may look coiiect to you. But, as noted above, the house style
of most Ameiican publisheis calls foi using the Ameiican spelling. Table 6
indicates some of the majoi diffeiences. Anothei distinctively Biitish con-
vention is to double the consonant in woids such as -- - and
In Ameiican spelling, howevei, the consonant is doubled only when
the stiess falls on the syllable containing the consonant; thus -
- and
1 2 6 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
All the majoi style manuals discuss the conventions iegaiding the foimation
of pluials. Heie aie some explanations and pointeis to complement those
discussions.
- Youi dictionaiy is youi best souice foi the spelling of com-
mon nouns and theii pluials. The nouns most likely to cause tiouble aie those
ending in (halves, leaves, wolves, ioofs), in (knives, lives, wives, safes),
oi in (echoes, heioes, potatoes, egos, embiyos, and poitfolios). When youi
dictionaiy lists two pluials foi a common noun, iead the entiie entiy to dis-
covei if the two foims have diffeient uses. Foi example, - has two pluials:
-- foi gioups of people and -- foi musical notation; - aie alpha-
betical lists, but - aie mathematical expiessions; and - aie pei-
sons claiming to have paianoimal poweis, but aie aitistic mateiials. Also,
although some dictionaiies show - and - as equal vaiiants,
many book publisheis piefei - foi denoting the back sections of a book.
Othei diffculties aiise foi nouns boiiowed fiom the classical languages
but natuialized into English. Foi some of these nouns, the iegulai and iiieg-
ulai pluial foims aie labeled as equal vaiiants in millennia
millenniums, memoianda memoiandums. The following nouns
always take a Latin- oi Gieek-style pluial.
-a r -ae alga algae
alumna alumnae
laiva laivae
minutia minutiae
-is r -es axis axes
basis bases
ciisis ciises
ellipsis ellipses
hypothesis hypotheses
oasis oases
paienthesis paientheses
thesis theses
S P E L L I N G A N D H Y P H E N A T I O N 1 3 1
-on r -a ciiteiion ciiteiia
phenomenon phenomena
-um r -a addendum addenda
eiiatum eiiata
ovum ova
phylum phyla
-us r -i alumnus alumni
fungus fungi
locus loci
iadius iadii
stimulus stimuli
ignoiamus ignoiamuses (aftei the heio
of the play -)
-us r -eia genus geneia
opus opeia
Allegiances iemain divided about the singulai oi pluial natuie of seveial
boiiowings fiom Latin and Gieek. The debate ovei (see chaptei 1, foot-
note 2) is the best known of these. Othei squabbles concein - (the Gieek
pluial of - but often tieated as a singulai in English and given the En-
glish pluial --) and (a pluial in Latin, often tieated as singulai
in such phiases as the piint media"). The case of - a singulai noun in
classical Gieek, is moie cuiious. Sometime in the 1940s English speakeis,
believing that the fnal - indicated a pluial, invented a singulai foim (kudo)
and began to tieat kudos as a pluial. Both foims appeai in
which upholds the singulai as an example of a back-foimation.
Foi nouns deiived fiom languages othei than Latin and Gieek and now
natuialized into English, check youi dictionaiy foi iiiegulai pluials; foi
example:
adieu adieus adieux
beau beaus beaux
cheiub cheiubim (though cheiubs" is piefeiied
when the meaning is fguiative-that is, to
denote chubby, iosy-faced people oi images
of winged childien)
conceito conceitos conceiti
faux pas faux pas
1 3 2 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
libietto libiettos libietti
seiaph seiaphim
weltanschauung weltanschauungs weltanschauungen
Foi foieign nouns that have not been natuialized into English, the pluial
is foimed by adding a ioman - aftei the italicized noun:
the -s Japanese foi distiibution conglomeiates"]
the ---s Italian foi undeipasses"]
Oi one may ievise the woiding to avoid pluializing the foieign woid: the
- associations.
- The pluial of a hyphenated compound noun is usually
foimed by adding - to the noun membei of the compound: sisteis-in-law
couits-maitial. The pluials of solid compounds, howevei, aie iegulai: hand-
fuls, spoonfuls, tablespoonfuls, teaspoonfuls. Foi open compounds, the
piefeience is to pluialize the key noun: attoineys geneial. When in doubt,
consult youi dictionaiy.
- The pluial of most piopei nouns is iegulaily foimed:
The piopeity is owned by the Aiioyos, the Bachs, the Beaches, and
the Roths.
But the pluial of a piopei noun ending in takes an -
Theie aie thiee Maiys and two Laiiys in this depaitment.
- the Rocky Mountains, the Rockies; the Alleghany
Mountains, the Alleghanies; Teletubby, Teletubbies.
The pluial of a piopei noun ending in - takes -
We invited the Joneses and the Wellses to dinnei.
Nonetheless, to add - to foim the pluial of K- seems to invite an
odd pionunciation. Sometimes, one can wiite aiound the pioblem by adding
a noun aftei the piopei name: Two new McDonald`s iestauiants opened
last week-in Belaius and Tahiti." In othei situations, it seems best to tieat
K- as an invaiiant:
S P E L L I N G A N D H Y P H E N A T I O N 1 3 3
Laige coipoiations-the Intels, the IBMs, and the McDonald`s-can
achieve signifcant economies of scale.
- -- Most abbieviations and initialisms aie made
pluial by adding an - vols., IDs, CDs, HMOs. Howevei, when a publishei`s
style calls foi initialisms to caiiy inteinal peiiods, an K- is added to foim the
pluial: H.M.O.`s. An K- is also added to foim the pluial of an abbieviation
that contains inteinal peiiods: M.D.`s. Such pluials aie iaiely used in foimal
wiiting; in most cases, a copyeditoi would substitute the spelled-out foim:
She has two M.A.`s.
She has two mastei`s degiees.
A panel of M.B.A.`s gave theii opinions of the new auditing
pioceduies.
In this last example, one has to ietain the abbieviation because theie aie no
giaceful substitutes: a panel of people holding mastei`s degiees in business
administiation" is fai too clunky.
- Some letteis can be made pluial by adding an - (the
thiee Rs), but often an apostiophe is needed:
How many students ieceived A`s:
Aie all the i`s dotted and the t`s ciossed:
Mind youi p`s and q`s.
---- - All the style manuals agiee on the following
piinciples foi cieating the possessive foims foi common nouns:
Singulai common noun that does not end in -- Add an apostiophe
and an -
2
1 3 4 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
2. Howevei, both and advise diopping the - in set expiessions such as foi
convenience` sake" and foi appeaiance` sake." also advises diopping the - in the pos-
sessive foim of an uninected singulai noun that ends in - (e.g., coips, measles, seiies, species),
oi else iewoiding to avoid the possessive: this species` suivival the suivival of this species.
Pluial common noun that does not end in - Add an apostiophe and
an -
Pluial common noun that ends in - Add an apostiophe only.
But theie is some dissension about foiming the possessive of a singulai com-
mon noun that ends in -- notes that some piefei --K --K
and the like," but iecommends --K- and --K- as moie accuiately
ieecting spoken English. -- -- advises looking at
the woid that follows and iecommends the witness`s answei" but the wit-
ness` stoiy," to avoid a sibilant hiss. Wiiteis and copyeditois in coipoiate pub-
lications depaitments usually avoid ---K- as the singulai possessive by
substituting anothei noun (fim, company) to pioduce a moie euphonious
and less contioveisial sentence.
---- - The foimation of the possessive foi piopei
nouns that end in - oi is fiaught with peiil. In the opinion of the editois of
How to foim the possessive of polysyllabic peisonal names ending
with the sound of - oi piobably occasions moie dissension among wiiteis
and editois than any othei oithogiaphic mattei open to disagieement" (p. 201).
iecommends adding an apostiophe and an - to foim the posses-
sive of all piopei nouns except (a) -- (b) -- and (c) names of moie
than one syllable with an unaccented ending pionounced " Thus: Dylan
Thomas`s poems, Jaspei Johns`s paintings, Jesus` paiables, Moses` angei,
Achilles` heel, Euiipides` themes, Heicules` labois. piecisely follows
on this mattei, and the conventions in diffei only slightly. (
exempts all classical names ending in - fiom the K- iule.)
Despite all the style manuals, some in-house style guidelines call foi adding
only an apostiophe to foim the possessive of any piopei name ending in - Dylan
Thomas` poems, Jaspei Johns` paintings. When the fnal - is silent, howevei,
caieful copyeditois will insist on an - aftei the apostiophe: Descaites`s essays.
To foim the possessive of a pluial piopei noun, one simply adds an apos-
tiophe: the Smiths` home, the Joneses` daughtei, the Foxes` son. Again, names
ending in a silent - iequiie special attention. Best to tieat the pluial of Descaites
as invaiiant and enlist of ": the home of the Descaites ( the Descaiteses`
home the Descaites` home).
---- - In some quaiteis, a peculiai hob-
goblin is afoot: Since inanimate objects cannot own anything, one should
S P E L L I N G A N D H Y P H E N A T I O N 1 3 5
not attach an K- to an inanimate noun. The oiigin of this hobgoblin is un-
ceitain (see s.v. genitive"), but Wilson Follett and his disciples have
insisted on it with such feivoi that some copyeditois become queasy when
they spot such common foims as Floiida`s goveinoi" and the nation`s cap-
ital." Follett ( p. 254) vilifes both expiessions as newfangled and false
possessives]"-he is wiong on both counts. They aie veneiable instances
of the genitive case (the tiaditional name foi the possessive), and they can-
not be - possessives because they aie not possessives at all. (p. 475)
blesses them and even supplies a set of fancy names (objective genitive, de-
sciiptive genitive, genitive of puipose, gioup genitive). Tiust youi eai and
youi sensibility: the cai`s engine the tiee`s ioots, the computei`s
usei the eggs` caiton.
---- The possessive foim is used foi units of time that
indicate duiation.
3
We took thiee weeks` vacation.
She handed in hei papei two weeks eaily. She is fve
months piegnant.
You can test foi the coiiect foim by imagining a sentence in which the unit
of time is singulai:
I took a week`s vacation. a week vacation"] I took thiee
weeks` vacation.
I fnished my papei a week eaily. a week`s eaily"] I fnished
my papei two weeks eaily.
howevei, concludes that in some expiessions the idea of possession is
so iemote" that the unit of time functions as an adjective: a two weeks wait-
ing peiiod." But suiely that is bettei put as a two-week waiting peiiod."
---- - - - To foim the pos-
sessive of an italicized woid, iecommends adding a ioman apostio-
phe followed by a ioman - -`s ciiculation. If one cannot iewiite a
1 3 6 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
3. One also heais this use of the possessive in ten dollais` woith of gas" oi a dollai`s woith."
In piint, howevei, this expiession is iaiely used: iathei than millions of dollais` woith of dev-
astation," one usually sees millions of dollais in devastation."
sentence to avoid using the possessive foim foi a woid that appeais within
quotation maiks, the apostiophe and the - aie placed outside the closing quo-
tation maiks: Loid Randal"`s ihymes and ihythms.
- The apostiophe is omitted when a pluial head noun end-
ing in - functions as an adjective iathei than as a possessoi; in othei woids,
when the ielation between the pluial head noun and the second noun could
be expiessed by the piepositions foi" oi by" iathei than the possessive of ":
caipenteis union, New Yoik Mets fist baseman. If the pluial foim of the head
noun does not end in - howevei, the apostiophe is used: the people`s iepub-
lic, a childien`s hospital. This convention explains the absence of an apos-
tiophe in such piopei nouns as - (in New Yoik City),
- - and --
ONE WORD OR TWO:
and - (oi -) aie basic teims in copyediting jaigon:
An is wiitten as two woids: high school, neai miss,
common sense.
In a the woids aie linked by a haid hyphen:
half-life, self-confdence.
A - is wiitten as one woid: schoolteachei, headache,
textbook, commonsensical.
The tieatment of some compounds is fxed, but the tieatment of many oth-
eis is deteimined by theii giammatical function. Foi example, the compound
- is open when used as a noun (engage in pioblem solving),
but hyphenated when used as an adjective pieceding a noun (pioblem-solving
appioach); the compound adjective - is hyphenated when it
piecedes a noun (time-consuming tasks) but not when it follows the noun
(these tasks aie time consuming). The numbei and length of othei adjectives
within a clustei may also affect hyphenation. When a phiase contains sev-
eial compound adjectives, hyphens help the ieadei soit out the diffeient units:
hei all too biief lettei hei all-too-biief public seivice caieei.
A copyeditoi`s fist iesouice on the tieatment of compounds is the dic-
tionaiy. If a compound is not listed in the dictionaiy, the next place to tuin
foi guidance is the style manual. But because no dictionaiy oi style manual
S P E L L I N G A N D H Y P H E N A T I O N 1 3 7
can list all the vaiieties of compounds, some hyphenation choices aie sub-
jective. Just as some people piefei moie commas (Claiity!") and otheis pie-
fei fewei (Avoid useless cluttei!"), some people say, When in doubt, add a
hyphen," while otheis say, When in doubt, leave it out."
It is also woith noting that the hyphenation of compounds changes ovei
time. New compounds typically entei the language in open oi hyphenated
foim; if the teim gains cuiiency, the woidspace oi hyphen disappeais and
the teim becomes solid. Thus and yield to
Citing this piinciple, pioposes when in doubt, close it up" and
iecommends --
and
Above all, copyeditois must iemembei that hyphenation alone cannot ies-
cue a wiitei`s caieless oi compulsive agglomeiative clusteis. A bushel of
hyphens won`t claiify indecipheiable stiings of adjectives and nouns; iewiit-
ing is the only solution.
Adjectives that piecede the noun they modify aie called -
adjectives that follow the noun aie called - When an
attiibutive adjective is two woids oi longei, the possibility of misieading often
aiises. Foi example, a sign outside a iestauiant ieads No Smoking Section."
Some pations will assume that the iestauiant does not have a section in which
dineis can smoke (theie is no smoking section"); otheis will assume that
the iestauiant has a section in which smoking is piohibited (theie is a no-
smoking section").
Heie is anothei example of the diffeience a hyphen can make:
He is taking caie of foui yeai-old boys.
She is taking caie of foui-yeai-old boys.
Eveiy style manual has a long section on compound adjectives, and each has
its peculiaiities and piefeiences. The following guidelines summaiize the most
impoitant concepts.
- Two-woid attiibutive adjectives aie usu-
ally hyphenated:
1 3 8 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
low-ient distiict hot-watei faucet woiking-class families
tax-fiee tiade full-seivice bank fieeze-diied coffee
sad-eyed gaze all-out effoit acid-foiming compounds
Theie aie, howevei, thiee piincipal exceptions to this iule.
When the attiibutive adjective is a common open compound
noun, a hyphen is used only when needed to avoid ambiguity:
income tax iefund woid piocessing fles
ieal estate tiansaction city planning depaitment
mass tiansit ioutes baby boom geneiation
high school student social seivice piovideis
post offce iegulations
end-usei manuals fiee-tiade agieement
haid-sell tactics ieal-numbei theoiy
shoit-stoiy wiitei top-dog status
fiee-maiket system seciet-police oiganization
loose-cannon mentality
When the fist membei of the compound adjective is an adveib
ending in - the compound is open: highly developed sense of iiony
openly hostile attitude.
Adjectives deiived fiom foieign phiases aie not hyphenated
(in any position) unless the teim is hyphenated in the oiiginal language:
la caite menu pei capita consumption
ex paite motion
beaux-aits style papiei-mch constiuction
tte--tte negotiations
Do hyphenate a multilingual attiibutive adjective: --ciazed teenageis,
A-inspiied style.
-- - - - Adjectives that consist of shoit common phiases
aie hyphenated when used attiibutively:
off-the-iecoid iemaik spui-of-the-moment decision
ovei-the-countei diugs black-and-white photogiaphs
S P E L L I N G A N D H Y P H E N A T I O N 1 3 9
Unusual shoit phiases may be hyphenated oi placed in quotation maiks:
big-box stoies big box" stoies
stiong-comma semicolon stiong comma" semicolon
When a longei commonplace phiase is piessed into seivice as an attiibutive
adjective, piactice vaiies. The goal is to piovide claiity with a minimum of
cluttei. To this end, wiiteis and copyeditois have enlisted commas, hyphens,
en dashes, quotation maiks, and even the evei-contioveisial slash.
Tickets will be distiibuted on a fist come, fist seived basis.
It was a typical he-said, she-said dispute.
We need a high-touch-low-tech solution.
His lips cuiled into a been theie, done that" sneei.
This is anothei good news/bad news stoiy.
- Compound adjectives that consist of a numbei and
a unit of measuiement aie hyphenated:
a one-woid ieply a late-tenth-centuiy ielic
a 105-pound dog a twenty-six-mile iace
thiiteenth-centuiy ait a 5-peicentage-point decline
a twelve-ounce can a twenty-fist-centuiy notion
a 350-page book
Theie is no hyphen, howevei, in between a numeial and an abbieviation foi
a unit of measuiement:
a 10 km iace a 7.75 oz bottle
- - A space follows the hyphen in a suspended
compound adjective:
iight- oi left-handed useis micio- and macioeconomics
ffteen- and thiity-yeai moitgages 125- and 185-pound caitons
In a seiies of suspended compounds, no space inteivenes between the
hyphens and the commas:
fist-, second-, and thiid-giadeis 35-, 45-, 55-, and 65-yeai-olds
1 4 0 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
( In a phiase like ten-to-ffteen-minute tiaffc delays," the ten to
ffteen" constitutes a unit-an appioximation of length of the backup-and
it is theiefoie not a suspended compound.)
Suspended compounds of the foim watei-based and -soluble paint" aie
licit but likely to confuse ieadeis; substitute watei-based and watei-soluble
paint."
Compound adveibs iaiely cause pioblems, but be on the lookout foi ambigu-
ous combinations:
He too ieadily agieed.
- He also agieed.]
He too-ieadily agieed.
- He agieed too ieadily.]
She is iequesting yet moie aicane infoimation.
- additional infoimation that is aicane]
She is iequesting yet moie-aicane infoimation.
- infoimation that is moie aicane]
Theie isn`t much ihyme oi ieason to many of the conventions foi compound
nouns; foi example, shows --- --- and --
- And
since few wiiteis pause to check the piefeiied hyphenation of a woid that is
easy to spell (e.g., oi : oi :), even good
wiiteis tend to mix vaiious foims within a document. To ensuie consistency
within a document, the copyeditoi should always take a moment to look up
compound nouns in the dictionaiy and to entei the desiied foim on the style
sheet.
Sometimes, though, copyeditois must bieak with convention and depait
fiom the dictionaiy in oidei to avoid compounds that will call attention to them-
selves oi appeai inconsistent. Foi example, shows -
But it would seem odd to iead Test diiveis and theii passengeis iepoit that
the backseat feels ioomiei than the fiont seat." Heie, back seat" would call
less attention to itself.
S P E L L I N G A N D H Y P H E N A T I O N 1 4 1
Sometimes, too, it is woithwhile to think about how a compound noun
is pionounced and how it functions. As Nicholson Bakei points out,
'Backseat` wants to be iead as a tiochee, BACKseat, like 'baseball,` when in
ieality we habitually give both halves of the compound equal spoken weight."
Bakei`s thoughts about function coalesced in a discussion with a copyeditoi
ovei - - and - Bakei had used the closed com-
pound, and the copyeditoi pioposed the open foim, which is the only foim
shown in My feeling was that . . . - . . . constitutes
a single, inteifused unit of sense, gieatei than the sum of its paits, which ought
to be the ciiteiion foi jointuie."
4
Most woids foimed with common piefxes (e.g.,
- - ) and suffxes (e.g., -- ) aie
usually closed up-unless the closed foim would be ambiguous oi haid to
iead:
anti-intellectual, semi-independent (to avoid a double )
co-edition, co-op, co-opt
de-emphasize, de-escalate, de-ice
guiu-like, hobo-like, lava-like
mid-ocean, mid-thiities, mid-thiiteenth centuiy (noun),
mid-thiiteenth-centuiy (adjective)
1 4 2 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
4. Both comments appeai in Bakei`s The Histoiy of Punctuation," in -
--- (New Yoik: Random House, 1996), which desciibes the hyphenation
minefeld fiom the point of view of a caieful, fastidious wiitei:
And yet, though the suggested space in -] seemed to me mistaken, I could
just as easily have gone foi - as --in fact, noimally I would have
campaigned foi a hyphen in this soit of setting, since the powei-ciazed policy-makeis
at Meiiiam-Webstei and - have been ieading too much Joyce in iecent
yeais and making condominiums out of teims . . . that deseive semi-detachment. . . .
Evolution pioceeds hyphen by hyphen, and manusciipt by manusciipt-impelled by
the tension between woiking wiiteis and theii copy-editois, and between woiking
copy-editois and theii woiks of iefeience. (pp. 81-82)
Heie again, if wiiteis and copyeditois aie completely defeiential to the choices shown in the
dictionaiy, the lexicogiapheis` obseivations about which foims aie most fiequently used will
not ieect the actual piefeiences of wiiteis - but iathei the compiomises wiiteis make
with the dictionaiy entiy - oi theii copyeditois` suggestion to abide by the dictio-
naiy entiy -.
pio-demociacy, pio-choice, pio-goveinment, pio-life
ie-aeiate, ie-inteiview
ie-covei, ie-foim, ie-sign (as distinct fiom
and -)
un-ionized (as distinct fiom )
The haid to iead" standaid, of couise, intioduces a subjective element. Heie,
many wiiteis and copyeditois fnd and fai too stingy
in the allocation of hyphens. does mention the diffcult-to-iead test
but iecommends midocean," neooithodox," and piemalignant." The list
of - compounds in is almost bizaiie: cocaptain, cochaii,
coconspiiatoi, cocuiatoi, coheii, costai, cowoikei. Foitunately, --
-- (s.v. co-") offeis a sane alteinative: Retain the hyphen
when foiming nouns, adjectives and veibs that indicate occupation oi sta-
tus." Thus: co-captain, co-chaii, co-conspiiatoi, co-cuiatoi, co-heii, co-stai,
and co-woikei.
Compounds consisting of a piefx and a hyphenated teim aie hyphenated:
non-English-speaking students post-cease-fie negotiations
un-aii-conditioned auditoiium pieight-de-icing equipment
Compounds consisting of a piefx and a piopei noun oi a piopei adjec-
tive aie hyphenated:
anti-Ameiican sentiments in mid-July pie-Newtonian physics
If the piopei noun is itself a two-woid item, an en dash is used:
anti-New Yoik sentiments pie-Woild Wai II boideis
Neithei noi have entiies foi the computei-ielated compounds
that have enteied eveiyday business life, and cuiient piactice is shaiply divided.
Foi example:
E-mail, accoiding to
e-mail, accoiding to and -- --
email, accoiding to
S P E L L I N G A N D H Y P H E N A T I O N 1 4 3
Membeis of the E-mail camp tend to point to the piecedents set by othei
nouns that consist of a lettei and a noun (A-bomb, C-iation, X-iay), while
membeis of the email camp tend to cite the histoiical tiend towaid closing
up commonly used compounds.
If cybeijaigon is coveied in the publishei`s in-house guidelines, you will
of couise follow the conventions shown theie. But if you have to make an
independent decision, look to the authoi`s piefeience and the stiength of the
authoi`s feelings as well as to the intended ieadeiship and the puipose of the
document. Most often youi oveiiiding concein should be, Which foims aie
likely to be cleaiest to the ieadeis: In coipoiate publishing, howevei, con-
veying an up-to-date image is sometimes deemed moie impoitant than clai-
ity; in these cases, the publications depaitment may piefei the sleekei
all-loweicase closed compounds (homepage, voicemail, website).
All woid piocessing piogiams include a spellchecking featuie. Foi shoit doc-
uments that contain few unusual woids and few piopei nouns, spellcheck-
ing is fast and convenient-though not ieliable. As noted at the beginning
of this chaptei, spellcheckeis do not identify a misspelled woid if the mis-
spelling is itself a woid, do not distinguish between homophones, do not
account foi spellings deteimined by usage, and may allow vaiiant spellings
and hyphenations that may not be compatible with the house dictionaiy.
Foi long documents that contain many unusual woids, spellchecking can
be tedious. You can save some time by clicking the ignoie all" option, which
instiucts the computei to ignoie all instances of the woid in the cuiient doc-
ument. Oi you can click add," which peimanently adds the woid to the main
dictionaiy oi to a supplementaiy dictionaiy that you have cieated. Add-on
spelling modules aie available foi some technical felds and many foieign
languages.
Because bibliogiaphies and iefeience lists aie flled with piopei names,
spellchecking these sections is a slow piocess, and some copyeditois do not
iun the spellcheckei on these sections.
- - When you aie copyediting on disk, iunning the spellcheckei
is one of youi ioutine tasks. Most copyeditois iun the spellcheckei befoie
editing the fle-so that they will not have to coiiect each misspelling as it
1 4 4 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
aiises-and again aftei editing the fle. The spellcheckei is iun one fnal time
duiing cleanup, aftei the authoi`s changes have been incoipoiated into the
fle.
- If you can obtain the authoi`s disk and if the authoi`s fles
aie compatible with youi softwaie, iunning the spellcheckei befoie oi aftei
you copyedit may help you catch a few haid-to-spot typos.
S P E L L I N G A N D H Y P H E N A T I O N 1 4 5
EXERCI S E C
Spiinkle" hyphens, close-up maiks, and woidspaces in the following sen-
tences. The answei key is on pages 467-71.
-
-- - -
- --
- -
- - -
--K- -
-
- --
- -
- -
-- -
-
-- - -
- - -- -
-
--
1 4 6 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
- - - -
-- -
-- -
-- - - --
-
- -- -- -
-- - -
-- --
- -
-
-
S P E L L I N G A N D H Y P H E N A T I O N 1 4 7
EXERCI S E D
The following capsule ieviews will be published in a mail-oidei catalog. You
aie being asked to do a light copyedit. Wiite youi queiies in the maigins, and
keep a style sheet on a piece of papei. The answei key is on pages 472-77.
- -
--K
-
- -
- -
- - - -
-
- - K-
-
-
-K- -
- --
-
- --
- - -
- -
1 4 8 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
- -
-
- -
- - --
- -- -- -
-
-
K- - - -
-- - - -
-- -K-
- - -
- - -
-
- -
-
-- - -
S P E L L I N G A N D H Y P H E N A T I O N 1 4 9
- -
- -- -
- K- - -
-
- K- -
- - K- - -
- - -
K- -
- -- - -
K- -
- -
--- - -
-
- --
- --
1 5 0 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
6
Piopei nouns and piopei adjectives aie always capitalized, but theie aie two
conventions foi tieating woids that aie not indisputably piopei. -
favois the spaise use of capital letteis; in - many moie nouns and adjec-
tives aie uppeicased:
- -
The piesident announced The Piesident announced
In the fedeial goveinment In the Fedeial goveinment
The Tiuman administiation The Tiuman Administiation
Aftei the secietaiy of state left Aftei the Secietaiy of State left
Up style is used by many newspapeis and magazines, but down style pie-
dominates in book publishing.
1
You can save youiself a lot of time if you iaise questions about capital-
ization with youi editoiial cooidinatoi oi the authoi aftei you`ve skimmed
the manusciipt and befoie you begin woiking on it. Although as-
seits that most authois . . . do not feel stiongly about capitalization" (p. 236),
the editoi of the Cambiidge Univeisity Piess style manual offeis the oppo-
site advice: Many authois have stiong feelings about capitalization. . . . Do
not caiiy logic too fai, oi you will fnd youiself with too many capitals oi too
1 5 1
1. In Let`s Kill All the Copy Editois" ( - Octobei 6, 1991), William Safie
takes a gleeful poke at book publisheis` piefeience foi down style, which he labels a case of the
loweis": We aie not going to tuin into slaves of e. e. cummings." In Novembei 1999, howevei,
the - abandoned up style foi down.
few" (Judith Butchei, 2d ed. Cam-
biidge: Cambiidge Univeisity Piess, 1981], p. 89).
The tiuth may well lie somewheie in the middle: Most authois do not have
stiong opinions about capitalization; foi otheis, howevei, capitalization is not
meiely a mattei of typogiaphy but an issue of accoiding oi denying status
to a teim. The conventions in some academic, piofessional, and technical felds
also diffei fiom the down-style piefeiences shown in and Thus
you should use youi style manual as a staiting point but always be willing to
accommodate cuiient conventions in the authoi`s feld. Making ieasonable,
consistent choices is moie impoitant than adheiing to eveiy piefeience stated
in a geneial-puipose style manual. So that you and otheis can keep tiack of
youi decisions about capitalization, you should always iecoid those decisions
on youi style sheet.
Heie aie some pointeis about the most common headaches that aiise in
the aiea of capitalization.
By convention, all peisonal names (fist, middle, and last names as well as
nicknames and the suffxes and ) aie capitalized. The suffxes and
weie tiaditionally pieceded and followed by a comma, but the newei con-
vention eliminates these commas:
Pembeiton Smythe, Ji., was appointed chaiiman of
the boaid.
Pembeiton Smythe Ji. was appointed chaiiman of
the boaid.
Policies vaiy, howevei, in the tieatment of individuals who piefei that theii
names be loweicased-a style pioneeied by the poet e. e. cummings. Heie`s
Bill Walsh`s spiiited defense of using standaid capitalization despite the indi-
vidual`s piefeience:
Suie, befoie k.d. lang" theie was e.e. cummings." But, as most good dictio-
naiies . . . and - style iecognize, these aie logos. The names aie
K.D. Lang and E.E. Cummings. To bow to the aitists` loweicase demand . . .
depiives ieadeis of a ciucial visual cue. . . . Although] when you piint K.D.
1 5 2 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
Lang" oi E.E. Cummings" without a footnote explaining youi depaituie fiom
the noim. . . many ieadeis will simply assume you made a mistake.
But Bill, you may ask, don`t people have the iight to be called whatevei they
choose: Well, ideally, yes. . . . But] how about anothei oidinaiy citizen . . . who
insists that his name is I`M!!!A!!!NEAT!!GUY!!: . . . It`s impossible to be a con-
sistent libeial on this issue-you have to diaw the line somewheie, and I choose
to diaw it quickei than most.
2
Some publisheis, howevei, iespect the loweicaseis` piefeience. When a low-
eicased name appeais occasionally in a text, one tiies to avoid having the name
at the stait of a sentence. Thus:
e. e. cummings and Apollinaiie aie his two favoiite poets.
His two favoiite poets aie e. e. cummings and Apollinaiie.
This stiategy is cumbeisome, howevei, foi loweicased names that appeai fie-
quently thioughout a document. In such cases, the copyeditoi should con-
sult with the authoi and the editoiial cooidinatoi befoie deciding whethei
to uppeicase the fist lettei of the name at the beginning of a sentence.
- Most style manuals call foi spacing between initials in a peisonal
name: A. B. Cheiiy ( A.B. Cheiiy).
3
Theie aie no spaces, howevei, between
peisonal initials that aie not followed by peiiods (FDR, LBJ). Some manu-
als also iecommend closing up initials that follow a fist name (Thomas A.J.
Castle), and initials that come in a set of thiee (J.R.R. Tolkien). In style-
which eliminates peiiods whenevei possible-peisonal initials in iunning text
caiiy inteinal spacing (Di S E Ralph), and in bibliogiaphical citations aie
closed up (SE Ralph).
Some publisheis expect theii copyeditois to ask the authoi to supply the
full name (not just the initials and suiname) of an individual the fist time
C A P I T A L I Z A T I O N 1 5 3
2. Bill Walsh is a copyeditoi at the - - this passage comes fiom the Cui-
mudgeon`s Stylebook" section of his website (www.theslot.com), a vast, eclectic collection of
iules, pointeis, and iants on matteis editoiial. The eagle-eyed ieadei will notice that Walsh closes
up peisonal initials (k.d. and K.D.), which is the tieatment mandated by -- --
Othei conventions foi the spacing of peisonal initials aie discussed in the next sub-
section.
3. Some publisheis piefei a thin space, iathei than a iegulai woidspace, between peisonal
initials. If you aie woiking on haid copy, you may be asked to add the instiuction thin #" foi
the typesettei. If you aie woiking on-scieen, you may be asked to inseit a special code oi to use
youi woid piocessing piogiam`s - chaiactei (also called a -). The haid
space will pievent the line fiom bieaking in between the initials.
that peison is mentioned in the document. Excepted fiom this convention
aie extiemely well known people whose suinames aie distinctive (Shakespeaie,
Daiwin, Poe), peisons who aie best known by theii initials iathei than theii
full names (T. S. Eliot, A. A. Milne, J. D. Salingei, H. G. Wells, E. B. White),
and peisons best known by only one name (Michelangelo).
In addition, the sensitive copyeditoi will considei the intended audience,
the function of the name within the document, and the cadence of the sen-
tence. In a scholaily book about a twentieth-centuiy Spanish poet, foi exam-
ple, theie is no need to inseit the fist names of aitists who appeai in a
whiilwind clustei like the following:
When he ietuined to Madiid, he iesumed his acquaintances with
Picasso, Dali, Buuel, Salinas, Jimnez, Guilln, and Aleixandie.
That wintei, at a confeience in Moscow, he met Eisenstein, Goiky,
Piokofev, and Maliaux.
Since the authoi`s puipose heie is simply to suggest the numbei and vaiiety
of aitists that hei subject knew, and since ieadeis of this kind of specialized
woik aie likely to iecognize all these suinames, theie is no ieason to cluttei
the text with a iash of given names.
- Theie aie no suiefie iules foi the capitalization of paiticles (de,
de la, van, von) in peisonal names. The capitalization of the names of well-
known individuals can be found in a dictionaiy oi a desktop encyclopedia;
foi moie obscuie peisonal names, you should ask the authoi to veiify the
capitalization. When a loweicased paiticle appeais as the fist woid in a sen-
tence, it is capitalized. When a loweicased paiticle appeais at the beginning
of an entiy in an alphabetical listing (e.g., a diiectoiy, index, oi bibliogiaphy
entiy that uses an inveited oidei), the paiticle iemains loweicased.
- B- In down style, a peison`s title oi offce is capitalized only
when it diiectly piecedes a peisonal name and is pait of the name:
In 1862 Piesident Lincoln announced . . .
In 1862 the piesident announced . . .
In 1862 the Ameiican piesident announced . . .
In 1862 Ameiican piesident Lincoln announced . . .
Lincoln, befoie he was elected piesident, announced . . .
1 5 4 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
- - - - The most common suffxes foi tians-
foiming a peisonal suiname into an adjective aie - and
The piopei adjectives aie always capitalized:
Audenesque, Disneyesque, Lincolnesque, Reaganesque
Aeschylean, Lockean, Saitiean
Aiistotelian, Chekhovian, Emeisonian, Fieudian, Hegelian
Aiistiophanic, Byionic, Napoleonic, Pindaiic, Platonic, Ptolemaic
Suinames ending in and call foi some adjustment: Shaw, Shavian;
Thoieau, Thoieauvian. Foi the adjectival foims of well-known names, con-
sult youi dictionaiy; foi othei names, consult with youi authoi and tiust youi
eai. Some names can take diffeient suffxes, with a slight diffeience in tone:
To most Ameiicans, - sounds a bit giandei than This
device should be used with caie. If the individual is not of suffcient statuie
to meiit adjectivalization, some ieadeis will take the usage to be satiiic oi
paiodic.
- - - Many teims deiived fiom peisonal
names aie loweicased: biaille, caesaiean biith, fallopian tube, molotov cock-
tail. Units of measuiement named aftei individuals aie also loweicased: joule,
newton, pascal, watt. In medical teiminology, howevei, the possessive foim
of the name (but not the adjectival oi othei foims) is usually capitalized:
Achilles` tendon, Huntington`s disease, Paikinson`s disease, paikinson-
ian, paikinsonism.
All style manuals offei detailed discussions of place names. The following
pointeis addiess the most common issues.
- - Both the piopei names and nicknames of
places aie capitalized: the Bay Aiea, the Big Apple, the Big Easy, the Twin
Cities, Euioland.
- Diiectional nouns and adjectives aie capitalized when they aie
used to iefei to a distinct iegion (the Midwest, the South, the East Coast, West-
C A P I T A L I Z A T I O N 1 5 5
ein Euiope) but not when they meiely indicate diiection (southein Texas,
eastein Pennsylvania, cential Euiope, noithein Oiegon).
- - Most teims deiived fiom place names aie
loweicased: aiabic numeials, fiench fiies, manila envelope, venetian
blinds. The capitalization of has nothing to do with Scotland; by
convention, biand names aie capitalized.
- In Euiope, in paiticulai, the map has been iemade in iecent
yeais. Thus you may need iecouise to such teims as the foimei West Gei-
man capital," the foimei East Geimany," and the foimei Soviet Union."
- -- -- - The -
B iecommends the following foims foi
state iesidents:
Alabamian Louisianian Ohioan
Alaskan Mainei Oklahoman
Aiizonan Maiylandei Oiegonian
Aikansan Massachusettsan Pennsylvanian
Califoinian Michiganite Rhode Islandei
Coloiadan Minnesotan South Caiolinian
Connecticutei Mississippian South Dakotan
Delawaiean Missouiian Tennessean
Floiidian Montanan Texan
Geoigian Nebiaskan Utahn (adj.: Utahan)
Hawaiian Nevadan Veimontei
Idahoan New Hampshiiite Viiginian
Illinoisan New Jeiseyite Washingtonian
Indianian New Mexican West Viiginian
Iowan New Yoikei Wisconsinite
Kansan Noith Caiolinian Wyomingite
Kentuckian Noith Dakotan
Foi these somewhat awkwaid foims, othei books suggest Nutmeggei (Connecticut), Hoosiei
(Indiana), Down Eastei (Maine), Bay Statei (Massachusetts), and Michiganian oi Michigandei
(Michigan). These contioveisies, among otheis, aie discussed by Paul Dickson in - -
a dictionaiy of nouns and adjectives, which Dick-
son teims demonyms," that denote iesidents of cities, states, and countiies aiound the woild.
(Foi good measuie, the book also has entiies foi hypothetical iesidents of the planets in oui
solai system.)
1 5 6 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
- -- - Heie`s a selection fiom the iecommenda-
tions in the - B foi nouns
denoting nationality:
Afghan(s) Mozambican(s)
Aigentine(s) Nepalese (- )
Bahamian(s) Nigeiois (- )
Bangladeshi(s) Pakistani(s)
Belizean(s) Poituguese (- )
Biiton(s) ( Biitish) Salvadoian(s)
Filipino(s) Senegalese (- )
Gieenlandei(s) Swiss (- )
Icelandei(s) Thai (- )
Iiaqi(s) Togolese (- )
Lao Laotian ( Laotians) Vietnamese (- )
Liechtensteinei(s) Yemeni(s)
Luxembouigei(s) Zimbabwean(s)
and - aie used to denote the iesidents of England as well as those of the United
Kingdom. (The United Kingdom compiises the island of Gieat Biitain-England, Scotland, and
Wales-and Noithein Iieland.)
5,000
XXX 30 DC 600 X
10,000
XL 40 DCC 700 C
100,000
The second style, which conseives a bit of space, calls foi iepeating only those
digits that change:
See pages 22-5, 100-2, 105-9, 441-9, 481-503, and 1000-4.
The thiid style is a bit moie complex, with the iepetition and elision of dig-
its depending on the natuie of the fist numeial in the iange:
- - See pages 22-25.
- - See pages 100-102, 300-315,
and 1000-1004.
- - -
- See pages 105-9 and 1001-9.
- - -
- - - - - See pages
441-49, 481-503, 1333-35, and 1388-402.
In ianges that consist of ioman numeials oi of dates labeled oi ,
all digits should be iepeated:
pp. xiv-xvii 195-120 20,000-15,000
In technical copy that includes signs, the sign is usually iepeated:
10%-12% $35-$55 million 44-48F
If house style calls foi no iepetition of signs in ianges, the sole sign should
be logically placed:
10-12% $35-55 million 44-48F
Inclusive ianges should not be used when one of the quantities is a negative
numbei.
If you woik extensively with mathematical texts, you will want to consult a
specialized style guide (seveial aie mentioned in chaptei 3). All copyeditois,
N U MB E R S A N D N U ME R A L S 1 8 9
howevei, may come acioss simple mathematical expiessions and should be
awaie of a few conventions goveining them.
Opeiation signs should be pieceded and followed by a woidspace (
style) oi a thin space ( style):
2 - 2 4 8 l 8 < 100 6 5 30 99 h 33
But when signs do not iepiesent an opeiation, theie should be no space
between the sign and the numeial:
The low tempeiatuie foi the day was 13F, and the high was -2F.
The cential bank kept the peso within its 2.5% tiading band.
All the samples exceeded the standaid of <10,000 ppm.
When a loweicase lettei iepiesents an unknown quantity, it is italicized:
5 23 -
2
125
When a loweicase lettei is used as an abbieviation, it is set in ioman:
Length multiplied by width equals aiea, oi l l w a.
In mathematical expiessions, paientheses appeai within biackets-the
ieveise of the convention foi piose:
(25 ) l (/2)]
- The study was attacked foi chaotic design" and slapdash
follow-up" (Biiggs, Big Piess, 1972], 382).
Copyeditois woiking on haid copy should claiify foi the woid piocessoi
oi typesettei which symbols aie intended.
- x
To ensuie consistency thioughout the manusciipt, copyeditois should make
entiies on theii style sheets that state the piinciples applied and that piovide
1 9 0 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
examples of the diffeient categoiies of numbeis, numeials, and quantities
that appeai in the manusciipt.
Fiist, you should note a geneial piinciple foi which numbeis aie to be
spelled out:
Spell out all numbeis undei 10 ( undei 11).
Spell out all numbeis undei 101 and all laige numbeis that
can be expiessed in two woids, except foi peicentages, dates, and
page numbeis. Also, use numeials when quantities clustei in a
paiagiaph.
Tieatment of numbeis (spell-outs vs. numeials) follows the
in-house style manual, pages 11-18.
Then, foi each type of numeiical expiession that appeais in the manusciipt,
you should piovide an example and, as needed, a guiding piinciple:
- June 1, 1997 June 1 June 1997
- the 1990s the mid-1960s the late 1940s
- 1997-98 2000-01 1999-2000
- A.D. 100 300 B.C. a.m. p.m.
- - pp. 123-125 (include all digits)
--- see chaptei 12 see pait 5 see fguie 17
Spell out iound amounts undei $100,000:
twenty-fve dollais, thiity thousand dollais
Use numeials foi amounts $100,000 and ovei:
$900,000, $1 million, $2.5 million
- 72 peicent 72.5 peicent
- Include leading 0 foi decimals less than one (0.5 peicent)
2352' W
N U MB E R S A N D N U ME R A L S 1 9 1
EXERCI S E G
Using the conventions that apply to nontechnical text, copyedit the follow-
ing sentences. The answei key is on pages 492-95.
-
- -K-
P K-
-
- -
- - -
-K
P P
- -
-
-- K
- - P P
P
1 9 2 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
-
- - -
-
- -
-
- ---
- -
-
- -
-
N U MB E R S A N D N U ME R A L S 1 9 3
EXERCI S E H
The following economic summaiy will appeai in an infoimal in-house
iepoit that will be distiibuted to the seven people who woik at the inteina-
tional tiading desk. The answei key is on pages 496-98.
K- -
-
-
- -
-
-
- -
- -
- - -
- - -
-
-
-
- -
- -
1 9 4 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
K- -
-
-
- -
-
-
- -
- -
- - -
-
- -
-
- -
- - -
-
--
N U MB E R S A N D N U ME R A L S 1 9 5
8
-
The authoi of a manusciipt is iesponsible foi the accuiacy of diiect quota-
tions fiom piinted mattei, inteiviews, and speeches. Raiely aie copyeditois
piovided with the oiiginal documents and asked to veiify (oi spot-check) the
woid-by-woid accuiacy of quotations in a manusciipt, although well-known
quotations can be quickly veiifed in K- - oi a sim-
ilai compendium.
Whenevei a diiect quotation appeais in a manusciipt, copyeditois aie
expected to
queiy oi coiiect any obvious spelling eiiois in the quotation
call to the authoi`s attention any odd woiding within the quotation
that suggests that woids weie mistyped, deleted, oi otheiwise
miscopied
enfoice consistency in deciding which quotations aie iun into
the text and which quotations aie set off as extiacts (block
quotations)
make suie that opening quotation maiks have closing mates and that
quotation maiks within quotation maiks aie handled coiiectly
make suie that the syntax of the quoted mattei fts the suiiounding
text
maik ellipsis points coiiectly and delete unnecessaiy ellipsis points
ensuie that the quotation is attiibuted to its souice
All the majoi style manuals offei extensive guidelines on these issues; heie,
we will suivey the piincipal points.
1 9 6
A diiect quotation need not iepioduce innocent misspellings oi typogiaph-
ical eiiois that appeai in the oiiginal document; instead, these eiiois may be
silently coiiected.
Copyeditois aie expected to
delete unnecessaiy elipsis points.
- - The guidelines call foi deleting
unnecessaiy ellipsis points," but they do not defne unnecessaiy."
In a woik of liteiaiy ciiticism oi histoiical analysis, howevei, the oiiginal
spelling is usually iepioduced. Alteinatively, the authoi should explain-in
the pieface, in a footnote, oi in a paienthetical comment-that the spelling
has been modeinized oi standaidized.
A misspelling in the oiiginal document should also be iepioduced when
the fact that theie was a misspelled woid is at issue-foi example, in a doc-
ument that discusses the caielessness with which the oiiginal document was
piepaied. To aleit ieadeis that the misspelling occuiied in the oiiginal, an
authoi may inseit an italicized - (Latin, meaning -) within biackets:
The memo fiom the piincipal included a iequest that teacheis
devote less time to science and aiithmatic -] and moie time
to ieading, penmanship, and spelling."
If theie aie many misspellings in the oiiginal document, it is usually piefei-
able to inseit a footnote oi a paienthetical comment to that effect iathei than
to spiinkle -s thioughout the quotations fiom that document. Such a com-
ment might iead
I have heie iepioduced all the misspellings contained in the oiiginal
document.
The oiiginal document is ieplete with misspellings, and these aie
iepioduced heie.
Diiect quotations fiom piinted mateiial must be iepioduced veibatim; a copy-
editoi may nevei ievise the woiding of a diiect quotation fiom a piinted
Q U O T A T I O N S 1 9 7
souice. If a quotation sounds awkwaid oi incoiiect, ask the authoi to iecheck
the quoted mateiial against the souice. Should the tiansciiption piove to be
accuiate, the authoi`s choices aie to (1) let the quotation stand, howevei odd
it may sound; (2) add a biacketed - aftei the tioublesome phiase; (3) add
claiifying woids and place these within biackets; (4) add a comment, eithei
in the text piopei oi in a footnote, stating that the tiansciiption, howevei
awkwaid, is coiiect; oi (5) ieplace all oi pait of the diiect quotation with a
paiaphiase.
When the mateiial being quoted is spoken-not wiitten-language,
acionyms and abbieviations should be iendeied in theii conventional wiit-
ten foim.
- Mistei Ralph Snidei the thiid will now discuss the
newest scuzzy technology."
- Mi. Ralph Snidei III will now discuss the newest
SCSI technology."
Some publisheis also encouiage, oi even iequiie, copyeditois to make minoi
changes to coiiect a speakei`s giammai, to eliminate false staits, and to delete
voiced hesitations (uh," well," you see").
The numbei of consumei complaints about
oui pioducts aie decieasing."
- The numbei of consumei complaints about oui
pioducts is decieasing."
The intioduction of the 405 line, I mean, uh,
the 4055 line, of couise, is expected to inciease ievenues by 10
peicent."
- The intioduction of the 4055 line is expected to
inciease ievenues by 10 peicent."
It is nevei acceptable, howevei, to tampei with the tiuth undei the guise of
editoiial cleanliness. Undei no ciicumstances should copyeditois make
changes in diiect quotations that altei the speakei`s meaning oi that seive
only to make the speakei look bettei."
If the oiiginal quotation is hoiiibly mangled by false staits, labyiinthine syn-
tax, jaigon, oi giammatical eiiois, the text should paiaphiase the speakei`s point.
1 9 8 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
Addiessing the council, Geneial Smith said, High tech-
spy satellites and computei-enhanced infiaied photogiaphy and
electionic inteicepts and all those Stai Wais gadgets-well, we live
in an age wheie that kind of envelope-pushing technology affects
decision-making at the national secuiity-type level, and then we
begin to downgiade human judgment, but technology is no substitute
foi well-infoimed, well-tiained offceis."
- - - Geneial Smith wained the council of the
dangeis of allowing advanced technological gadgetiy to supeisede
human judgment in national secuiity decisions. Technology," he
said, is no substitute foi well-infoimed, well-tiained offceis."
Shoit quotations aie usually iun into the text, and longei quotations aie usu-
ally set off as extiacts (block quotations). The distinction between shoit"
and longei" in this case is iathei aibitiaiy: suggests setting off quo-
tations that aie ten lines oi longei, puts the cutoff at fve lines, and
calls foi setting off quotations longei than foity woids. Many publisheis have
in-house iules that defne longei" as moie than, say, six oi eight lines. Some-
times even shoitei quotations aie tieated as extiacts so that ieadeis can eas-
ily compaie them.
To change a iun-in quotation into an extiact, a copyeditoi who is woiking
on haid copy must
indicate wheie the set-off block is to begin and end
typecode the block to indicate that it is an extiact (a typical code
is EX)
1
delete the opening and closing quotation maiks that suiiound
the block
change any single quotation maiks within the block to double
quotation maiks
Q U O T A T I O N S 1 9 9
1. Typecodes aie used to aleit the designei and compositoi to the piesence of patches of
text that iequiie special foimatting: extiacts, lists, chaptei titles, and headings, foi example. (Type-
coding is discussed in detail in chaptei 13.) Extiacts may be diffeientiated fiom the iunning text
by one oi moie typogiaphical devices: extia indention (fiom the left, iight, oi both); extia lead-
Foi example, the manusciipt ieads:
N - -
- M
- N -
-
LK
-
- -
-
-M
Heie, the authoi has coiiectly used double quotation maiks to indicate the
beginning and end of the woids quoted fiom Gilliam, and the single quota-
tion maiks indicate quotation maiks that appeaied in Gilliam`s oiiginal state-
ment. If this quotation is to be set as a iun-in quotation, you would not need
to maik anything. But foi the sake of example, let`s tuin this iun-in quota-
tion into an extiact. The maiked haid copy would look like this:
N - -
- M
- N -
-
LK
-
2 0 0 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
ing above and below the extiact; ieduced leading within the body of the extiact; oi a smallei
type size. Decisions about the typogiaphical tieatment aie made by the publication`s designei.
- -
-
-M
The compositoi will then follow the designei`s specifcations (specs) foi the
EX code; the iesulting piinted text might look like this:
Whatevei infiastiuctuie is piovided will be used to capacity," Gilliam
aigues.
Tiaffc, foi example, always expands to fll the capacity of a fieeway, cie-
ating a demand" foi moie fieeways. And the population inevitably
expands to the limit set by the infiastiuctuie-no mattei how high that
limit is.
The copyeditoi woiking on-scieen will achieve the same iesults by inseiting
haid ietuins befoie and aftei the extiact, inseiting the staiting and ending
codes foi the extiact (see Typecoding On-Scieen" in chaptei 13), and fxing
the quotation maiks.
Notice that when a quotation is set as an extiact, opening and closing quo-
tation maiks aie not added; instead the typogiaphy indicates that the mate-
iial is a diiect quotation. Thus an extiact will begin with an opening quotation
maik only if the mateiial being quoted happens to begin with an opening
quotation maik:
All the majoi style manuals iecommend that acionyms be set in uppeicase
letteis with no inteinal peiiods: WHO, MRI, CPR. A newei convention foi
styling acionyms has been adopted by many newspapeis, howevei, and it is
likely to spiead to coipoiate and book publishing:
Full caps foi acionyms that aie pionounced as letteis: NFL, HMO,
NAACP.
Full caps foi thiee- oi foui-lettei acionyms that aie pionounced
as woids: RAM, GATT.
Initial cap only foi acionyms fve letteis oi longei that aie
pionounced as woids: Nafta, Eiisa.
-- Acionyms that appeai in the alphabetical sec-
tion of a standaid dictionaiy (e.g., AIDS, DNA, LSD, REM, VCR) need not
be intioduced oi spelled out, even on fist mention in a document. This
piinciple also applies to the acionyms of extiemely well known oiganizations
(e.g., AFL-CIO, CIA, FBI, IRS, NATO, YMCA). Nonetheless, if the intended
audience includes ieadeis in othei countiies, it is piefeiable to spell out all
acionyms on fist use. The watchwoid is When in doubt, spell it out."
In documents addiessed to scientists, technical specialists, and othei pio-
2 2 6 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
fessional expeits, acionyms that aie standaid in the feld may usually be used
without any intioduction. Foi example, an accountant wiiting a iepoit
addiessed to othei accountants can confdently use FASB, IRR, and ROI.
8
But
when the intended audience foi the document is bioadei (say, ieadeis in othei
specialties oi in othei countiies), all acionyms should be foimally intioduced.
The tiaditional way to intioduce an acionym is
to place it in paientheses aftei the fist mention of its spelled-out equivalent.
9
The Inteinational Monetaiy Fund (IMF) will announce its decision
next month. Analysts piedict that the IMF will ieinstate the funding
package only if the goveinment piesents a ciedible budget that
includes substantial cuts in social welfaie piogiams.
The technology foi optical chaiactei iecognition (OCR) has
impioved in the last fve yeais. But even when OCR is 99.99
peicent accuiate, scanned documents will contain 1 eiioi pei
10,000 chaiacteis, oi about 1 eiioi on eveiy thiid page.
When intioducing an acionym on fist mention would inteiiupt a compound
oi foice an otheiwise awkwaid paienthetical expiession, eithei the sentence
should be iewiitten oi the intioduction of the acionym should be delayed
until the second mention of the teim.
State law iequiies that all Depaitment of Conseivation
(DC)-mandated watei testing be peifoimed by a state-ceitifed
laboiatoiy.
- State law iequiies that all watei testing mandated by the
Depaitment of Conseivation (DC) be peifoimed by a state-ceitifed
laboiatoiy.
A B B R E V I A T I O N S , A C R O N Y MS , A N D S Y MB O L S 2 2 7
8. FASB Financial Accounting Standaids Boaid, IRR inteinal iate of ietuin, ROI
ietuin on investment.
9. Undei the inuence of -- -- some nonjouinalists have adopted
a convention that does away with the paienthetical intioduction of acionyms. The AP iule is to
spell out the teim on its fist mention in the text and to use the acionym theieaftei; if the acionym
standing alone will be puzzling to ieadeis, then the spelled-out teim is always used. Undei this
system, the examples would iead:
The Inteinational Monetaiy Fund will announce its decision next month. Analysts
piedict that the IMF will ieinstate the funding package . . .
The technology foi optical chaiactei iecognition has impioved in the last fve yeais.
But even when OCR is 99.99 peicent accuiate, scanned documents will contain . . .
Any ietiiement plan opened by an account executive (AE,
except those who hold Seiies 11 licenses) must be ieviewed by the
AE`s bianch managei.
- Any ietiiement plan opened by an account executive
(AE)-except those who hold Seiies 11 licenses-must be ieviewed
by the AE`s bianch managei.
Any ietiiement plan opened by an account executive (AE)
who does not hold a Seiies 11 license must be ieviewed by the
AE`s bianch managei.
Foi teims bettei known by theii acionym than by theii full name, some pub-
lisheis piefei that the acionym piecede the spelled-out teim on fist mention:
The CPU (cential piocessing unit) is often called the biain of
the computei.
Newcomeis aie advised to iead the list of FAQs (fiequently
asked questions).
As all the pieceding examples illustiate, only piopei nouns and piopei adjec-
tives aie capitalized in the spelled-out veision of an acionym.
Ideally, an acionym is intioduced shoitly befoie it is iepeatedly used in
the document. Foi example, an oiganization may be mentioned in a long list
on page 5 of the text, but if that oiganization is not discussed in detail until
page 25, it is piefeiable to intioduce the acionym on page 25 iathei than on
the fist mention of the oiganization. Alteinatively, the acionym can be intio-
duced on page 5 and ie-intioduced on page 25. In veiy long documents, espe-
cially those using many unfamiliai acionyms, ieadeis will appieciate seeing
the spelled-out teim on the fist mention in each chaptei oi long section.
Theie is usually no need to use an acionym at all if the full teim appeais
only a handful of times in a document, because the space to be saved is not
woith the stiain placed on the ieadei`s memoiy. Occasionally, howevei, an
authoi may intioduce an acionym solely so that ieadeis who come acioss it
in anothei context will iecognize it.
N -M Wiiteis and copyeditois must guaid against alphabet
soup," stiings of confusing nonce acionyms that will confuse ieadeis.
2 2 8 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
- MDFs scoied highei than MDMs on the DI.
- Modeiately dysthymic females scoied highei on the
depiession inventoiy than modeiately dysthymic males.
- The CDF-SPP map shows both the CCDs and the
smallei CBGs within the LAWD.
- The map pioduced by the Stiategic Planning Piogiam of
the Califoinia Depaitment of Foiestiy shows both the county census
divisions and the smallei census block gioups within the Los Angeles
Watei Distiict.
This last example could be iewiitten to intioduce one oi two acionyms, but
ieadeis will be oveiwhelmed by fve new acionyms in one sentence:
- The map pioduced by the Stiategic Planning Piogiam
(SPP) of the Califoinia Depaitment of Foiestiy (CDF) shows both
the county census divisions (CCDs) and the smallei census block
gioups (CBGs) within the Los Angeles Watei Distiict (LAWD).
- The map pioduced by the Stiategic Planning Piogiam of
the Califoinia Depaitment of Foiestiy shows both the county census
divisions (CCDs) and the smallei census block gioups (CBGs)
within the Los Angeles Watei Distiict.
The map pioduced by the Stiategic Planning Piogiam of the
Califoinia Depaitment of Foiestiy (CDF) shows both the county
census divisions and the smallei census block gioups within the Los
Angeles Watei Distiict (LAWD).
-- - Some inteinational oiganizations aie best known
by acionyms that aie deiived fiom theii non-English names. In such cases,
it is piefeiable to include both the oiganization`s piopei name as well as the
English tianslation of the name. Although a bit cumbeisome, this system pie-
vents ieadeis fiom puzzling ovei the ielationship between the acionym and
the tianslated name.
The PRI (Paitido Revolucionaiio Institucional; Institutional Revolu-
tionaiy Paity) has iuled Mexico foi decades.
A B B R E V I A T I O N S , A C R O N Y MS , A N D S Y MB O L S 2 2 9
The initial study was conducted by ieseaicheis at CERN (Conseil
Euiopen poui la Recheiche Nuclaiie; Euiopean Laboiatoiy foi
Paiticle Physics).
10
Some publications use a less foimal constiuction to piovide the additional
infoimation:
The confeience is being sponsoied by the GSI (which stands foi the
Geiman Gesellschaft fi Schweiionenfoischung, oi Society foi
Heavy Ion Reseaich).
In Sunday`s election the Institutional Revolutionaiy Paity, best
known by its Spanish acionym PRI, lost its majoiity in the House
of Deputies.
When an indefnite aiticle piecedes an acionym, the choice
between a" and an" follows fiom the pionunciation:
a FAQ fle (fack"-though sometimes pionounced ef-a-cue")
an FTC commissionei (ef-tee-cee")
an IRA plan (both eye-ai-a" and eye-ia" aie used; eithei way, the
aiticle is an")
an LED display (el-ee-dee")
an MPEG application (em-peg")
an NAACP spokesman (en-double-a-cee-pee")
an ROTC piogiam (offcially, ai-oh-tee-cee"-though many people
say iot-cee")
an SEC iuling (ess-ee-cee")
a SEP-IRA plan (sep-eye-ia")
a UNESCO pioject (you-nesco")
a URL (you-ai-el")
If you do not know how an acionym is pionounced, ask youi authoi oi edi-
toiial cooidinatoi foi help.
- In speech, people often use an acionym followed by a woid
that is actually a pait of the acionym:
2 3 0 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
10. The acionym CERN ieects the oiganization`s oiiginal Fiench name, shown heie. The
acionym was ietained aftei the oiganization changed its name (to avoid the end-of-the-woild
connotations of ). As a iesult, the English tianslation of the oiganization`s cuiient name
does not match the Fiench name that explains the acionym.
ATM machine (ATM automated tellei machine)
GRE exam (GRE Giaduate Recoid Examination)
HIV viius (HIV human immunodefciency viius)
PIN numbei (PIN peisonal identifcation numbei)
UPS seivice (UPS United Paicel Seivice)
In wiiting, such iedundancies aie best avoided. A foimei iedundonym, SAT
test, howevei, is no longei a iedundonym. In 1997 the College Boaid, the com-
pany that administeis the exam, announced that SAT is not an initialism. . . .
The SAT has become the tiademaik; it doesn`t stand foi anything."
11
- Theie aie seveial conventions foi iepiesenting the pio-
nunciation of an acionym:
ASCII (pionounced ass'-key") ASCII (pionounced ASS-key)
ASCII (ihymes with passkey") ASCII (ihymes with --)
As in all othei matteis, consistency within a document is ciucial, whichevei
convention is used.
- - As a kindness to ieadeis, long documents that incoipo-
iate many acionyms often include an alphabetized list of acionyms oi abbie-
viations. In a book this list may appeai in the fiont mattei oi in the back mattei;
in a shoitei document, the list may appeai in a footnote oi an endnote oi in
a sepaiate section that piecedes oi follows the main text.
A handful of symbols and signs aie in common cuiiency:
Nonalphanumeiic chaiacteis found on the standaid keyboaid:
C # $ % &
Degiee sign, foi tempeiatuie and longitude and latitude:
Single and double piime signs, foi feet and inches as well as longi-
tude and latitude: ' "
A B B R E V I A T I O N S , A C R O N Y MS , A N D S Y MB O L S 2 3 1
11. Scott Jeffe, in Petei Applebome, Insisting It`s Nothing, Cieatoi Says SAT, Not S.A.T.,"
- Apiil 2, 1997, p. A16, national edition. Oiiginally, SAT stood foi Scholastic
Aptitude Test"; aftei yeais of dispute about whethei the test measuies aptitude, as opposed to
skills, the exam was iechiistened the Scholastic Assessment Test."
Section and paiagiaph signs, foi citations fiom legal and technical
documents: z
No spacing inteivenes between the sign and the numeial in the following types
of expiessions.
$525 65 123 10,568 110 million
- 15% 8.4% 0.5% 2%
- 1457(a) z5(c-e)
-- 6' 5' 2" 3' 6" l 2' 8"
5045'35" N ( 50-45-35 N) 8520'10" E ( 85-20-10 E)
- 61F 16C
( 61 F 16 C, - -)
Copyeditois woiking on haid copy may need to call out foi the compositoi
the names of the following signs and symbols:
# numbei sign, pound sign, hash maik
(foimeily called octothoip)
pounds sign (Biitish cuiiency)
euio glyph (single Euiopean cuiiency)
yen sign
& ampeisand
C at sign
asteiisk
( ) paientheses
] biackets, squaie biackets
{ biaces, cuily biackets
< > angle biackets
guillemets (a style of quotation maiks
used in some Euiopean languages)
/ slant, slash, viigule, solidus
\ backslash
| pipe, veitical bai
daggei
double daggei
z paiagiaph sign (foimeily called pilciow)
section sign
2 3 2 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
degiee sign
Y paiallels
index symbols, hands
Gieek loweicase alpha (in editoiial shoithand: Gi lc alpha)
Gieek loweicase beta
Gieek uppeicase gamma
Gieek loweicase gamma
Gieek uppeicase delta
Gieek loweicase delta
Gieek loweicase epsilon
Gieek loweicase lambda
Gieek loweicase mu
Gieek uppeicase pi
Gieek loweicase pi
Gieek uppeicase sigma
- Gieek loweicase sigma
Gieek loweicase chi
Gieek uppeicase omega
discusses othei symbols in chapteis on foieign languages and math-
ematics, and has seveial lists of symbols used in the social sciences. Copy-
editois who woik with scientifc oi technical mateiial should consult oi
a specialized handbook.
offeis the following guidelines about beginning a sentence with a sym-
bol: Nevei begin a sentence with . . . a symbol that stands alone (e.g., ).
Begin a sentence with . . . a symbol connected to a woid (e.g., -Endoiphins)
only when necessaiy to avoid indiiect and awkwaid wiiting. In the case of
chemical compounds, capitalize the fist lettei of the woid to which the sym-
bol is connected" (p. 89). Foi example:
The effects of -hydioxy--aminobutyiic
acid weie measuied.
- - -Hydioxy--aminobutyiic acid has seveial
unusual piopeities.
A B B R E V I A T I O N S , A C R O N Y MS , A N D S Y MB O L S 2 3 3
EXERCI S E J
This manusciipt is the opening section of a magazine aiticle wiitten by an
expeiienced wiitei. You aie being asked to do a light copyedit, one that iespects
the authoi`s somewhat idiosynciatic style, and to piepaie a style sheet. The
answei key is on pages 504-13.
- - -
- - -
-
- --
- -
- -
- - - -
- -
- -- ----
- -
-
- - -
- --
- - - -
-
- --
2 3 4 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
- - - -
- -
- -- -
- --
-- -
-- - --- -
- - -
- -
- -
- -
N-
M -
- - -
- - -
-
- --
- - -
N - M
- -
N M
A B B R E V I A T I O N S , A C R O N Y MS , A N D S Y MB O L S 2 3 5
- -
- - -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- - --
- - -
N-
K
- - -
-
N K
M -
- NK - -
- -
- -
- ---
--
- - --
2 3 6 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
M ---
- --
- - - N
M - N
M
- - --
- - -
- -- -
- - -
- -
N- - M
--- - N--M -
- ----
- -
K- - -
- - -
- --
A B B R E V I A T I O N S , A C R O N Y MS , A N D S Y MB O L S 2 3 7
- - --
- -
-
-
- -
- - -
- - -
-- - -
--
- -
- - -
- - -
-
N -
- M -
N-
- -
2 3 8 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
---M - --
- -
K-
- -
- - -
--
-
-
-
- -
- --
- -
-- - - -
- - -
- ---
- -
-- - - -
A B B R E V I A T I O N S , A C R O N Y MS , A N D S Y MB O L S 2 3 9
-- - - -
-
-
- - - NK - K
- M
- -
--
--
- -
-- - --
NK-
M - - K-
-- - -
- -
- ---
-
-
- -
2 4 0 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
- -
-
- - - -
--
- - -
-
A B B R E V I A T I O N S , A C R O N Y MS , A N D S Y MB O L S 2 4 1
2 4 2
10
- -
The pioblems that copyeditois encountei in handling tables, giaphs, and
ait depend on how well the authoi undeistands the constiuction of these
elements and on how much caie the authoi has taken in theii piepaiation.
Ideally, tables and giaphs offei an effcient way to piesent a laige amount of
infoimation, most often numeiical data. And vaiious types of ait-line diaw-
ings, maps, chaits, photogiaphs-can be used to piesent infoimation oi to
piovide oinamentation.
Howevei, because tables, giaphs, and ait aie moie expensive to pioduce
than iunning text, most publisheis ask authois to exeicise some iestiaint, with
the numbei and complexity of these items depending on the natuie of the
pioject. Although a feld guide to Pacifc coast biids, foi example, will con-
tain many illustiations (line diawings, black-and-white photogiaphs, coloi
photogiaphs, and maps), the biogiaphy of an oinithologist may have no illus-
tiations oi just a handful of photogiaphs.
The two questions a copyeditoi should always ask about any table, giaph,
chait, map, oi photogiaph aie: What specifc puipose is this item intended
to seive: and Is this paiticulai item the best way to seive that puipose: You
must be able to answei these questions in oidei to coiiectly handle the item.
You need not, howevei, concein youiself with the technical quality of an
illustiation; the publishei`s pioduction staff will evaluate that. The pio-
duction staff will also aiiange to have chaits oi maps iediawn by giaphic
aitists.
All the majoi style manuals discuss the constiuction and foimatting of tables
and piovide some tips on simplifying complex tables. Copyeditois who deal
with ielatively simple tables may need no guidance beyond that offeied in
oi offeis a moie sophisticated tieatment of the subject,
howevei, and includes examples of (analysis of vaiiance), iegies-
sion, and LISREL (lineai stiuctuial ielations) tables.
When woiking on a manusciipt that contains tables, you will usually have
to make thiee passes thiough the tables:
Pass 1. Look at a table when it is fist mentioned in the text.
Make suie that the table tells" a woithwhile and intelligible
stoiy. Although tables aie meant to be iead in conjunction
with the text, a table should be undeistandable on its own.
Check the ielationship between the text and the table: Does
the table piesent the infoimation that the text says it pie-
sents: Is all the infoimation in the table ielevant to the dis-
cussion in the text: Does any infoimation in the table seem
to contiadict the text:
Pass 2. At a convenient point, stop ieading the manusciipt and
copyedit the table.
Check the numbeiing and location of the table.
Impose mechanical consistency (spelling, capitalization,
punctuation, use of abbieviations).
Scan the data in the table foi inteinal inconsistencies.
Veiify that all infoimation taken fiom othei souices is
attiibuted.
Queiy an unusually small oi laige table that may need
to be ieconceptualized.
Pass 3. Read all the tables in the manusciipt as a batch.
Make suie all elements (e.g., table numbeis, titles, column
heads, footnotes) aie consistent in foimat. (The elements
of a table aie illustiated in fguie 7.)
Let`s look at each of these tasks in tuin.
T A B L E S , G R A P H S , A N D A R T 2 4 3
2 4 4 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
Table numbei
Stub head
Cut-in head
Stub entiies
Subtotal
Subtotal
Giand total
Souice note
Footnotes
- --
- -
- -
-
-
-
-
-
-
- P
-- --
--
- - --
- -- -
-
Table title
Column heads
Spannei head
Decked heads
Cells
Indicatoi foi foot-
note that applies to
an entiie iow
Indicatoi foi foot-
note that applies
only to one cell
Figuie 7. Paits of a Table
The function of a table is to piovide infoimation in a foimat that is moie
effcient oi effective than a piose desciiption would be. Foi example, the infoi-
mation piesented in the table in fguie 7 would be haidei to compiehend if
piesented in a sentence-by-sentence, animal-by-animal iepoit of the expei-
iment: Of the 9 camels tested, 7 (oi 78%) tested positive. Of the 36 cows
tested, 6 (oi 17%) tested positive . . ."
When a table does not appeai to be effcient oi effective, howevei, the copy-
editoi should suggest that the infoimation be given in the text piopei and
that the table be diopped. Foi example, considei table 10.
Because this aiiay is both shoit (foui lines of text) and naiiow (foui columns),
all the infoimation could easily be displayed in a multicolumn list:
Distiict 1 58.4% 54.0% 58.3%
Distiict 2 69.8 67.9 70.0
Distiict 3 67.7 68.8 70.1
A diffeient type of diffculty is piesented by table 11. Although the table
soits the numbeis of voteis and nonvoteis by sex-as piomised by the table`s
title-the iaw numbeis do not tell the entiie stoiy. Readeis cannot easily ascei-
tain whethei voting is moie common among men oi among women, noi how
gieat the gendei gap might be.
In othei woids, the ieal stoiy in table 11 lies in the peicentages (not the
iaw numbeis) of voteis and nonvoteis. One could impiove the table by adding
columns that supply the peicentages oi by ieplacing the iaw numbeis with
the peicentages, as shown in table 12.
T A B L E S , G R A P H S , A N D A R T 2 4 5
TABLE 10. Tuinout in Anytown Mayoial Elections,
1994-1998, by Distiict
1994 1996 1998
Distiict 1 58.4% 54.0% 58.3%
Distiict 2 69.8 67.9 70.0
Distiict 3 67.7 68.8 70.1
Distiict 1 58.4% 54.0% 58.3%
Distiict 2 69.8 67.9 70.0
Distiict 3 67.7 68.8 70.1
But considei how easily the infoimation in table 12 could be conveyed in
a single sentence:
In the Apiil piimaiy election, 60.0 peicent of the iegisteied men, but
only 56.9 peicent of the iegisteied women, voted.
Registeied men weie moie likely to vote than iegisteied women:
60.0 peicent of the men, but only 56.9 peicent of the women, cast
ballots in the Apiil piimaiy.
Oi the infoimation could be piesented as a multicolumn list:
Among iegisteied voteis, men weie moie likely than women to tuin
out foi the Apiil piimaiy.
Men 60.0% 40.0%
Women 56.9% 43.1%
Sometimes you will face the opposite pioblem: a table that contains too
much infoimation. If you come upon a table that contains many diffeient
types of data and that is iefeiied to iepeatedly in the manusciipt ovei a seiies
of pages, you could suggest to the authoi that the table be bioken into two
2 4 6 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
TABLE 12. Apiil Piimaiy Election: Tuinout among Registeied Voteis, by Sex
Numbei of
Registeied Voteis Voted Did Not Vote
Men 3,515 60.0% 40.0%
Women 3,344 56.9% 43.1%
Total 6,859 58.5% 41.5%
TABLE 11. Apiil Piimaiy Election: Tuinout among Registeied
Voteis, by Sex
Voted Did Not Vote Total
Men 2,111 1,404 3,515
Women 1,904 1,440 3,344
Total 4,015 2,844 6,859
Men 60.0% 40.0%
Women 56.9% 43.1%
less complicated tables. (Pioblems ielated to a table`s physical size, iathei than
its complexity, aie discussed latei in this chaptei.)
RELATI ONSHI P BETWEEN TEXT AND TABLE
The discussion of a table should not simply desciibe the table noi iepeat vast
poitions of the data given in the table. Rathei, the discussion should, as needed,
piepaie the ieadei to undeistand the table; summaiize the impoitance,
meaning, oi value of the data piesented in the table; oi explain the implica-
tions of the data. Suppose youi authoi wiites the following:
Foi each membei of the OECD, table 2.2 shows the population
(column 1), population density pei squaie mile (column 2),
pei capita gioss national pioduct (column 3), pei capita annual
income (column 4), and life expectancy (column 5).
Since the table does show all these items, and each column in the table cai-
iies a heading that identifes it, this entiie sentence could be deleted.
Anothei example. Youi authoi wiites:
Foi at least a decade aftei the depiession, the iate of population
giowth declined substantially. The biithiate diopped (see table 13),
fiom 31.5 pei thousand in 1920, to 28.7 pei thousand in 1930, to
24.7 pei thousand in 1935, and began to iecovei modestly only in
1945 (25.2 pei thousand). In addition, emigiation incieased and
immigiation came to a halt.
You could delete the iedundant data in the text and wiite a queiy to the authoi
to explain the change:
Foi at least a decade aftei the depiession, the iate of population
giowth declined substantially. The biithiate diopped (see table 13),
T A B L E S , G R A P H S , A N D A R T 2 4 7
TABLE 13. Biithiates and Death Rates, 1915-1950 (Rates pei 1,000 inhabitants)
Biithiate Death Rate Biithiate Death Rate
1915 35.1 15.5 1935 24.7 12.5
1920 31.5 14.7 1940 24.0 10.7
1925 30.9 13.6 1945 25.2 10.3
1930 28.7 12.2 1950 28.9 10.1
fiom 31.5 pei thousand in between 1920, to 28.7 pei thousand in
and 1930, to 24.7 pei thousand in 1935, continued to decline
thiough 1940, and began to iecovei modestly only in 1945 (25.2 pei
thousand). (see table 13). In addition, emigiation incieased and
immigiation came to a halt.
Queiy] No need to iepeat statistics in the text piopei; they`ie
cleaily piesented in the table. Add some mention of death iate
in the text:-oi else diop those fguies fiom this table:
--- iecommends loweicasing in-text iefei-
ences to tables and poitions of them: see tables 3 and 4; see tables 1.6 thiough
1.9; see table 12, column 2. and uppeicase in-text iefeiences
to tables (e.g., see Tables 3 and 4) and aie silent on the issue of how to tieat
poitions of tables.
veisus When iefeiiing to peicentages that aie shown in
tables, conseivative usage favois the noun (not ): The pei-
centage of absentee voteis has continued to inciease.
All tables in a manusciipt must be numbeied consecutively, by eithei single
numeiation (Table 1, Table 2, Table 3) oi double numeiation (Table 1.1, Table
1.2, Table 1.3, wheie the fist digit iepiesents the chaptei numbei and the
second digit iepiesents the table`s location within that chaptei).
1
The num-
beiing should match the oidei in which the tables aie fist iefeiied to in the
text. In othei woids, it is not acceptable to have the fist in-text iefeience to
table 3 piecede the fist in-text iefeience to table 2. Once a table has been
intioduced, it may be iefeiied to again at any time.
Foi haid-copy manusciipts, all the tables must be iemoved fiom the iun-
ning text and gatheied in a sepaiate batch, one table to a page, at the end of
the manusciipt. If the tables aie inteispeised thioughout the manusciipt, you
may need to photocopy the oiiginals (one table to a page), maik foi deletion
the tables inteispeised in the manusciipt, and call out in the left maigin the
2 4 8 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
_
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___
___ ___
1. Undei both systems, tables that appeai in an appendix take the letteied designation of
the appendix as theii fist element. Thus the tables in Appendix A aie numbeied Table A.1, Table
A.2, and so on; the tables in Appendix B aie labeled Table B.1, Table B.2, and so on.
appioximate location of each table. These callouts aie usually done in ied
pencil (so they can be easily spotted) and aie placed in boxes (like othei edi-
toiial instiuctions):
-- -
- - -
--
- -
-
-
Foi on-scieen manusciipts, the pioceduie is similai: All the tables aie gath-
eied in a sepaiate fle (oi seveial fles when theie aie many long tables), and
an in-text code is inseited at the end of a paiagiaph to aleit the compositoi
to the location of each table:
Foi many woiking-class families, ieal wages fell by as much as
50 peicent between the depiession of 1913 and the Aimistice in
Novembei 1918 (see table 8.4). The falling standaid of living,
accompanied by a tightening laboi maiket, pioved a politically
explosive combination. <Table 8.4>
Foi the compositoi`s convenience, the location of each table is called out on
the haid copy that accompanies the disks. When the tables aie complex oi
not well piepaied, you may be asked to copyedit the tables on the haid copy
iathei than on-scieen.
- Some publisheis have a piefeiied house style foi the foimat
and teiminal punctuation of the table numbeis that piecede the table title:
- TABLE 1. Woild Population, 1996
T A B L E S , G R A P H S , A N D A R T 2 4 9
- Table 1: Woild Population,
1996
- - - --
1 Woild Population, 1996
Othei publisheis allow authois to use any ieasonable style foi table num-
beis, as long as it is applied consistently.
- Titles should be accuiate and biief. If the table is pait of a schol-
aily oi seiious nonfction woik, the table title should be an objective state-
ment of the table`s contents and should not expiess value judgments oi
conclusions about the data ( SAT Scoies Diop between 1960 and 1995,"
SAT Scoies, 1960-1995"). In business iepoits and newsletteis, in con-
tiast, a table title may function as an eye-catching inteipietive headline (Sales
Soai in 1999").
The capitalization and teiminal punctuation of the table titles should fol-
low house style. If theie is no house style, be suie the authoi has been con-
sistent in these matteis. Typically, the title is set in one of the styles shown
heie, with no teiminal punctuation following.
- Pei Capita Peisonal Income in Canada, Mexico, and
the United States, 1995
- Pei capita peisonal income in Canada, Mexico, and
the United States, 1995
- PER CAPITA PERSONAL INCOME IN CANADA,
MEXICO, AND THE UNITED STATES, 1995
As these examples illustiate, long titles aie cumbeisome and haid to iead when
set in all caps, and so an all-caps style is best ieseived foi a piece in which all
the table titles aie shoit. (The iules foi headline style and sentence style aie
discussed undei Titles of Woiks" in chaptei 6.)
- A squib is a shoit paienthetical indicatoi placed aftei the table ti-
tle to indicate an element that peitains to the table as a whole. Foi example,
in a table itemizing a state`s annual budget, it is piefeiable not to cluttei the
table with six-, seven-, eight-, and nine-digit numbeis. Instead, a squib-
($ Millions)-is placed aftei the table title. Tables 14 and 15 illustiate how
much space this device can save.
2 5 0 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
Some publisheis piefei to set squibs in headline style, and otheis piefei
sentence style:
- -
(in Constant 1985 Dollais) (In constant 1985 dollais)
(in Thousands of Peisons) (In thousands of peisons)
(in Japanese Yen) (In Japanese yen)
Whichevei style is used, all squibs in the manusciipt must be tieated consis-
tently. (Anothei use foi squibs, to expiess the baseline foi a statistical index,
is discussed latei in this chaptei.)
The items in the stub should be aiianged in a logical oidei. Depend-
ing on the puipose and content of the table, the items in the stub may be
aiianged
in chionological oi ieveise chionological oidei (eailiest to latest;
most iecent to oldest)
in alphabetical oidei
in size oidei (laigest to smallest; smallest to laigest)
in geogiaphical oidei (noitheast to southwest; noith to south;
distance fiom the sun)
accoiding to a conventional seiies (colois of the spectium;
zoological families)
T A B L E S , G R A P H S , A N D A R T 2 5 1
TABLE 14. State Budget, 1995-1997
Depaitment 1995 1996 1997
Education $14,500,000 $16,700,000 $17,300,000
Health 800,000 900,000 1,100,000
Tianspoitation 125,600,000 141,100,000 136,400,000
TABLE 15. State Budget, 1995-1997 ($ Millions)
Depaitment 1995 1996 1997
Education 14.5 16.7 17.3
Health 0.8 0.9 1.1
Tianspoitation 125.6 141.1 136.4
When the stub consists of a set of numeiical ianges (e.g., age cohoits),
these ianges should not oveilap. Foi example, because the ianges shown heie
in stub A oveilap, ieadeis cannot tell whethei the 20-yeai-olds weie counted
in the 15-20 gioup oi in the 20-25 gioup. A copyeditoi would have to ask
the authoi to ieview the data piesented in the table and to select the coiiect
ianges (eithei stub B oi stub C).
15-20 15-20 15-19
20-25 21-25 20-24
25-30 26-30 25-29
The capitalization of stub entiies should also follow house style; if theie
is no house style, eithei headline style oi sentence style may be used.
Scientifc teims that begin with a loweicase lettei (pH, mRNA) should
not be capitalized in the stub.
- Column heads should be biief and logically aiianged. If all
cells in a column contain peicentages, the peicentage sign (%) may be placed
in paientheses aftei the column heading. Similaily, if the numbeis in a col-
umn iepiesent dollais, a dollai sign ($) may be placed in paientheses aftei
the column heading. (Alteinatively, the % oi $ may be placed in the fist cell
in the column oi in each cell.)
If diffeient units aie used in diffeient columns, the units aie placed in
paientheses aftei the column headings, as in table 16. Eveiyday units of mea-
suiement may be abbieviated and placed in paientheses aftei the column head;
unusual abbieviations should be spelled out in a footnote to the table.
If you copyedit science oi social science manusciipts, you aie likely to come
acioss tables in which N, oi appeais in a column head. By convention,
2 5 2 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
TABLE 16. Oceans of the Woild
Aiea (sq mi) Aveiage depth (ft) Gieatest depth (ft)
Pacifc 164,000,000 13,215 35,820
Atlantic 81,815,000 12,880 30,246
Indian 75,300,000 13,002 24,460
. . . . . . . . . . . .
N is used to indicate the numbei of subjects oi paiticipants in an expeiiment
oi suivey. Some publisheis call foi an italic otheis piefei a small cap .
Always ask youi editoiial cooidinatoi which convention to follow.
Although the authoi is iesponsible foi the accuiacy of the
data in a table, copyeditois aie expected to scan the entiies, looking foi any
obvious typogiaphical eiiois and queiying any appaient inconsistencies oi
illogicalities. Foi example:
All cells in a column should be of the same type and unit.
If decimal numbeis aie used, all items in a column should be
given to the same numbei of decimal places, and the column
should be maiked to align on the decimal point. A copyedi-
toi cannot simply add zeios to fll out a column; the editoi must
ask the authoi to decide how many decimal places aie appiopii-
ate to the table and ask the authoi to supply the coiiect numbeis.
If foui-digit and laigei numbeis appeai in a table, the commas
in each column must align.
Any woids in the body of a table must match the editoiial style
of the document (capitalization, hyphenation, spelling, and the
like). Any unusual abbieviations oi symbols should be defned;
these explanations aie usually placed in a footnote to the table.
The notation n.a. (oi na, oi NA) may be used to mean not
applicable" oi not available," but this abbieviation should not
be used foi both meanings in the same table oi seiies of tables.
When n.a. stands foi not applicable," n.av. can be used foi not
available." In tables intended foi ieadeis familiai with statistical
data, theie is no need to spell out these abbieviations. In tables
intended foi less sophisticated ieadeis, iecommends leav-
ing the cell blank oi inseiting an em dash. Some publisheis add
an unnumbeied footnote to the table: N.a. not applicable.
- If the infoimation piesented in a table is not the iesult of the
authoi`s ieseaich (lab expeiiments, feldwoik, suiveys), the souice(s) of the
data must be stated in a note diiectly below the table (see fguie 7). Souice
notes aie not needed, howevei, foi standaid mathematical and fnancial tables
(e.g., tables of squaie ioots, logaiithms, geometiic functions, oi moitgage
amoitizations). Multiple souices aie usually listed in the oidei matching the
appeaiance of the data in the table (eithei column by column, fiom left to
iight; oi iow by iow, fiom top to bottom).
T A B L E S , G R A P H S , A N D A R T 2 5 3
Souice notes aie labeled Souice (oi Souices when moie than one souice
is named). Depending on the designei`s piefeience, the label Souice may be
set in italics oi in boldface, in uppeicase and small caps, oi in some othei dis-
tinctive style. Some designeis piefei a colon aftei the label Souice; otheis use
a peiiod.
- When copyediting the footnotes to a table, you must fist detei-
mine which columns, iows, oi cells the note iefeis to. If you aie not suie,
you must queiy the authoi.
Notes that apply to an entiie table aie placed diiectly below any souice
note and aie intioduced by the label Note (oi Notes when theie is moie than
one). This convention avoids the placing of a footnote supeisciipt oi an astei-
isk aftei the title of the table. (Most publisheis discouiage oi ban the place-
ment of footnote indicatois in display type; howevei, peimits footnote
indicatois in table titles.) The location of othei footnote indicatois depends
on the content of the note:
-
all entiies in a column in the column heading foi that column
all entiies in a iow in the stub entiy foi that iow
only one cell in that cell
When the same footnote text applies to moie than one column, iow, oi cell,
the same footnote indicatoi should be iepeated in all the ielevant locations
in the body of the table (see table 17).
Once you have soited out wheie each footnote indicatoi belongs (column
head, stub, oi cell), make suie that the oidei of the footnotes matches theii
appeaiance in the table, ieading fiom left to iight acioss the column heads, the
column subheads, and then the cells; foi an example, see table 17. ( how-
evei, calls foi an entiiely diffeient hieiaichy foi assigning footnotes to tables.)
The content of the table deteimines the system most appiopiiate foi num-
beiing oi letteiing the footnotes. Thiee systems aie in common use:
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
- a, b, c, d, e, f
-- -- , , , , Y, #
The numbei, lettei, oi chaiactei within the table is conventionally set as a
supeisciipt (e.g.,
1
,
a
, ). At the beginning of the footnote itself, the maikei
2 5 4 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
may be set as a supeisciipt, with no punctuation following it (see fguie 7);
numeials and loweicase letteis may also be set as iegulai chaiacteis followed
by a peiiod (see table 17).
When a table contains numeials, it is piefeiable to use loweicase letteiing
oi the asteiisk-daggei system because numbeied footnotes invite confusion:
123.56
7
. But the asteiisk-daggei system cannot be used if any of the tables in
the manusciipt contain piobability footnotes of the foim < .05 (discussed
in the next subsection). In such tables, the asteiisk is ieseived foi the pioba-
bility footnotes, and it is best to use loweicase letteis foi the othei footnotes.
Whichevei system is used, the footnotes in each table begin at the stait of
the sequence (i.e., the fist footnote in each table is labeled 1, a, oi ). In othei
woids, the sequence of footnote indicatois is nevei caiiied ovei fiom one
table to the next, and the sequence of footnote numbeis in the iunning text
is nevei inteiiupted by any numbeied footnotes in a table.
2
T A B L E S , G R A P H S , A N D A R T 2 5 5
2. If the authoi integiated the tables into the manusciipt (iathei than tieating them as sepa-
iate items) and if the text and the tables both contain numbeied notes, then-most unfoitunately-
TABLE 17. Unemployment and Mean Annual
Wages, 1954-1957
Unemployed Mean Annual Wages
as % of
Laboi Foice
a
Uiban
b
Ruial
c
1954 10.4 n.a. n.a.
1955 11.5 $6,221
d
$5,258
1956 17.7 6,717
d
5,527
1957 13.4 7,049 6,342
e
Jan Smith, - (New
Yoik: Economics Institute Piess, 1965), 122-23.
a. Males ovei age 16.
b. Uiban index based on ten laigest cities and theii
subuibs.
c. Ruial index based on piovinces of Jeffeison,
Adams, and Fillmoie.
d. Estimated fiom incomplete data.
e. Extiapolated fiom data collected in Maich 1958.
- - - When scientists conduct expeiiments to
deteimine the coiielation between two oi moie vaiiables (i.e., the fiequency
with which those vaiiables aie obseived to accompany one anothei), they sub-
ject the coiielation to statistical tests in oidei to asceitain whethei the coi-
ielation is meaningful (signifcant) oi is meiely the iesult of coincidence. The
statistical stiength of a coiielation is expiessed in teims of its piobability level,
which is conventionally iepiesented as (a loweicase italic p). If the statis-
tical test of signifcance (a complex set of mathematical opeiations) shows
that a coiielation has a 5 peicent oi smallei chance of being a iandom coin-
cidence, that coiielation is said to have a that is less than 5 peicent; in sci-
entifc shoithand, this level of confdence in the iesult is expiessed as < .05.
If the coiielation has a 1 peicent oi smallei chance of being iandom, then
< .01, and so on. (No zeio piecedes the decimal point in these expiessions
because by defnition is always less than zeio.) In the body of a table, the
coiielations that aie not statistically signifcant caiiy no maikei; the coiie-
lations that aie statistically signifcant at the weakest level of confdence aie
maiked by a single asteiisk; two asteiisks maik coiielations that have a stiongei
level of confdence. The levels aie stated in footnotes that follow the table.
Notice that in the following example, a poition of a table showing coiiela-
tions, each piobability footnote caiiies a teiminal peiiod.
.670 .879 .612 .345
.322 .823 .989 .278
.415 .124 .455 .977
< .05. < .01.
- - You may also come acioss tables that have squibs oi foot-
notes containing a yeai oi date, an equals sign, and the numeial 100, foi exam-
ple: (1990 100). This kind of shoithand-used by economists, histoiians,
and fnancial wiiteis-indicates the base yeai (heie, 1990) foi a statistical
index.
In constiucting a statistical index, one assigns the value 100 to a specifc
point in time (eithei a yeai oi a month and a yeai), and values foi othei peii-
2 5 6 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
the woid piocessing piogiam will have conated all the numbeis, and you will have to segie-
gate the tables and ienumbei all the notes in the iunning text and in each table.
ods of time aie expiessed ielative to that baseline. This system enables iead-
eis to make immediate compaiisons: An index numbei of 200 means that
whatevei quantity is being measuied has doubled since the peiiod when the
baseline was set at 100. Foi example, if 1980 is the base yeai foi wheat expoits,
and the index numbei foi 1995 is 200, then wheat expoits doubled between
1980 and 1995.
Among the most widely cited indexes is the U.S. Consumei Piice Index
(CPI), the monthly indicatoi of the level of ietail piices based on the cost of
eveiyday goods and seivices. Each month the U.S. Buieau of Laboi Statistics
adds up the cost of a fxed list of consumei items, which is then iepiesented
in ielation to the cost in the baseline yeai. Considei these hypothetical fguies:
-
Maich 1984 (baseline) $250 100.0
Maich 1985 $265 106.0
Maich 1986 $277 110.8
By dividing each month`s piice by the baseline and multiplying the quo-
tient by 100, one aiiives at the index equivalent ($265/$250 1.06; 1.06 l
100 106), which expiesses the peicentage inciease oi deciease ielative to
the baseline:
106 6% inciease since the baseline date
110.8 10.8% inciease since the baseline date
90 10% deciease since the baseline date
A table that piesents index numbeis must indicate the baseline peiiod. By
convention, this statement of the baseline is always placed in paientheses,
and it appeais in one of thiee places: as a squib following the title of the table;
aftei the appiopiiate column heading; oi as an unnumbeied, unasteiisked
footnote to the table.
- - - Table 8.1. Retail Gasoline Piices,
1965-1995 (1965 100)
- Consumei Real Wages
Piice Index (1984 100)
(1984 100)
- (Januaiy 1988 100)
T A B L E S , G R A P H S , A N D A R T 2 5 7
- Typically, hoiizontal iules aie placed above
and below the body of a table, below spannei heads, and below the column
heads (see fguie 7). Most publisheis ask theii copyeditois to delete veitical
iules; but sometimes the iules aie ietained (oi added) foi tables that have
many columns. Check with youi editoiial cooidinatoi iegaiding the con-
vention to be obseived.
Exactly how a table will look on the piinted page is the iesponsibility of the
designei, who will select the typeface, type size, maigins, column widths, and
so on. But if you copyedit books, you will need some geneial sense of how
laige a table can ft on a typeset book page. That way, you can make sugges-
tions to the authoi foi ievising oveily laige tables, avoid making suggestions
that will iesult in cumbeisome tables, and aleit the designei to potential dif-
fculties. Heie aie some iules of thumb based on a typical 6-by-9 book page.
Of couise, small pages will accommodate less text, and laige pages will accom-
modate moie. (If you aie puzzled by the mention of fonts and point sizes in
these guidelines, ietuin to this list aftei you have iead chaptei 13.)
All giaphs must be iead foi sense, consistency, and editoiial style.
3
The pio-
ceduies aie similai to those foi tables:
Make suie that the infoimation oi conclusions stated in the text
match the data shown in the giaph.
Check the sequence and numbeiing. Giaphs aie usually labeled
with othei visual elements as Figuie 1, Figuie 2, Figuie 3, and
so on. When a manusciipt contains many giaphs, chaits, pho-
togiaphs, diawings, oi maps, each type may be labeled in a
sepaiate sequence: giaphs labeled Giaph 1, Giaph 2, and so on;
chaits labeled Chait 1, Chait 2, and so on; photogiaphs and line
diawings labeled Figuie 1, Figuie 2, and so on; maps labeled
Map 1, Map 2, and so on.
Call out the location of each giaph in the maigin of the
manusciipt:
GRAPH 5 ABOUT HERE
If you aie woiking on-scieen, inseit a callout code at the end of a
paiagiaph:
Giaph 5
Edit the titles and captions foi consistency and mechanical style
(spelling, hyphenation, capitalization).
Make suie eveiy giaph has a souice line. If the giaph is iepio-
duced fiom a published woik that is undei copyiight, the authoi
should also iequest wiitten peimission to iepiint the giaph fiom
the copyiight holdei.
Check to see that each pait of each giaph is cleaily and coiiectly
labeled:
T A B L E S , G R A P H S , A N D A R T 2 6 1
3. Copyeditois aie usually not expected to comment on the constiuction of an authoi`s
giaphs; these constiuction issues include the selection of giaph type (e.g., pie, line, bai), selec-
tion of scale values, and use of lineai oi logaiithmic scales. Howevei, if you aie inteiested in
these topics, you might look at Edwaid R. Tufte`s - -
In addition to desciibing the piinciples that govein giaphical excellence, Tufte illustiates
numeious ways to maximize what he calls data-ink" (the ink in a giaph oi chait that iepie-
sents noniedundant infoimation) and to eliminate what he calls chaitjunk" (oveily busy oi
excessive giaphical decoiation).
- Each slice of a pie chait (see fguie 8) should have a
label identifying the sectoi and the peicentage it compiises,
and the peicentages should total 100 (slightly moie oi less if
the peicentages have been iounded).
- Foi bai giaphs (see fguies 9 and 10), the tabs
should be in a logical oidei, the scale line must be labeled
and the units (dollais, tons) stated, and the scale line must
begin at zeio and have tick maiks at ieasonable inteivals.
- Foi line giaphs (see fguies 11 and 12), the diffei-
ent types of lines must be suffciently distinctive and legible
at the size the giaph will be piinted; the lines may be of
diffeient weights oi of diffeient chaiactei (solid, dashed,
dotted). When the units on an axis iepiesent numeiical
quantities, the scale line foi that axis usually begins at zeio
(foi example, see the piice data iepiesented on the Y-axis
in fguie 11). Howevei, the iange of the numeiical values
sometimes makes it impiactical to stait the scale line at zeio
(foi example, see the two Y-axes in fguie 12). When the
units on an axis do not iepiesent numeiical quantities, the
scale line does not begin at zeio (foi example, see the time-
inteival data on the X-axis in fguie 11).
- Foi scattei chaits (see fguie 13), the symbols foi
each vaiiable, in both the chait and the legend, must be dis-
tinctive and legible at the size the chait will be piinted.
- All the glyphs in a pictogiam should be equal in width
and height; unequal glyphs pioduce a misleading impies-
sion. Foi example, each of the following lines contains fve
glyphs, but the glyphs in the second line aie noticeably
smallei.
-
- P
K- -K-
B -
T A B L E S , G R A P H S , A N D A R T 2 7 3
-
- P
K- -K-
B -
11
-
An authoi must piovide a souice foi eveiy diiect quotation (othei than an
extiemely well known quote) and foi eveiy table, giaph, and illustiation that
is iepioduced fiom someone else`s woik.
1
Souices must also be cited foi all
facts, statistics, conclusions, and opinions that the authoi obtained fiom some-
one else`s published oi unpublished woik. Souices aie not needed, howevei-
and should not be given-foi facts that aie in geneial ciiculation.
The means by which an authoi cites the souice of a quotation, paiaphiase,
oi piece of evidence taken fiom anothei woik depends on
the conventions within the authoi`s piofession oi feld
the intended audience foi the woik (e.g., scholais, piofessionals,
geneial ieadeis)
the numbei and complexity of citations within the authoi`s
manusciipt
the piefeiences, if any, of the publishei
Foi unifoimity within theii issues, all jouinals and magazines impose theii
house style on contiibutois. Some book and coipoiate publisheis do so as
well, especially foi multi-authoi collections and woiks in a seiies. Othei pub-
lisheis allow authois to use whatevei citation system they piefei, as long as
it is not too idiosynciatic and is applied consistently.
2 7 4
1. Lengthy quotations and the iepioduction of tables oi illustiations iequiie peimission fiom
the copyiight holdei in addition to a iefeience citation oi ciedit line; see Publishing Law" in
chaptei 15.
When a document has only a few citations, these may be incoipoiated into
the iunning text (see Citing Souices" in chaptei 8). Foi documents that con-
tain many citations, one of thiee systems of attiibution is used:
(also called ), - oi - As you will see,
each of these systems has complicated conventions goveining the oidei, punc-
tuation, and capitalization of items as well as the use of italics, quotation
maiks, and paientheses; and each system admits many vaiiations in editoi-
ial styling.
Foi copyeditois, then, iefeience citations iequiie an almost exciuciating
attentiveness to detail. Always consult with youi editoiial cooidinatoi about
the publishei`s piefeiied style and the publishei`s policy foi manusciipts that
do not confoim to that piefeience. Also, ask whethei you aie expected to vei-
ify oi spot-check the accuiacy of the citations. Usually the answei to this last
question is no, and you should not spend youi time veiifying entiies unless
you fnd a knotty tangle that you simply must iesolve befoie you ietuin the
manusciipt to the authoi.
In the authoi-date system, the souice is cited in the iunning text. The in-text
citation includes the suiname of the authoi, the yeai of publication, and, as
needed, a page, chaptei, oi table numbei.
Biitish usage diffeis fiom Ameiican usage: the educated Ameiican`s
stiong feeling is] that is idiomatic and hence invio-
lable" (Follett 1966, 129).
Similai fndings have been iepoited in the iain foiests of Biazil
(Johnson 1991, chap. 5; Peteis and Lynn 1996).
Jones (1988, table 6.6) obseived no ielation between megadoses
of vitamin C and iesistance to inuenza.
At the end of a document containing authoi-date citations, theie must be an
alphabetized iefeience list (oi a list of woiks cited) that supplies the com-
plete publication data foi each citation.
The authoi-date system is quite common in the social sciences and the
natuial sciences but is iaiely used in the humanities. and
all piesent detailed advice on the foimatting of in-text citations and the ief-
R E F E R E N C E S 2 7 5
eience list. Each book, howevei, takes a slightly diffeient appioach to the edi-
toiial styling of these items. In editoiial jaigon, the thiee vaiiants aie called
authoi-date, authoi-date, and name-yeai.
The syntax and content of the authoi`s sentence govein the location of the
in-text citation. Heie aie some of the most common foimats, shown in
style with notes that highlight the most impoitant diffeiences between
and
Complete citation in paientheses. and iecommend the
following foimats; howevei, always iequiies a comma aftei the
suiname in a paienthetical citation: (Gallegos, 1993).
A iepoit on the allele (Gallegos
1993) . . .
A iepoit on the allele (Gallegos
1993, chap. 1) . . .
-B - A iepoit on the allele
(Gallegos 1993, 11-13) . . .
uses p" befoie all page numbeis and page ianges: (Gallegos 1993,
p 11-13).
A iepoit on the allele
(Gallegos 1995, vol. 2) . . .
-B - A iepoit on the allele
(Gallegos 1995, 2:211-15) . . .
- -- A iepoit on the allele
(Gallegos foithcoming) . . . A iepoit on the allele (Gallegos
in piess) . . .
A iepoit on the allele (Gallegos
n.d.) . . .
Authoi`s name in the text piopei
Gallegos (1993) desciibes the allele.
Gallegos (1993, chap. 1) desciibes the allele.
2 7 6 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
Gallegos (1993, 11-13) desciibes the allele.
In style: Gallegos (1993, p 11-13).
Gallegos (1995, vol. 2) desciibes the allele.
Gallegos (1995, 2:211-15) desciibes the allele.
Gallegos (foithcoming) desciibes the allele.
Gallegos (n.d.) desciibes the allele.
Multiple citations
Two latei studies (Wong 1996, 1997) iepoit . . .
In style, a comma would follow each suiname in a paienthetical citation:
(Wong, 1996, 1997).
Two latei studies (Wong 1996, 15; 1997, 27) iepoit . . .
In style: (Wong 1996, p 15; 1997 p 27).
The ieanalyses of these data (Ellington 1994a, 1994b) show . . .
Seveial othei studies (Mays 1989, 1996; Byid 1995) have
shown . . .
As both Mays (1989, 1996) and Byid (1995) have shown . . .
Multiple authois
The fndings of Willy and Wally (1994) weie not confimed by
latei testing (Apple and Beiiy 1996; Apple, Beiiy, and Cheiiy
1997).
Within paienthetical iefeiences substitutes an ampeisand foi and": The
fndings of Willy and Wally (1994) weie not confimed by latei testing (Apple &
Beiiy, 1996).
Institutional authoi
A nationwide suivey by the National Food Institute (1997) . . .
A nationwide suivey (National Food Institute 1997) . . .
Peisonal communications (including letteis, inteiviews, telephone
conveisations, and e-mail)
As I. R. Felix (peisonal communication, July 31, 1996)
suggests, . . .
R E F E R E N C E S 2 7 7
Unattiibuted book oi aiticle
One othei intiiguing hypothesis has been suggested (
1996, 215-35), but . . .
Accoiding to a iecent iepoit (Aiticle Title" 1999), . . .
In style, Anonymous" is placed in the authoi slot foi an unattiibuted
woik: Accoiding to a iecent iepoit (Anonymous 1999), . . .
An alphabetized iefeience list must appeai at the end of a document that con-
tains authoi-date citations. Each item in the list contains foui blocks of in-
foimation: (1) the name of authoi(s) oi editoi(s), inveited foi ease of al-
phabetization, (2) the yeai of publication, (3) the title of woik, and (4) the
place of publication and the publishei`s name. The foimats shown heie aie
typical, but they admit many vaiiations.
- Each entiy begins with the name of the authoi(s) oi
editoi(s) and the yeai of publication; these blocks aie sepaiated by a peiiod.
encouiages the use of authois` full names in citations and iecom-
mends inveiting only the fist name in a multiple-authoi citation:
Babble, Alan B. 1992.
- Banana, Quincy, and Susan L. Cieam. 1993.
- Beile, Meile M., Lyndon D. Mindon, and Paul Olds.
1995.
- Canadian Bioadcasting System. 1994.
- 1994.
Dylan, Dee, ed. 1997.
In style foi iefeience lists, (1) the authoi`s fist and middle names aie
ieplaced by initials, (2) all authois` names in a multi-authoi citation aie
inveited, (3) an ampeisand ieplaces and," (4) the notation ed." (oi eds."
foi multi-editoi woiks) is tieated as a sepaiate block (i.e., it begins with a
capital lettei and ends with a peiiod) and is placed in paientheses, and (5)
the yeai is placed in paientheses:
Babble, A. B. (1992).
Banana, Q., & Cieam, S. L. (1993).
2 7 8 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
Beile, M. M., Mindon, L. D., & Olds, P. (1995).
Canadian Bioadcasting System. (1994).
- (1994).
Dylan, D. (Ed.). (1997).
(The loweicase e" in encyclopedia" is not an eiioi; style uses sen-
tence capitalization foi book and aiticle titles.)
In style (1) no peiiods appeai aftei peisonal initials, (2) all names
aie inveited, (3) the suiname and initials aie not sepaiated by a comma, (4)
and" is not used in multi-authoi cites, and (5) the notation editoi" (oi edi-
tois" foi multi-editoi woiks) is tieated as pait of the name block (i.e., it is
pieceded by a comma and followed by a peiiod):
Anonymous]. 1994.
Babble AB. 1992.
Banana Q, Cieam SL. 1993.
Beile MM, Mindon LD, Olds P. 1995.
Canadian Bioadcasting System. 1994.
Dylan D, editoi. 1997.
(In style, Anonymous]" appeais in the authoi slot foi an unattiibuted
woik, such as the - .)
When two oi moie woiks by an authoi weie published in the same yeai,
a loweicase lettei is appended to the date in the iefeience list:
Rightsalot, Abby. 1989a.
Rightsalot, Abby. 1989b.
Rightsalot, Abby. 1989c.
(In style, the second and subsequent instances of the authoi`s name
would be ieplaced by a thiee-em dash: ---. 1989b.)
The coiiesponding in-text citations would be
Only one study (Rightsalot 1989a) examined . . .
In style: (Rightsalot, 1989a)
Rightsalot (1989b, 1989c) concludes that . . .
The thiid block consists of the title of the woik. The two piincipal
styles foi foimatting titles aie called humanities style (in which the headline
R E F E R E N C E S 2 7 9
style of capitalization is used) and scientifc style (in which sentence-style cap-
italization is used).
2
When the cited woik is an aiticle, the name of the joui-
nal, volume numbei, and page numbeis follow the aiticle title.
Humanities style
-- -
Anoiexia Neivosa in Teenage Boys."
33 (July): 514-24.
Scientifc style, veision
-- -
Anoiexia neivosa in teenage boys.
514-524.
Scientifc style, veision
Petiogiaphic analysis of cheits.
Anoiexia neivosa in teenage boys. J Anat 33:514-24.
As these examples illustiate, the vaiious authoi-date styles also diffei in the
typogiaphic tieatment of book, aiticle, and jouinal titles.
The fouith block of the entiy consists of the publication
data, which is intended to piovide inteiested ieadeis with suffcient infoi-
mation to locate the souice.
Foi a book, one supplies the city of publication and the name of the pub-
lishei. (Vaiiant: All entiies piovide only the publishei`s name.) When the place
of publication is not a majoi city, the abbieviated name of the state oi the
full name of the countiy is given:
2 8 0 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
2. Newspapeis take headline style a step fuithei in capitalizing the fist woid of eveiy line in
a headline. This design choice should not be imitated in iefeiences to the aiticle. Foi example:
- New Wines fiom Fiance and Spain,"
Maich 8, 1998, p. 14.
Majoi city
New Yoik: Bigtop Books.
Washington, D.C.: Topnotch & Wheedle.
Paiis: Livies populaiies.
Othei places
Williams, N.D.: Gieat Plains Piess.
Lublin, Poland: Katowice.
Foi an aiticle in a jouinal, magazine, oi newspapei, the place of publication
is given only when needed to help ieadeis locate obscuie publications.
- - -- Editoiial conventions aie still
in ux iegaiding the citation of electionic iesouices. You can download the
latest APA guidelines (www.apa.oig/jouinals/webief.htm) oi MLA guidelines
(www.mla.oig), oi you can adopt the following foimats:
Individual woik
Authoi. 19xx. Pioducei <optional>. URL access
date].
Bolles, R. N. 1997. -
http://www.washingtonpost.com/paiachute/ June 17, 1997].
Pait of a woik
Authoi. 19xx. Title of Selection,"
Pioducei <optional>. URL access date].
Ralph, W. E. 1995. Global Waiming,"
Miciodot Publications. gophei://gophei.wencyc.com/135/
globwaim/ July 31, 1997].
Jouinal, magazine, oi newspapei aiticle
Authoi. 19xx. Title," volume(issue), paging oi
indicatoi of length. URL access date].
R E F E R E N C E S 2 8 1
Dollop, P. A. 1996. Web Secuiity." - 6(2),
15 paiagiaphs, http://www.annals.oig/wbsc-bin/0.html July 14,
1997].
COPYEDI TI NG PROCEDURES
If you aie woiking on the haid copy of a manusciipt that uses the authoi-
date system, you must copyedit the iefeience list you woik on the text.
(The ieason will become appaient when you iead steps 2 and 3 below.) If
you aie woiking on-scieen, howevei, you may choose to ignoie this piecau-
tion, since you can always use the global seaich to locate entiies that iequiie
fuithei attention.
Step 1. Scan the entiie iefeience list to veiify that the entiies aie in alpha-
betical oidei. Special conventions govein the alphabetization of multiple sui-
names, foieign names, and names beginning with paiticles (e.g.,
), and Foi example, hyphenated Ameiican and Biitish
suinames aie alphabetized undei the fist element of the suiname, but non-
hyphenated Ameiican and Biitish suinames aie alphabetized undei the last
element. Thus -is alphabetized undei while
- is alphabetized undei - Othei special conventions aie desciibed in
and foi an extended discussion, see Nancy Mulvany,
-
Step 2. Scan the entiie list again and notice whethei theie aie two woiks
by the same authoi(s) in the same yeai, foi example:
Blythe, A. L. 1988. - - New Yoik: Ashcan Piess.
Blythe, A. L. 1988. - - Chicago: Veiitas Piess.
In this case, you need to ieaiiange the two entiies so that the titles aie in alpha-
betical oidei and then label the fist entiy 1988a and the second entiy 1988b.
When you aie copyediting the manusciipt, you must iemembei to call youi
authoi`s attention to all in-text citations that iefei to Blythe 1988 so that youi
authoi can change them to eithei Blythe 1988a oi Blythe 1988b.
Step 3. Scan the entiie list again and notice whethei theie aie two authois
with the same suiname, foi example:
Robeits, Ellen M. 1995. - Boston: ESP Piess.
Robeits, Jack L. 1989. -- Los Angeles: Southland Books.
2 8 2 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
When you aie copyediting the manusciipt, you will have to make suie that
all in-text iefeiences to these authois include an initial:
E. Robeits (1995) and J. Robeits (1989) piovide diffeiing views of
this phenomenon.
Step 4. Copyedit the entiies. Read each entiy slowly so that you can spot
any typogiaphical eiiois. (Because iefeience lists contain so many piopei
names, on-scieen copyeditois usually do not iun the spellcheckei on the ief-
eience list.)
Then iead the entiy a second time to make suie that it is piopeily foi-
matted and styled. Follow youi editoiial cooidinatoi`s iecommendation foi
eithei imposing the house style oi using the style the authoi has chosen. If
the authoi`s style is not one you aie familiai with, wiite out sample entiies
based on the fist few in-text citations and entiies and annotate each style
choice and piece of punctuation:
(Doe 1999, 125-129)
No comma aftei suiname; comma aftei date; no p. oi pp.; iepeat all
numeials in ianges.]
- Doe, A. A. 1999.
City, Sta.: Publishei.
Authoi`s initials only; title and subtitle in sentence style, italic;
nonpostal state abbievs.]
- Doe, A. A. 1999. Title of aiticle: Subtitle
included too. 5(2): 125-129.
Title and subtitle in sentence style, ioman; jouinal title in sentence
style, italic; ioman foi volume(issue); space aftei colon; iepeat all
numeials in ianges.]
These samples will help you leain the style and make it easiei foi you to spot
inconsistencies.
As you aie ieading, pay special attention to the logic of page ianges (an
aiticle cannot have appeaied on pages 45-32 oi pages 45-45 of a jouinal)
and the consistent styling of the page ianges. (The ianges should follow one
of the thiee systems desciibed in Inclusive Numeials" in chaptei 7.) Be aleit,
as well, foi inteinal inconsistencies. Foi example, the following disciepancy
in volume numbeis (3 oi 13:) meiits a queiy:
R E F E R E N C E S 2 8 3
Babs, R. R. 1997. Study Skills foi High School Students." -
3: 12-18.
Moigenstein, L. 1997. Jouinal Wiiting." - 13:
115-26.
Step 5. Make notations on youi style sheet about the styling of in-text
citations and iefeience list entiies. If the authoi has followed one of the foi-
mats in oi wiite a note to that effect on youi style sheet,
undei Footnotes and Bibliogiaphy-oi Citations and Refeience List (see fguie
6 in chaptei 2). But if you had to select a foimat and impose it on the man-
usciipt, iecoid sample entiies on the style sheet. These samples will be help-
ful to the authoi duiing the ieview of the copyediting, when he oi she may
need to add entiies; the samples will also iefiesh youi memoiy duiing
cleanup.
When you have fnished copyediting the iefeience list, begin woiking on
the manusciipt. Each time you come acioss an in-text authoi-date citation,
check it against the iefeience list. If theie is no coiiesponding entiy in the
iefeience list, ask the authoi to supply one.
3
Also, queiy any disciepancy
between an in-text citation and the iefeience list (e.g., authoi`s name, date,
page ianges).
In the note system, the souices aie placed in notes keyed to the iunning text
by asteiisks oi supeisciipt numeials. The notes themselves may appeai at the
bottom of the page (footnotes) oi gatheied togethei at the end of the aiticle,
document, book chaptei, oi book (endnotes). Foi example:
Biitish usage diffeis fiom Ameiican usage: the edu-
cated Ameiican`s stiong feeling is] that is idiomatic
and hence inviolable."
1
1. Wilson Follett, - (New Yoik:
Hill & Wang, 1966), p. 129.
2 8 4 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
3. Peisonal communications (letteis, inteiviews, phone conveisations, e-mail), howevei, aie
usually not listed in the iefeience list, since ieadeis will not be able to locate these items.
Similai fndings have been iepoited in the iain foiests
of Biazil.
2
2. See, foi example, A. R. Johnson, Micioclimatology in the
Southein Rain Foiests," - 3 (1987):
35-42; S. S. Peteis and W. Lynn, Mating Habitats of the South
Ameiican Zao-zao," - 2 (1988): 58-63.
Jones obseived no ielation between megadoses of
vitamin C and iesistance to inuenza.
K. C. Jones, Vitamin C Revisited," --
32 (1988): 45.
Notice that iefeience notes aie wiitten and punctuated so that all the infoi-
mation about the souice is contained in one sentence. As these examples show,
the in-text note indicatoi is set as a supeisciipt, but the numbei in the text
of the note is not. Unfoitunately, the default setting in most woid piocess-
ing piogiams pioduces supeisciipts in both locations.
4
The use of p." and
pp." to indicate page numbeis is optional, and many authois and publish-
eis piefei to eliminate these indicatois.
When a document contains a bibliogiaphy that lists all the woiks cited in
the document, complete publication data need not be given in the notes.
Instead, each note may contain the authoi`s suiname, a shoit foim of the
title, and the ielevant page numbei(s):
1. Follett, - p. 129.
2. Johnson, Micioclimatology," p. 38; Peteis and Lynn, Mating
Habitats," p. 61.
Jones, Vitamin C Revisited," 45.
Some publisheis, howevei, piefei that a full citation appeai in the fist note
that mentions a souice. In subsequent notes, only the suiname and shoit title
aie given.
R E F E R E N C E S 2 8 5
4. To fx these eiiant supeisciipts, copyeditois woiking on haid copy can wiite a global
instiuction foi the typesettei (Within the notes, set all note numbeis on the line followed by a
peiiod") and also hand-maik the fist example oi two in each chaptei oi section of the manu-
sciipt. Copyeditois woiking on-scieen should tuin to theii woid piocessing Help fles foi instiuc-
tions on changing the default numbeiing foi notes in a document. (Seaich foi these instiuctions
To ieduce the numbei of notes that iefei to one oi moie often-cited woiks,
an authoi may (1) piovide a complete citation to the woik in a note on the
fist iefeience to the woik, (2) mention in that note that futuie iefeiences to
the woik appeai in the text and aie indicated by a shoit title oi acionym,
and (3) theieaftei iefeience the woik in paienthetical in-text citations. Foi
example:
Biitish usage diffeis fiom Ameiican usage: the edu-
cated Ameiican`s stiong feeling is] that is idiomatic
and hence inviolable."
1
. . . Cioss-Atlantic diffeiences in the choice
of piepositions lead Ameiicans to tinkei with," while the Biitish
tinkei at" ( 259).
1. Wilson Follett, - (New Yoik:
Hill & Wang, 1966), p. 129. Futuie iefeiences to this woik aie
denoted by and aie cited in the text.
Heie`s an alteinative woiding foi the note and an alteinative tieatment
of the title:
1. Wilson Follett, - (New Yoik: Hill
& Wang, 1966), p. 129; heieaftei cited as -
As this example illustiates, a shoit title need not include the fist woid(s) of
the full title; also, although a shoit title may contain an adjective, it must con-
tain a noun. In addition, all the woids in a shoit title must appeai in the same
oidei as in the full title:
Full title: - - --
---
Shoit title: - oi but not
-
A shoit title is usually piefeiable to an unwieldy acionym. Foi example,
- could be shoitened to - iathei than
Notes aie the piefeiied citation system foi wiiteis in the humanities, and
2 8 6 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
undei a topic like endnote edit numbeiing style" oi footnotes and endnotes, foimat.") If eveiy-
thing woiks as it should, you will be able to tuin all the supeisciipts in the notes into iegulai
numeials without affecting the supeisciipt indicatois in the text piopei.
they aie favoied by some histoiians and social scientists. offeis the
most detailed discussion of the vaiious foimats. In the humanities anothei
widely used style guide foi notes is the (Since iequiies
the authoi-date system and calls foi eithei authoi-date oi citation-
sequence, neithei manual discusses iefeience notes.)
The in-text supeisciipt oi asteiisk is piefeiably placed at the end of a sen-
tence oi, if necessaiy, at the end of a clause.
Many educatois,
5
woiking in diveise settings, iepoit
consideiable success with this method.
- Many educatois, woiking in diveise settings, iepoit
consideiable success with this method.
5
Only in the iaiest of cases should a sentence contain moie than one note
indicatoi.
Scoies impioved in math classes,
6
science classes,
7
and
histoiy classes.
8
- Scoies impioved in math classes, science classes, and
histoiy classes.
6
Within this new note 6, the iefeiences would be divided by subjects:
On scoies in math, see . . . ; on science, see . . . ; on histoiy, see . . . ]
Each chaptei of a book (oi section of a long document) begins with note 1.
Numbeied footnotes in tables aie not integiated into the sequence of notes
to the text (see the discussion of table footnotes in chaptei 10).
As a mattei of design, most publisheis piohibit the placement of an in-
text note indicatoi in a line of display type (e.g., a chaptei title, authoi byline,
fist- oi second-level head, table title). When an authoi has placed an indi-
catoi in a line of display text, the iemedy depends on the context and the
content of the note.
Manusciipt has a note indicatoi aftei the chaptei title,
aiticle title, oi authoi byline. Delete the note indicatoi
but ietain the text of the note and tieat it as an unnumbeied note.
If the notes aie to be piinted as footnotes, this unnumbeied note
R E F E R E N C E S 2 8 7
should be placed at the bottom of the fist page of the chaptei oi
aiticle. If the notes aie to be piinted as endnotes, this unnum-
beied note piecedes the numbeied notes in the endnote section.
Manusciipt has a note indicatoi within oi at the end of a
display heading. Move the note indicatoi to the end of
the fist sentence of text undei that heading.
Manusciipt has a note indicatoi within oi at the end of a
table title. Delete the indicatoi fiom the table title. If the
note applies to the entiie table, label it Note and place it befoie
the numbeied, letteied, oi asteiisked footnotes to the table. If the
note applies to only a poition of the table, place the note indica-
toi in the appiopiiate stub line, column heading, oi cell. (See
fguie 7 and table 18 in chaptei 10 foi examples.)
Some tiade publisheis use the note style foi documentation but without
having note indicatois appeai in the text. Instead, the iefeiences appeai at
the end of the book, keyed to the text by page numbei and phiase:
5 In national polls . . . : - Taxes and the Middle
Class," Sept. 5, 1997, p. 12.
8 Judges pioposed . . . : Allegia Thom, Legal Rights of Pieg-
nant Women," - 2 (10), July 1995, p. 17.
9 Impioving pienatal caie . . .": Di. Coiinna Somes, lettei to
authoi, Aug. 15, 1997.
On this type of pioject, the haid-copy copyeditoi may be asked to indicate
which lines in the manusciipt aie linked to the iefeience notes; the fnal page
and line listings can be completed only aftei the fnal page pioofs aie avail-
able. On-scieen copyeditois may be asked to code the text so that the coi-
iect cioss-iefeiences can be geneiated automatically.
Some jouinal and book publisheis ioutinely favoi eithei footnotes oi end-
notes (also called -). Othei publisheis make the decision case by case,
weighing vaiious editoiial and design issues. These decisions aie usually
made befoie the manusciipt is ieleased foi copyediting, but sometimes copy-
2 8 8 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
editois aie asked to paiticipate in them. Theie aie thiee piimaiy editoiial
consideiations:
Intended ieadeiship: Readeis of academic and scholaily books
usually piefei footnotes to endnotes because the foimei allow
them to skim the notes without losing theii place in the text. Pop-
ulai wisdom, howevei, says that nonscholaily ieadeis aie eithei
ieluctant oi unwilling to puichase a nonfction tiade book whose
feet aie hemmed with iibbons of tiny type; thus most tiade books
place (the shop teim is buiy") the notes containing souices and
iefeiences at the back of the book.
5
Content of the notes: Footnotes aie piefeiable foi notes that
include mateiial othei than iefeiences and souices, because iead-
eis will be able to glance at, if not sciutinize, this mateiial without
jumping to the back of the book. Howevei, tables, chaits, com-
plex math and musical examples, and similai elements cannot
be iun as footnotes. Theie aie foui ways to handle such elements:
(1) the authoi can move the element into the text piopei;
(2) the authoi can decide to delete the pioblematic element;
(3) all the notes can be iun as endnotes, which can easily accom-
modate complex elements; (4) a table oi chait can be tieated as
an appendix, and a cioss-iefeience to the appendix can be placed
in a footnote oi in the text piopei.
Demand foi offpiints: Some anthologies and collections of aiticles
aie designed so that instiuctois and piofessois can oidei multiple
copies of individual selections foi theii students. When such off-
piints aie a possibility, all the notes must be iun eithei as foot-
notes oi as end-of-chaptei notes, not as backnotes at the end of
the entiie volume.
In teims of design, the choice between footnotes and endnotes depends
on the quantity and length of the notes as well as the desiied visual style foi
the publication. If the notes aie few, shoit, and widely dispeised, tieating them
as footnotes will not substantially affect the oveiall look of the fnal docu-
ment oi book. But if the notes aie many, long, oi densely clumped at vaii-
R E F E R E N C E S 2 8 9
5. If the text contains substantive notes-commentaiy, asides, oi biief excuises-the au-
thoi may be asked to integiate them into the text piopei. Oi the publishei may decide to iun
the substantive notes as footnotes undei the asteiisk-daggei system and to iun the iefeience notes
as endnotes (eithei numbeied notes oi notes keyed to the text by page and line numbei).
ous inteivals, designeis favoi endnotes. In oveisize books that have wide mai-
gins, the notes may be iun in the outei maigin.
A bibliogiaphy is a list, alphabetized by the authois` suinames, of the woiks
cited in a document, aiticle, oi book. When the notes include all the infoi-
mation a ieadei needs to locate the woik being cited, the authoi need not
piovide a bibliogiaphy. Some publications, howevei, paiticulaily those
intended foi classioom use, include a bibliogiaphy as an additional tool foi
ieadeis.
Bibliogiaphical entiies piovide the same infoimation as notes, but in a
diffeient foim. In a bibliogiaphical entiy, the authoi`s name is inveited foi
ease in alphabetizing the list, and each of the thiee blocks-authoi`s name,
title of the woik, publication data-is followed by a peiiod.
1. Wilson Follett, - (New Yoik:
Hill & Wang, 1966), p. 129.
Follett, Wilson. - New
Yoik: Hill & Wang, 1966.
2. See, foi example, A. R. Johnson, Micioclimatology in the
Southein Rain Foiests," - 3 (1987):
35-42; S. S. Peteis and W. Lynn, Mating Habitats of the South
Ameiican Zao-zao," - 2 (1988): 58-63.
Johnson, A. R. Micioclimatology in the Southein Rain
Foiests." - 3 (1987): 35-42.
Peteis, S. S., and W. Lynn. Mating Habitats of the South Ameiican
Zao-zao." - 2 (1988): 58-63.
and the give detailed advice about the foimat-
ting of bibliogiaphies. You can also download the MLA guidelines foi citing
online documents (www.mla.oig) oi adopt the following simplei foimats:
Individual woik
Authoi. Publishei, 19xx. URL access date].
Oitega, Maiilena. - Sylvan Online, 1996.
http://www.sylvan.oig/coineis/ Apiil 1, 1996].
2 9 0 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
Pait of a woik
Authoi. Title of Selection," Publishei,
19xx. URL access date].
Webei, Isiael. GUIs," - ComputeiFoim
Publications, 1996. ftp://cfp.com/encycd/218/html Januaiy 30,
1997].
Jouinal, magazine, oi newspapei aiticle
Authoi. Title," volume:issue (19xx), paging oi
indicatoi of length. URL access date].
Dennison, Michael. Selecting a Web Biowsei," -
2:3 (1997), 5 paiagiaphs. http://www.oci.com/
biow~denn/html Maich 8, 1997].
At some point duiing the copyediting, you need to make a sepaiate pass
thiough all the notes in oidei to make suie the numbeiing is coiiect and the
styling is consistent. The best time to do this pass is usually aftei you have
fnished youi fist pass thiough the entiie manusciipt, including the bibli-
ogiaphy (if theie is one). Heie`s one way to pioceed:
Step 1. Copyedit the manusciipt. When you come upon an in-text note
indicatoi, tuin to the text of the note. Read the note foi sense and ielevancy,
and coiiect any obvious eiiois. Also, some publisheis ask copyeditois who
woik on haid copy to call out all in-text note maikeis (supeisciipt numbeis
oi asteiisks):
- - -
- N K- -
- -
M
B-
--
R E F E R E N C E S 2 9 1
Many copyeditois call out the notes (whethei asked to oi not) because the
callouts make it easiei to page thiough the manusciipt and veiify that all num-
beied notes aie in sequence.
Step 2. Copyedit the bibliogiaphy. Fiist, scan the bibliogiaphy to make
suie the entiies aie in alphabetical oidei.
6
Then iead entiy by entiy and coi-
iect oi queiy all typogiaphical eiiois, illogical items (e.g., a page iange of
45-43), and incomplete entiies.
Step 3. Copyedit all the notes. Duiing this pass, iead each iefeience cita-
tion in the notes against the bibliogiaphy. Queiy any inconsistencies, dis-
ciepancies, and incomplete entiies.
Step 4. If the in-text note indicatois aie numbeis, page thiough the man-
usciipt and the notes to make suie the numbeiing is coiiect.
Step 5. Make youi second pass thiough the manusciipt. If you add oi delete
any notes duiing youi second pass, iecheck the numbeiing sequence when
you aie done.
If the manusciipt has an unwieldy numbei of notes and if time peimits,
you may want to tiy to ieduce the numbei of notes by combining notes that
fall in the same paiagiaph oi by intioducing shoit titles and in-text citations,
as desciibed eailiei in this section.
The citation-sequence system uses in-text supeisciipts foi iefeiences, but-
unlike the iefeience note system-only one woik appeais in each numbeied
note and that numbei seives to identify that souice thioughout the entiie doc-
ument. In othei woids, 1 is assigned to the fist souice mentioned in the text,
2 is assigned to the second souice, and so on. In the iefeience list at the end
of the document, the items appeai in oidei of theii fist mention in the text
(i.e., the iefeience list is not alphabetical).
If you`ve nevei seen a document that uses the citation-sequence system,
2 9 2 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
6. Some authois divide theii bibliogiaphies into sublists by topic oi by chaptei, and such
divisions aie sometimes helpful foi ieadeis. When an authoi has aiianged the items by type
(e.g., piimaiy souices, secondaiy souices) oi has sepaiate lists foi books, aiticles, and aichival
mateiials, you should ask youi editoiial cooidinatoi whethei to ietain the sublists oi ask the au-
thoi to consolidate them.
you will at fist be puzzled: Multiple supeisciipts may be clusteied togethei,
and supeisciipts may appeai out of numeiical sequence.
Occupational injuiies aie undeiiepoited foi agiicultuial woikeis in
all iegions of the countiy.
1-3
Undeiiepoiting is most seiious foi itin-
eiant woikeis,
2,4
and foi youngei woikeis.
3
The
1-3
aftei the fist sentence iefeis the ieadei to items 1, 2, and 3 in the ief-
eience list. The souices foi the comment about itineiant woikeis aie items
2 and 4 on the iefeience list, and the souice foi the comment about youngei
woikeis is item 3.
The piincipal advantage of the citation-sequence system is that the iun-
ning text is not inteiiupted by long stiings of paienthetical iefeiences. Look
what happens, foi example, when the two eailiei sentences about occupa-
tional injuiies aie iewiitten in authoi-date style:
Occupational injuiies aie undeiiepoited foi agiicultuial woikeis
in all iegions of the countiy (Angeles 1997; US Depaitment of Laboi
1996a; Myimia and Wilkeison 1998). Undeiiepoiting is most
seiious foi itineiant woikeis (US Depaitment of Laboi 1996a;
Hollingshead 1998) and foi youngei woikeis (Myimia and
Wilkeison 1998).
The piincipal disadvantage of the citation-sequence system is that the entiie
iefeience list and all in-text supeisciipts must be ienumbeied if the authoi
adds oi deletes a iefeience at the last minute.
The citation-sequence system is used by some natuial scientists and social
scientists, especially in aiticles foi piofessional jouinals. piesents a com-
piehensive desciiption of the system and the foimatting of the iefeience list;
neithei noi mention the citation-sequence system.
The citation-sequence system poses the fewest pioblems foi the copyeditoi:
Theie aie no in-text citations to be checked against the iefeience list, and theie
is no alphabetization task (since the items in the iefeience list appeai in the
oidei they have been cited in the document). All of the following tasks may
be done befoie oi aftei copyediting the manusciipt.
R E F E R E N C E S 2 9 3
Step 1. Check the numeiical oidei in the iefeience list. Make suie that no
numeials aie skipped oi iepeated.
Step 2. Scan the document to check the sequence of the in-text supei-
sciipt numeials. Look foi the fist appeaiance of each numeial; these fist
appeaiances must be in sequence, although any numeial may ieappeai at any
time. Also, make suie that multiple citations aie coiiectly punctuated: inclu-
sive numeials (e.g.,
2-5
) aie linked by an en dash; noninclusive numeials (e.g.,
2,3,8
) aie sepaiated by commas without any woidspacing aftei the commas.
Step 3. Copyedit the iefeience list. Read each entiy caiefully so that you
can spot any typogiaphical eiiois. Then ieiead the entiy to check the foi-
mat. These entiies should be styled accoiding to the models piesented in
anothei specialized scientifc style manual, oi in an in-house style guide. Foi
example, in style:
1. Winteis AA. Aii pollution, watei contamination, and public
health. New Yoik: Eco Books; 1998. 525 p.
2. Spiing BY, Fall CZ, editois. Genetic diveisity within species.
Boston: T Riley, 1996. 1234 p.
3. Summeis DE, Mamoii I, Jackson J. A contiolled tiial of
quality assuiance. Am J Clin Lab 1995 Jan;85(2):125-37.
4. Huntei Applied Physics Laboiatoiy. Standaids foi mapping
subatomic paiticle behavioi. Int J Phys 1997;12:785-804.
2 9 4 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
EXERCI S E M
Copyedit the following poition of an authoi-date iefeience list using these
sample foimats:
Suiname, Fiist name. 19xx. City: Publishei.
Tiaditional state abbievs.]
Suiname, Fiist name. 19xx. Aiticle Title." 1:123-35.
Foi multiple authois: Suiname, Fiist, and Fiist Suiname. 19xx.
The answei key is on pages 517-20.
N
M P
- -
- --
-
N -
--M
P
R E F E R E N C E S 2 9 5
- -
N
-- - --M
P
-
-
- N --
- K- -
M
2 9 6 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
12
Copyeditois who woik on books and book-length documents may be called
upon to handle fiont mattei (the mateiials that appeai befoie the fist page
of the text piopei) and back mattei (the mateiials that appeai at the end of
the volume). Foi the sake of bievity, in this chaptei is used to iefei to
any publication that is piinted in the foim of a tiaditional book.
FRONT MATTER
All books have at least foui pieces of fiont mattei (also called -
oi -):
The half-title page (bastaid title page) displays the main title of the
book only. (Sometimes the half-title page is eliminated to save
space.)
The title page gives the title, subtitle, edition, authoi`s name, pub-
lishei`s name, and the cities in which the publishei`s main offces
aie located.
The copyiight page includes the copyiight notice, Libiaiy of Con-
giess Cataloging-in-Publication (CIP) data, and the book`s pub-
lishing histoiy (e.g., eailiei editions).
The contents page, which caiiies the heading Contents" (iathei
than Table of Contents"), lists all the chapteis oi sections and
the opening page numbei foi each.
2 9 7
The pielims foi technical iepoits and othei book-length documents often
use condensed foimats: no half-title page, title and copyiight data placed on
the covei oi on a title page, and a contents page.
In tiaditional book design, the half-title, title, and contents pages aie piinted
on iight-hand pages, and the copyiight page appeais on the back side of the
title page. By convention, all fiont mattei is numbeied with loweicase ioman
numeials, and page numbeis (also called -) aie suppiessed (that is, not
piinted) on the half-title, title, and copyiight pages. Thus foi a book having
only these foui elements, the oidei and paging would be
Right page half-title page i (folio suppiessed)
Left page blank] ii (folio suppiessed)
Right page title page iii (folio suppiessed)
Left page copyiight page iv (folio suppiessed)
Right page contents page v (folio expiessed)
Left page continuation of contents vi (folio expiessed if text
oi blank appeais on the page;
folio suppiessed if
page is blank)
If the book is pait of a seiies, a list of othei books in the seiies may be
placed on page ii. Page ii may also be used foi a list of contiibutois (foi a
multi-authoi woik) oi a fiontispiece (illustiation).
When the manusciipt contains a dedication page oi an epigiaph, it is usu-
ally placed on page v, and the contents page appeais on the next iight page,
which would be page vii.
Aftei the contents page, any oi all of the following items may appeai, in
the following oidei:
list of illustiations
list of tables
foiewoid
pieface
acknowledgments
intioduction
list of abbieviations
2 9 8 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
The copyeditoi`s tasks aie to
Check the oidei and page numbeiing of the fiont mattei.
Pioofiead the half-title, title, and copyiight pages. Although these
pages contain few woids, they aie impoitant woids, and caieful
pioofieading is essential.
Read the contents page against the manusciipt, making suie that
eveiy section of the manusciipt (fiont mattei, chapteis, back
mattei) is listed on the contents page and that the chaptei titles
and subtitles on the contents page exactly match those that
appeai at the opening of each chaptei.
Make suie that the pieces of fiont mattei aie coiiectly titled.
The table of contents should be titled Contents" ( Table
of Contents"). Similaily, a list of illustiations should be
titled Illustiations"; a list of tables, Tables"; and an
acknowledgments page, Acknowledgments." (Note the
piefeiied spelling: no between the and the )
An intioductoiy piece wiitten by someone othei than the
authoi is labeled Foiewoid." (Note the spelling and
iemembei the mnemonic a that comes be")
An intioductoiy piece wiitten by the authoi is titled eithei
Pieface" oi Intioduction." Typically, a pieface is a shoit
piece (one to thiee book pages) containing iemaiks of a
peisonal natuie (ieasons foi wiiting the book, acknowledg-
ments). A longei piece is usually tieated as an intioduction.
An intioduction that includes substantive mateiial essential
to the book, howevei, is not placed in the fiont mattei;
instead, it is tieated as the fist (unnumbeied) chaptei of
the body of the book, and it caiiies aiabic page numbeis.
Coiielate any list of illustiations, tables, oi maps against the cap-
tion copy foi those items. Is eveiything numbeied coiiectly: Aie
the entiies on the list consistent in content, foimat, and editoiial
style:
Advise the authoi of ways to consolidate the amount of fiont
mattei: If the acknowledgments aie biief, they can be moved to
the end of the pieface oi the intioduction. If the book has only a
few tables, chaits, oi maps, the fiont mattei need not include lists
of these elements.
F R O N T A N D B A C K MA T T E R 2 9 9
BACK MATTER
Back mattei is tiaditionally piesented in the following oidei, with each item
beginning on a iight-hand page unless space is at a piemium:
Appendix(es) Instead of being given a chaptei numbei, appen-
dixes aie labeled Appendix A, Appendix B, and
so on. The title of the appendix follows:
Appendix A. Field Data fiom Malaysia
Appendix B. Field Data fiom Thailand
Notes If the book has endnotes, they aie piinted heie,
chaptei by chaptei. When the endnotes include
many acionyms oi shoit titles foi often-cited texts,
a list of abbieviations piecedes the notes.
Glossaiy
Bibliogiaphy May also be called Selected Bibliogiaphy,
Refeiences, oi Woiks Cited
Index
All back mattei pages caiiy aiabic numeials.
Foi the copyeditoi, woiking on an appendix is just like woiking on ieg-
ulai text, but othei types of back mattei iequiie special attention. In chap-
tei 11, we discussed copyediting notes and bibliogiaphies; heie aie some tips
foi woiking with glossaiies and indexes.
The copyediting of a glossaiy usually iequiies foui passes. The fist pass is a
quick skimming of the manusciipt to get a geneial sense of the authoi`s
defnition-wiiting style. Typically, a defnition opens with a concise sentence
fiagment that captuies the essence of the teim being defned. Subsequent sen-
tences in a defnition may be fiagments oi giammatically complete; when a
teim has moie than one defnition, each defnition begins with a concise sen-
tence fiagment. Duiing this fist pass, note any defnitions that aie signifcantly
3 0 0 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
moie oi less detailed than the otheis. These entiies may iequiie some sub-
stantive editing oi a queiy to the authoi asking foi a iewiite.
The second pass consists of ieading down the main entiies to be suie they
aie in alphabetical oidei. (Foi a discussion of some quiiks of alphabetical
oidei, see the next section in this chaptei, Indexes.")
The thiid pass of the glossaiy is the occasion foi caieful copyediting, entiy
by entiy. Each entiy consists of the teim being defned and one oi both of the
following: a defnition (oi defnitions) and a cioss-iefeience to othei entiies in
the glossaiy. If no defnition appeais, the cioss-iefeience begins with if the
teim is defned, the cioss-iefeience begins with - - oi
At the designei`s discietion, each pait of the entiy-teim, defnition, cioss-
iefeience indicatoi, cioss-iefeienced teim-may ieceive a diffeient typo-
giaphical tieatment; foi example:
Teim Loweicase, boldface, followed by
a peiiod.
Defnition(s) Initial capital lettei and teiminal
peiiod.
Technical teims within the defnition
aie italicized.
Multiple defnitions aie numbeied
(1), (2), and so on; each ends with
a peiiod.
Cioss-iefeience indicatoi Italics foi indicatoi: oi -
Cioss-iefeienced teim Loweicase and set in ioman type.
Multiple iefeiences aie sepaiated
by a semicolon.
Cioss-iefeience is followed by
a peiiod.
The iesulting glossaiy will look like this:
(1) A photogiaphic image in which light values aie
ieveised (i.e., black appeais as white); - - positive. (2)
Film used in photo-offset.
- aiabic numeials; ioman numeials.
Piintei`s teim foi an - em; molly.
If instiuctions foi styling the entiies do not accompany the manusciipt, ask
the editoiial cooidinatoi foi advice.
F R O N T A N D B A C K MA T T E R 3 0 1
So, on the thiid pass, as you iead each entiy
Make suie that the teims, defnitions, and cioss-iefeiences aie
styled consistently.
Copyedit the spelling, capitalization, hyphenation, and punctua-
tion of the defnitions.
Queiy oi coiiect defnitions that aie woidy, tautological, oi
uncleai.
Check eveiy cioss-iefeience to be suie the cioss-iefeienced teim
appeais in the glossaiy.
Copyeditois aie usually not expected to veiify that eveiy teim listed in the
glossaiy appeais in the manusciipt oi that eveiy technical teim in the man-
usciipt is included in the glossaiy.
1
Based on youi undeistanding of the
intended audience, howevei, you may want to suggest teims that could be
added to oi deleted fiom the glossaiy.
The fouith pass is a quick iead-thiough to catch any oveilooked eiiois.
Since an index cannot be piepaied until the fnal pagination of the publica-
tion has been deteimined, the index nevei accompanies the manusciipt. Copy-
editois who woik solely as manusciipt editois aie thus spaied the task of
handling indexes. But someone has to iead and copyedit them, and that some-
one needs to have a veiy caieful eye and a good sense of the conventions foi
indexes.
Copyediting an index usually iequiies foui passes. The fist pass is delight-
fully simple: Race thiough the index and make suie theie is a blank line befoie
the fist entiy that begins with a the fist entiy that begins with a and so
on. To save space, shoit indexes (a page oi two) aie often set without this
additional linespacing.
The second pass sounds simple: Read down the main entiies to check the
alphabetical oidei and the capitalization style (eithei all entiies begin with
3 0 2 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
1. In some manusciipts-foi example, tiaining manuals, iefeience books, and
technical iepoits-technical teims aie given special typogiaphical tieatment (e.g., bold oi italic
type), and ieadeis aie told that all such teims aie defned in the glossaiy. In such cases, the copy-
editoi is expected to make suie that all specially maiked teims do appeai in the glossaiy.
an initial capital lettei oi only those entiies that aie piopei nouns and piopei
adjectives begin with a capital lettei). In piactice, howevei, theie aie seveial
tiicky issues in alphabetization:
-- The index must be consistent in
using eithei the lettei-by-lettei system oi the woid-by-woid sys-
tem of alphabetization. Undei the woid-by-woid piinciple, teims
aie alphabetized by the fist full woid in the entiy; thus San
Fiancisco" would piecede sanctuaiy." Undei the lettei-by-lettei
piinciple, woidspaces aie ignoied; thus sanctuaiy" would pie-
cede San Fiancisco." Among the style manuals, and
offei the best guidance on alphabetization. Foi the most thoiough
tieatment of the topic, see Nancy Mulvany, -
- - Suinames beginning with paiticles (e.g.,
) oi with oi and foieign names piesent
special pioblems in capitalization and alphabetization. Foi exam-
ple, Ludwig van Beethoven is alphabetized undei (Beethoven,
Ludwig van), but Willem de Kooning is alphabetized undei (de
Kooning, Willem). The best iefeiences to consult aie
and Mulvany`s -
- Main entiies that begin with numeials aie alphabetized
as though they weie spelled out: an entiy foi the television pio-
giam - would appeai aftei sixpenny nails" and befoie
sizing."
- Main entiies that consist of nonalphabet-
ical chaiacteis aie collected at the beginning of the index, in a
gioup pieceding the woids, and also listed in theii spelled-out
foim (foi the names of common nonalphabetical chaiacteis, see
chaptei 9). Foi example:
#, use of, 19, 25 Would also appeai undei pound sign" and
numeial sign."]
< >, in commands, 12 Would also appeai undei angle
biackets."]
&, syntax foi, 38 Would also appeai undei ampeisand."]
AAs, 128
abacus, 2
abbieviations, 76-78
acionyms, 82, 87, 125
F R O N T A N D B A C K MA T T E R 3 0 3
Theie is no consensus on how to oidei the list of nonalphabetical
chaiacteis that piecedes the woids. Some indexeis aiiange these
chaiacteis by name; otheis place them in numeiical oidei using theii
ASCII code equivalents;
2
otheis use the piopiietaiy algoiithms
embedded in theii indexing softwaie. Foi a detailed discussion
of soiting sequences, see Mulvany`s -
The thiid pass is foi the slow, caieful ieading and copyediting of the entiies,
entiy by entiy. Theie aie eight key tasks-and one optional, time-consuming
choie-at this stage:
1. Coiiect all typogiaphical eiiois. Check any unusual spellings,
capitalization, and hyphenation choices against the page pioofs.
2. Make suie the woiding of the main entiies matches the ieadeis`
expectations. Foi example, in a consumeis guide that coveis auto-
mobiles, laige appliances, and small appliances, ieadeis inteiested
in tips on buying a new cai aie likely to look undei cais, new,"
not undei new cais."
3. If the entiy has subentiies, the subentiies should be paiallel in
foim.
quotations 12-18; accuiacy, 14; capitalizing, 15;
using ellipsis points in, 16
quotations, 12-18; accuiacy of, 14; capitalization of,
15; ellipsis points within, 16
quotations, 12-18; accuiacy, 14; capitalization, 15; ellipsis
points, 16
A subentiy may include piepositions oi conjunctions that link it
to the main entiy and foim a giammatical phiase (e.g., accuiacy
of quotations]," ellipsis points within quotations]"), oi suben-
tiies may iepiesent logical subdivisions of the main entiy (e.g.,
accuiacy," ellipsis points").
4. If the entiy has subentiies, check the oidei of the subentiies.
Most often, subentiies aie aiianged in alphabetical oidei; but
sometimes numeiical oidei oi chionological oidei is piefeiable.
3 0 4 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
2. Each nonalphabetical chaiactei in the basic ASCII set has a two- oi thiee-digit numbei;
foi example, the pound sign (#) is 35 and the open angle biacket (<) is 60.
amended ietuins, fling pioceduies: foim
1057, 285-90; foim 1124, 293-300; foim 1335A, 310-15;
foim 5252, 415-17
tombs, design of: in Fiist Dynasty, 17-35;
in Second Dynasty, 267-92; in Thiid Dynasty, 389-402
5. Check the punctuation within each entiy. The conventions foi
a standaid iun-in index
3
aie:
Use a comma to sepaiate poitions of an inveited main entiy:
diseases, tiopical.
Place a comma aftei the main entiy when the entiy is immedi-
ately followed by a page numbei; place a colon aftei the
main entiy when the entiy is immediately followed by a
subentiy heading.
Place a comma aftei a subentiy heading (to sepaiate it fiom
the page numbeis that follow).
Use a semicolon to sepaiate successive subentiies.
Place inteinal cioss-iefeiences (i.e., cioss-iefeiences that apply to
only one subentiy) in paientheses at the end of the subentiy; low-
eicase and italicize the cioss-iefeience indicatoi (- oi - -):
magazines: binding of, 25-26; citation of (- aiticles, maga-
zine); titles of, 121-23
Teiminal cioss-iefeiences (i.e., cioss-iefeiences that apply to the
entiie entiy) caiiy an initial capital lettei and aie set in italics.
The text immediately pieceding the cioss-iefeience takes a teimi-
nal peiiod. When the cioss-iefeience is to a specifc teim, that
teim is set in ioman type; when the cioss-iefeience is to a class
of teims, the entiie cioss-iefeience is set in italics.
legal citations: in bibliogiaphies, 238-42, 251; in footnotes,
230-37. - laws
legends. captions and legends
planets. - -
Theie is no punctuation at the end of an index entiy.
F R O N T A N D B A C K MA T T E R 3 0 5
3. In a iun-in index, the subentiies aie set in the same paiagiaph as the main entiy (as il-
lustiated by all the examples in this chaptei); the fist line of each entiy is set ush left, and the
iemaining lines aie indented (this style is called ush and hang"). Alteinatively, an index may
be set in indented style, in which each subentiy begins on a new indented line. The iun-in style
6. Sciutinize the page numbeis in the entiy and subentiies:
A seiies of page numbeis should be in ascending oidei: 16, 23,
145.
Page ianges must be logical: 34-35 ( 34-34 35-34
34035).
The tieatment of page ianges should be consistent, following
one of the thiee systems shown in Inclusive Numeials" in
chaptei 7.
7. Veiify that teims listed in cioss-iefeiences do appeai in the index.
If you encountei a paii of entiies like the following:
fie safety. smoke detectois
smoke detectois, 198, 211-12
you can ieplace the cioss-iefeience with the page numbeis, because
the page numbeis take up less space than the cioss-iefeience:
fie safety, 198, 211-12
smoke detectois, 198, 211-12
8. If an entiy has many subentiies, but few page numbeis, consoli-
date the entiy. Foi example,
teimites, 205-6; damp-wood, 205; diy-wood, 205; identifying,
205-6; subteiianean, 206
could be shoitened to
teimites, 205-6
The optional task at this stage, time peimitting, is to iewiite any entiies
that have a long stiing of pages numbeis but no subentiies to guide the ieadei.
offeis a few paiagiaphs of helpful advice; foi a compiehensive dis-
cussion, see Mulvany, - Be wained, howevei, that this task can
be extiemely time consuming.
The fouith pass should be a ielatively quick scanning to make suie that you
have not inadveitently inseited an eiioi and have not oveilooked anything.
3 0 6 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
woiks well foi most books, but foi a long, complex index, the indented style is piefeiied; foi ex-
ample, the indexes to and aie all in indented style.
EXERCI S E N
Copyedit the following poition of a glossaiy that will appeai in a book foi
novice computei useis. The answei key is on pages 521-23.
- -
- - - -
- -
-
-
- - - -
- - -
-
-
-
-
- -
F R O N T A N D B A C K MA T T E R 3 0 7
-
- -
- - -
- - -- -
-- -
-
-- K-
- -
-
- -
- -
- - -
3 0 8 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
13
-
- - aie featuies that apply to typed chai-
acteis: boldface, italics, and small capitals, and subsciipts and supeisciipts.
In some systems, the copyeditoi need only veiify that the authoi`s woid
piocessing codes aie coiiect. Foi example, in the following sentence, you
would make suie that the second comma (the one at the end of the novel`s
T Y P E C O D I N G 3 1 3
on the fles so that the piinted output (page pioofs) confoims to the designei`s specs. When the
publishei`s designei and pioduction editoi ieceive sample page pioofs fiom the compositoi, it
is the fist time that they see the book oi document in piinted foim. This is the pioceduie most
often followed by book publisheis.
In contiast, coipoiate publisheis often poui the authoi`s woid piocessing fles into a sophis-
ticated desktop publishing (DTP) piogiam such as Quaik oi PageMakei. These DTP piogiams
enable the coipoiate pioduction team to pioduce the page pioofs in-house. Aftei these pioofs
aie checked and ievised, the DTP fles aie sent to a piinting seivice foi high-quality piinting.
3 1 4 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
Figuie 16. On-Scieen Typecoding. In this sample the iunning text is the default
setting and so it caiiies no codes. Uppeicase paiied codes aie used foi text
elements, loweicase paiied codes foi chaiactei attiibutes. The line bieaks aie genei-
ated by the haid ietuin codes in the woid piocessing piogiam.
-- -
K- -
-
B - -- -
-- -
- B -
- - - - -
B B - - - -
B- -
- -
B- B
- B - - -
- B-
-- -
-
B -
-
- -
- - B --
B - -B- K-
B-
- - - -
- -
- --
B - -
- -
title) is maiked foi italics, but you would not change the woid piocessing
codes:
K- - -
- - - - -
- - -
- - - - -
Othei systems iequiie the copyeditoi to delete the authoi`s woid piocessing
codes and substitute special attiibute codes:
- -
- - - - - -
- -
- - - - - -
- -
- - - - - -
- -
- - - - - -
As these examples show, attiibute codes come in paiis, one at the beginning
of the text to stait the special featuie, the othei at the end to tuin of the
special featuie. In some systems, the tuin-of" code is always </> oi <\>.
In othei systems, the closing code is a iepeat of oi a vaiiant on the opening
code:
- - -
- -
-- - -
-
- - The copyeditoi may also be asked to inseit oi
double-check codes that indicate nonstandaid alphabetical chaiacteis. These
T Y P E C O D I N G 3 1 5
codes ieplace any special chaiacteis that the authoi has used in the manu-
sciipt. Typically, one code is placed befoie the chaiactei:
cedilla leon
acute accent isum -
tilde ao
Also, although the authoi`s woid piocessing piogiam can pioduce en
dashes and em dashes, some compositois` typesetting systems iequiie that
the electionic fles use chaiacteis oi codes instead:
em dash
3-em dash
en dash
- In some systems all haid ietuins in the iun-
ning text automatically foice a paiagiaph indent at the beginning of the next
line. In these systems, then, a code must be inseited only when this default
paiagiaph indent is not desiied. In othei systems, paiagiaph indents aie sig-
naled by two successive haid ietuins, oi a haid ietuin followed by a woid
piocessing tab code, oi a haid ietuin followed by a code.
- Whethei the codes aie inseited by a pioduction editoi oi by the
copyeditoi, the copyeditoi is expected to make suie the coding is coiiect. This
step includes checking to see that
theie aie no typogiaphical eiiois within the codes
theie is no extia woidspacing befoie oi aftei the codes
theie is no extia linespacing befoie oi aftei displayed elements
punctuation that is to be set in italic oi bold is coiiectly coded
4
3 1 6 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
4. Peiiods, commas, colons, and semicolons aie set in the same style as the woid that im-
mediately piecedes them. Question maiks and exclamation points aie set in italic oi bold only
if they aie pait of the expiession pieceding:
The best childien`s book this season is Andeison`s -
How can one explain the enduiing populaiity of :
Both membeis of paiied maiks (i.e., paientheses, biackets, quotation maiks) aie set in the same
typeface, and they aie set in italics oi bold only when all the text within them is italic oi bold.
all paiied codes have closing mates
all codes used in the manusciipt appeai on the mastei list that will
be sent to the compositoi
In addition to typecoding the heads and subheads, a copyeditoi must iegu-
laiize the capitalization of these heads, using eithei headline style oi sentence
style (see Titles of Woiks" in chaptei 6). Both headline style and sentence
style may be used in the same document as long as all heads -
aie tieated consistently. (Moie about levels of heads in a moment.)
As foi the fiequency of heads and subheads, the numbei that is just iight"
depends on the natuie of the document and the intended ieadeiship. Foi most
nonfction tiade books, one head eveiy foui oi fve pages is piobably suff-
cient; moie-fiequent heads may give the text a choppy feel oi a textbook look.
Refeience books and computei manuals, in contiast, may iequiie seveial heads
and subheads pei page. Foi jouinal aiticles piinted in two-column foimats,
one head pei column may be appiopiiate. The length of the heads is also a
consideiation. When the heads aie long (two oi thiee lines of type), fiequent
heads will disiupt the appeaiance of the pages. When the heads aie quite shoit
(two oi thiee woids), theii piesence is not as disiuptive.
Aftei checking the fiequency of heads and subheads, you must look at the
heads in each chaptei oi section to make suie they aie logical. All fist-level
heads should be of ioughly the equivalent weight." Foi example, a chaptei
on house pets could have fist-level heads like those shown on the left; the
set on the iight is illogical.
Dogs Dogs
Cats Small dogs
Hamsteis Cats
Fish Long-haiied cats
Hamsteis
Because small dogs" is a subset of dogs," small dogs" would have to be a
second-level head, and logic suggests that if theie is a second-level head foi
small dogs, the chaptei should also have a second-level head foi laige dogs-
T Y P E C O D I N G 3 1 7
and quite possibly one foi medium-size dogs. Similaily, cats" and long-
haiied cats" aie not logically equivalent, because the second is a subset of the
fist. And if theie is to be a section on long-haiied cats, logic iequiies a sec-
tion on shoit-haiied cats as well. Thus, one would expect to see
Fiist-level head Dogs
Second-level head Small dogs
Second-level head Medium-size dogs
Second-level head Laige dogs
Fiist-level head Cats
Second-level head Shoit-haiied cats
Second-level head Long-haiied cats
Fiist-level head Hamsteis
Fiist-level head Fish
The small dogs and long-haiied cats exemplify a second issue conceining
the logic of heads. As a iule, foi each level of head that is used, theie must be
at least two instances of that level. Thus when a shoit document oi chaptei
contains fist-level heads, theie must be at least two such heads in the docu-
ment. And if second-level heads aie used in a section that begins with a fist-
level head, theie should be at least two second-level heads within that section;
and so on. This piinciple, like the schoolbook piinciple foi making outlines,
is based on the piemise that is it illogical to have only one suboidinate item
oi subtopic within a categoiy:
Dogs Dogs
Small dogs Small dogs
Laige dogs Cats
Cats Long-haiied cats
Shoit-haiied cats Hamsteis
Long-haiied cats
Hamsteis
Some coding systems use letteis (A, B, C) to indicate heads, and othei cod-
ing systems use numeials (1, 2, 3). Undei both systems, the code assigns a
3 1 8 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
level of impoitance to each head; the codes aie used to count up the num-
bei of heads in a section. Thus a chaptei may have nine heads, all of which
aie coded A (oi coded 1).
Two othei conventions foi heads aie followed by some publisheis:
This piohibition
laigely ieects an aesthetic piefeience-that a page with a display
head diiectly below the chaptei opening display is unattiactive-
although some editois also aigue that it is illogical to immediately
divide the content of a chaptei into subtopics befoie intioducing
the chaptei`s oveiaiching main topic.
- - Stacked heads occui when a head is imme-
diately followed by a suboidinate head, with no inteivening text;
foi example:
-
-
Small dogs have become veiy populai in iecent yeais, especially
among apaitment dwelleis. But even the smallest dogs iequiie
daily caie and iegulai exeicise.
The ban on stacked heads is based paitly on aesthetics and paitly on logic,
the lattei objection being that one should not discuss a subtopic befoie say-
ing something about the topic as a whole.
Theie aie foui basic foimats foi displayed lists: numbeied, unnumbeied, bul-
leted, and multicolumn. Numbeied lists aie best used when the items aie
instiuctions to be done in sequence, when the numbeis denote some type of
hieiaichy (e.g., The ten laigest maikets aie . . ."), oi when the subsequent
discussion iefeis back to items on the list (e.g., In the thiid situation . . .").
Otheiwise, the numbeis seive little puipose othei than to cluttei the text, and
unnumbeied oi bulleted lists aie piefeiable. Bulleted lists aie extiemely pop-
ulai in coipoiate communications, less so in scholaily wiiting, wheie unnum-
beied lists piedominate. A multicolumn list may contain unnumbeied,
numbeied, oi bulleted items.
T Y P E C O D I N G 3 1 9
The capitalization and punctuation of items in a displayed list depend on
the natuie of the items in the list:
When at least one item is a complete sentence, all the items aie
punctuated as though they weie complete sentences. Thus each
item begins with a capital lettei and ends with a peiiod.
When all the items aie single woids, phiases, oi sentence fiag-
ments, each item is tieated as a sentence fiagment. Thus each
item begins with a loweicase lettei (unless the fist woid is a
piopei noun oi adjective) and caiiies eithei no teiminal punctua-
tion oi a comma oi a semicolon. When the items caiiy teiminal
punctuation, the last item ends with a peiiod.
In documents that contain many displayed lists, howevei, some publisheis
piefei that all lists be foimatted by the fist piinciple except when each item
in a list consists of a single woid, in which case the second system is used.
Regaiding the punctuation of the iegulai text that intioduces a displayed
list, and iecommend the following:
When the intioductoiy text includes the phiase as follows" oi
the following," the lead-in should end with a colon.
When the intioductoiy text is the beginning of a sentence that
is concluded by the items in the list, the lead-in should caiiy no
teiminal punctuation, unless a comma oi a colon is desiied
aftei foi example" oi that is."
In all othei cases, the lead-in text may end with a colon oi a
peiiod.
Heie`s a checklist foi copyediting displayed lists:
1. Typecode the list, following the publishei`s coding scheme foi
numbeied, unnumbeied, bulleted, and multicolumn lists. Maik
the beginning and end of the list, and make suie that the compos-
itoi can discein the beginning and end of each item on the list.
2. Veiify that all items aie in theii coiiect oidei (e.g., alphabetical,
numeiical, chionological, geogiaphical), oi deteimine that theie
is no logical oideiing piinciple that can be imposed upon the
items.
3. Make suie that the items aie paiallel in stiuctuie (logic, syntax,
length, impoitance).
3 2 0 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
4. Check the logic, syntax, and length of any sub-items.
5. Enfoice consistency in the capitalization of items.
6. Regulaiize the punctuation pieceding the list, at the end of each
item, and at the end of the list.
7. Enfoice consistency in choice of item maikeis:
Bullets
ciiculai, closed (flled)
ciiculai, open
squaie, flled
squaie, open
Special chaiacteis
Uppeicase oi loweicase letteis (followed by a peiiod).
Numeials (followed by a peiiod).
5
In long lists, the numeials
should align on the last digit, not the fist:
1. wheat 1. wheat
2. iice 2. iice
10. textiles 10. textiles
110. papei 110. papei
In publishing jaigon, the veitical alignment of numeials on the
last digit is called cleaiing foi 10s." When copyeditois woiking
on haid copy come upon an incoiiectly aligned list, they wiite a
ciicled instiuction to the compositoi: Cleai foi 10s. Copyeditois
woiking on-scieen aie expected to inseit the needed tabs oi
codes. Paientheses aie best ieseived foi iun-in lists; in display lists
long iows of paientheses aie unattiactive.
T Y P E C O D I N G 3 2 1
5. calls foi extia woidspacing, iathei than a peiiod, aftei the numeials in a
numbeied list:
1 wheat
2 iice
10 textiles
8. Check foi consistency in the
leading (linespacing) above and below the list
indents
spacing between the item maikei and the stait of the item text
Of couise, not eveiy enumeiation oi seiies need be tieated as a displayed
list. When a list has only thiee oi foui items, each of which is shoit, it is often
piefeiable to set it as a iun-in list; foi example:
Oui analysis is based on
the USGS suivey,
the USFS suivey, and
feld ieseaich we conducted in 1997.
- Oui analysis is based on the USGS suivey, the USFS suivey,
and feld ieseaich we conducted in 1997.
Oui analysis is based on (1) the USGS suivey, (2) the USFS
suivey, and (3) feld ieseaich we conducted in 1997.
Howevei, sometimes even a shoit list containing shoit items may be displayed,
foi the ieadei`s convenience:
In oidei to complete this foim, you will need
youi 1999 fedeial income tax ietuin
youi 1999 state income tax ietuin
a stub fiom a iecent paycheck
While the copyeditoi is busy woiking on the content of a manusciipt, the
designei is making decisions about how the fnal piinted pioduct will look-
decisions about the jacket design, the papei, the typefaces, and so on. At sev-
eial points, the paths of the copyeditoi and the designei cioss. As we have
seen, it is the copyeditoi who infoims the designei-eithei in a foimal memo
oi thiough notes on the style sheet-that the manusciipt contains unusual
alphabetical oi nonalphabetical chaiacteis (e.g., mathematical symbols, foi-
eign language chaiacteis oi diaciitic maiks, musical notation) oi that the man-
3 2 2 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
usciipt contains elements othei than stiaight iunning text (e.g., heads, tables,
extiacts).
In laige publishing outfts, the designei usually woiks with the editoiial
cooidinatoi oi a pioduction editoi iathei than with the copyeditoi. In
smallei businesses, howevei, a copyeditoi may be asked to implement some
of the designei`s intentions. But even if you aie nevei asked to woik diiectly
with a designei, you should have at least a basic undeistanding of design specs.
Designeis and compositois use thiee systems of lineai measuiement: inches,
points and picas, and em and en spaces.
- Inches aie used to specify the - (the size of the document`s
pages) and occasionally to specify the dimensions of the (the tiim
size minus the top, bottom, and side maigins) and the maigins.
- - Points and picas aie units unique to publishing. Just as
theie aie twelve inches to a foot, theie aie twelve points to a pica. But when
one expiesses picas and points in teims of inches, the equivalences aie awk-
waid, because the pica is based on the eighteenth-centuiy Fiench piecuisoi
of the modein centimetei:
1 pica 0.1656 inch 1 point .0138 inch
6.039 picas 1 inch 72.464 points 1 inch
Foi a copyeditoi`s puiposes, the following iules of thumb suffce:
6 picas 1 inch 72 points 1 inch
The metiic equivalences aie equally awkwaid; the following appioximations
aie used:
1 pica 4.2 millimeteis 1 point 0.35 millimetei
The vaiied uses of points and picas aie desciibed on the following pages.
-- The size of an em space depends on the size of the type
being used. If the text is set in 8-point type, an em space is 8 points wide; if
the text is set in 24-point type, an em space is 24 points wide. An en space is
half the width of an em space.
T Y P E C O D I N G 3 2 3
Em spaces and en spaces aie most often used to indicate the width of paia-
giaph indentions (e.g., Indent 1 en") and othei small amounts of lateial spac-
ing (e.g., a thin space is usually specifed as em, also wiitten as 4-to-em,"
and the space between ellipsis points is em, also wiitten 3-to-em").
The dimensions of a page of a book aie expiessed in inches: 6 in. l 9 in.
These dimensions constitute the - the size of the entiie book page.
The dimensions of the (the tiim size minus the maigins on all
foui sides) may be expiessed in inches oi in picas: 25 l 43 picas.
The size of the maigins is also expiessed in inches oi in picas. Each book
page has foui maigins: top, bottom, inside, and outside. The inside maigin
(also called the oi the ) is the iight maigin of a left-
hand page of a book, but the left maigin of a iight-hand page of a book-a
necessaiy distinction so the pages can be piopeily bound.
The oi (the aiea coveied by the iunning text) is usually
given in picas, as aie the maigins in between columns on a multicolumn page.
In the specs the designei indicates the location of the iunning heads, footeis,
and page numbeis: how fai acioss the page, in ielation to the maigins, these
elements stait oi end, and how fai up oi down the page they aie to be placed.
The hoiizontal location of the iunning elements is stated with iefeience
to the left and iight maigins of the text aiea. Thiee common hoiizontal loca-
tions aie ush left (beginning at the left maigin), centeied (centeied acioss
the text aiea), and ush iight (ending at the iight maigin). The instiuction
. out." calls foi the element to be placed ush outside: on a left-hand page
the element begins at the left maigin, and on a iight-hand page the element
ends at the iight maigin. Similaily, the instiuction . in." calls foi the ele-
ment to be placed ush inside: on a left-hand page the element ends at the
iight maigin, and on a iight-hand page it begins at the left maigin.
Some designeis indicate the veitical location of the iunning heads oi foot-
eis by iefeience to the type page: Running heads at top outside of type page."
Othei designeis indicate how much veitical space is to fall between the iun-
ning head oi footei and the text aiea. This veitical space is specifed by the
numbei of points fiom the baseline of the type in the iunning head to the
baseline of the type in the fist line of text (oi fiom the base of the last line
3 2 4 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
of text to the base of the footei). Foi example, the instiuction 16 pts b/b"
calls foi sixteen points of veitical space between the two baselines.
The location of page numbeis (also called -) is specifed with iefei-
ence to the innei oi outei maigin and to the top oi bottom maigin. Page num-
beis that appeai at the bottom of the page aie called - The spec may
also call foi lining fguies" (oi numbeis) oi old style fguies" (sometimes
abbieviated o.s.). Lining fguies sit on the baseline. Old style fguies have ascen-
deis and descendeis:
B- 123456789
- B- I:,,o,8,
In the type specs, the designei indicates the face, weight, style, and size of the
type foi each element in the document. Heie aie some examples of each of
these attiibutes:
- - Minion
, regular, , -
ioman,
8 point, 10 point, 12 point
The designei also specifes the amount of -that is, the amount of
veitical space between lines of type. ( is pionounced ledding,"
because linespaces weie once cieated by inseiting stiips of lead.) The size of
the type and the amount of leading aie expiessed in points.
6
8/9 8-point type on a 9-point foim 1 point
9/11 9-point type on an 11-point foim 2 points
10/13 10-point type on a 13-point foim 3 points
24/28 24-point type on a 28-point foim 4 points
T Y P E C O D I N G 3 2 5
6. In tiaditional typogiaphy, type size is measuied fiom the bottom of the descendeis (the
lowest point of the letteis g j p y) to the top of the ascendeis (the highest point of the letteis b
d f h). The height of loweicase letteis that have neithei ascendeis noi descendeis (a c e i m) is
called the
The specs foi iunning text also indicate the size of the paiagiaph indent
(paia indent), expiessed in picas (paia indent 1 pica") oi em spaces (paia
indent 1 em #").
Heie aie some sample type specs and theii tianslations."
(- geneial text main text). The designei wiites
Main text: Gaiamond ioman, 10/13 x 25 picas x 42 lines, paia indent
1 pica. No paia indent following display type.
This spec means: Set the text in 10-point Gaiamond type, ioman, with 3 points
of leading. Each line of type will be 25 picas wide, and each page will iun 42
lines deep. Each paiagiaph will be indented 1 pica, except that the fist paia-
giaph aftei a line of display type (e.g., chaptei title, heading, subheading) will
be set ush left. Since no instiuction is given iegaiding justifcation, the com-
positoi will assume that the left and iight maigins aie to be justifed. To obtain
text that is justifed at the left maigin, but not at the iight maigin, the designei
would wiite iagged iight" oi iag iight."
- The designei wiites
Running heads: 6 pt. Bodoni, small caps, centeied, 36 pts b/b to
text line.
This spec means: Set the iunning heads in 6-point Bodoni type, all small cap-
itals, and centeied on the text page. The baseline of the iunning head should
sit 36 points above the baseline of the fist line of iunning text.
- - Extiacts (block quotes) aie diffeientiated fiom iegulai text
in one oi moie of the following ways: (1) set on a naiiowei line (i.e., with
widei maigins) than iegulai text, (2) set with additional leading above and
below the block, (3) set in a smallei point size than iegulai text, (4) set in the
same point size but with less inteinal leading. In the following spec, the
designei ensuies that the extiacts will be centeied on the page but 2 picas nai-
iowei than the iegulai text:
Piose extiact: Bembo ital, 9/11 x 25 picas, indent 1 pica each side,
leading 16 pts b/b above & below.
3 2 6 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
This spec means: Set the piose extiacts in 9-point Bembo italic with 2 points
of leading. Each extiact will iun 23 picas wide (25 picas minus the 1 pica indent
on each side), and theie will be 16 points of linespacing base to base between
the iegulai text and the fist line of the extiact, and again between the last
line of the extiact and the fist line of the iegulai text.
- The specs foi chaptei titles must indicate which of the thiee
capitalization styles is to be used:
All uppeicase UC TYPE SPECS FOR
(all capitals) All caps FRENCH EDITORS
Capitals and loweicase UC/lc Type Specs foi Fiench
(headline style) Clc Editois
C & lc
Initial capital only Init cap only Type specs foi Fiench
(sentence style) Init cap editois
So, the designei wiites
Chaptei title: 24/27 x 25 picas, Goudy bold, Clc, ush left, sink
6 picas.
This spec means: Set the chaptei titles in 24-point Goudy bold type. The cap-
italization style is Clc. Set the chaptei titles ush with the left maigin and
6 picas below wheie a iegulai text page would stait.
- - The designei wiites
Displayed equations: 10/12 Baskeiville, centeied, iunoveis indented
2 ems, 18 pts b/b between successive equations; 24 pts b/b above and
below.
This spec means: Displayed equations aie to be set in 10-point Baskeiville,
with 2 points of leading, centeied acioss the text page. Runovei lines (the
second and following lines of a long item, also called -) aie to be
indented 2 ems. When seveial equations follow one anothei, the spec asks
foi 18 points base to base between them. Theie will be 24 points base to base
above and below each set of equations.
T Y P E C O D I N G 3 2 7
Most indexes to books and manuals aie set two columns to a page,
so the specs must give the width of the columns and the amount of space
between them. A typical index spec might iead:
Index text (2 cols): 8/9 Times Roman x 12 picas x 40 lines; iag i;
1 pica between cols; iunovei 1.5 em indent.
This spec means: Set the index in 8-point Times Roman with 1 point of lead-
ing. Each of the two columns will be 12 picas wide and 40 lines long, and
each column will have a iagged iight maigin. Theie is to be 1 pica in between
the columns. Runovei lines aie to be indented 1.5 ems.
3 2 8 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
EXERCI S E O
Compositois and piinteis use the teim to denote Latin-like nonsense
text that is used to piovide samples of typefaces. Typecode the following Latin,
using this set of codes:
CN chaptei numbei
CT chaptei title
CST chaptei subtitle
A fist-level head
B second-level head
UNL unnumbeied list
NL numbeied list
BL bulleted list
MCL multicolumn text
EX extiact
PX poetiy extiact
EQ equation
The answei key is on pages 524-25.
K-
- - -
- - - -
{ - -
{ - -
{ - -
-
T Y P E C O D I N G 3 2 9
K-
- -
-- - -
-
-
- -
- -
- -
- - -
-
- -
- - -
i o m
- - -
-
- -
- N - M
3 3 0 E D I T O R I A L S T Y L E
- - - -
-
- - -
- - -
-
-- - -
-
-
- -
-- - -
- -
- - -
T Y P E C O D I N G 3 3 1
- - - -
-
P AR T 3
Language Editing
In pait 3 we move beyond mechanics to look at giammai and usage (chap-
tei 14) and selected stylistic and substantive issues (chaptei 15). Heie, as in
mechanical matteis, copyeditois aie expected to coiiect oi queiy whatevei
is incoiiect in the manusciipt, but the diffeiences between coiiect and incoi-
iect aie sometimes haidei to discein. On many points of giammai and usage,
foi example, even the expeits offei conicting advice. Thus copyeditois need
to be able to distinguish between inviolable iules and peisonal stylistic pief-
eiences, with the goal of enfoicing the foimei and iespecting the authoi`s
choices in the lattei. Chaptei 14 suiveys the gaffes most often committed by
even good wiiteis as well as the majoi battles in the giammai and usage wais.
The fnal challenge foi copyeditois is to ensuie that the text is cleai and
unambiguous at all levels-fiom individual woids to sentences, paiagiaphs,
sections, and chapteis. Chaptei 15 examines matteis peitaining to oiganiza-
tion, expositoiy style, and the iecent contioveisies ovei bias-fiee language.
The last section of the chaptei summaiizes foui legal topics (libel, piivacy,
obscenity, and copyiight) of concein to copyeditois.
14
- -
Even if you haven`t foimally studied English giammai, you know countless
aspects of giammai. You would nevei say oi wiite I aie hungiily veiy," no
mattei how many houis had passed since youi last meal. Not all questions
of giammai aie that simple, of couise, but many tangles aie easily iesolved
once you know the iules and conventions. In some cases, howevei, the iules
aie uncleai oi disputed, and the expeits offei conicting analyses. The num-
bei of these disputes-and the passion, indeed, the moial feivoi they some-
times inspiie-is fai gieatei than you might imagine, until you begin to poie
ovei the shelves of giammai and usage books in the libiaiy oi in a well-stocked
bookstoie. Foi example, the editois of desciibe theii woik as an exam-
ination of common pioblems of confused oi disputed English usage" (p.
4a)-and note that theii volume tieats some fve hundied such pioblems.
The peiplexities aie compounded when an authoi and a copyeditoi have
diffeient positions about what constitutes coiiect English. In
Joseph M. Williams desciibes the contouis of this plight.
A few especially fastidious wiiteis and editois tiy to honoi and enfoice eveiy
iule of usage; most caieful wiiteis obseive fewei; and theie aie a few wiiteis
and editois who know all the iules, but who also know that not all of them aie
woith obseiving and enfoicing, and that they should obseive othei iules only
on ceitain occasions.
What do those of us do who want to be caieful wiiteis:
We could adopt the woist-case policy: follow all the iules all the time because
somewheie, sometime, someone might ciiticize us foi something. . . . And so,
with a stack of giammai books and usage manuals close by, we sciutinize eveiy
3 3 5
sentence foi all possible eiiois." . . . But once we decide to follow all the iules,
we depiive ouiselves of stylistic exibility. And soonei oi latei, we will begin
to impose those iules-ieal oi not-on otheis. . . .
But selective obseivance has its pioblems too, because that iequiies us to
leain which iules to ignoie, which always to obseive, and which to obseive in
some ciicumstances and to ignoie in otheis. This fieedom to choose is fuithei
complicated by the fact that those who invoke eveiy iule of giammai always
seem to have the moial uppei hand: they claim to be dedicated to piecision,
and they seem to know something about goodness that we don`t. Conveisely,
if we know enough to dismiss some iule" of giammai as folkloie, we iisk being
judged peimissive by those who aie ignoiant of the histoiy of oui language.
(p. 178)
Heie we hit upon an inevitable occupational hazaid: Almost daily, copy-
editois confiont minoi episodes of damned if you ievise, damned if you
don`t." Although some authois will eageily iespect youi expeitise, accept all
youi ievisions, and thank you piofusely foi fxing theii mistakes, otheis will
view giammatical ievisions on the copyedited manusciipt as a challenge to
theii intellectual ability oi piofessional identity. Among this lattei gioup, some
will defend theii peisonal tics and piefeiences as iepiesenting univeisal giam-
matical noims and will ieject youi editing as uninfoimed; otheis will accuse
you of needlessly nitpicking and tampeiing with woiding that they fnd unob-
jectionable (It`s cleai enough. Readeis will know what I mean").
Moieovei, on some points of giammai both authois and copyeditois can
invoke the equally impiessive authoiity of equally impiessive expeits who
happen to disagiee. Foi the woiking copyeditoi, defeience is the bettei pait
of valoi: if the authoi`s piefeience is at all acceptable, it should be iespected.
But when youi desk is fiee of manusciipts and you have time to mull, you
might want to think a bit about how you go about choosing youi expeits and
the iefeience books you iely on. Is the newest giammai and usage book always
to be tiusted, oi is theie a value in sometimes sticking with the dog-eaied
classics: Is Expeit A`s attack on a ceitain expiession based on a functional
iationale (the expiession is uncleai oi ambiguous) oi on some aiiy pieten-
sion to elegance: Is Authoiity B honestly tiying to help ieadeis wiite with
gieatei claiity and piecision, oi is he (foi few of them aie shes) piomulgat-
ing pedantiy foi pedantiy`s sake oi playing an eiudite game of gotcha" in
which the ieadei is always the losei: Does Maven C have any ieal expeitise
oi just the chutzpah to iemake the language in his image and the aiiogant
3 3 6 L A N G U A G E E D I T I N G
self-confdence of a lone piophet on a moial ciusade: Is Guiu D someone
who values idiomatic English oi someone who would ieplace put one`s best
foot foiwaid" with put one`s bettei foot foiwaid" on the giounds that one
cannot use the supeilative when only two items aie being compaied: (See
s.vv. best foot foiwaid" and supeilative of two.")
In this chaptei we`ll take a peek at the main contendeis in the ongoing
battle ovei English giammai and then look at a basket of giammai pioblems
that vex even expeiienced copyeditois. If you want to biush up on some of
the less contentious topics, tuin to one of the giammai books mentioned in
chaptei 3.
(If you`ie hoping that youi woid piocessing piogiam`s giammai checkei
will save you any time oi spaie you any eiiois-foiget it. Even foi the shoit-
est of texts, these checkeis aie time consuming and fiustiating. They iou-
tinely ignoie simple eiiois, iepeatedly question unmistakably coiiect
constiuctions, and suggest substitutions that aie at-out wiong. Bettei to fiee
up some space on youi haid diive by uninstalling the giammai checkei.)
As noted, one souice of diffculty foi people who caie about wiitten language
is that even the expeits sometimes disagiee. In bioadest teims, the battle is
between the desciiptivists, who seek to document how language is used, and
the piesciiptivists, who champion an edenic vision of how the language -
be used. A piincipal chaige against the desciiptivist position, summaiized by
John Updike, is that it pioposes no ideal of claiity in language oi, beyond
that, of giace, which might seive as an instiument of disciimination."
1
Acioss
the battlefeld, howevei, Steven Pinkei dismisses the piesciiptivists` fnicky
disciiminations and diffeientiations as bosh: Most of the piesciiptive iules
of the language mavens make no sense on any level. They aie bits of folkloie
that oiiginated foi sciewball ieasons seveial hundied yeais ago and have pei-
petuated themselves evei since. Foi as long as they have existed, speakeis have
outed them, spawning identical plaints about the imminent decline of the
G R A MMA R : P R I N C I P L E S A N D P I T F A L L S 3 3 7
1. John Updike, Fine Points," (Decembei 23 and 30, 1996), p. 145. In this
ieview of Buichfeld`s K- Updike offeis a spiiited defense of Fowlei`s biand of pie-
sciiptivism (a dynamic guidance that piomises a biightei futuie, iathei than a helpless wallow
in the endless moiass of English as it was and is").
language. . . . The iules confoim neithei to logic noi to tiadition, and if they
weie evei followed they would foice wiiteis into fuzzy, clumsy, woidy,
ambiguous, incompiehensible piose."
2
Coolei commentatois desciibe these sciewball ieasons" as having to do
with the desiie of Biitish elites, beginning in the late sixteenth centuiy, to
confei giandeui on the English language and the buigeoning English empiie
thiough the imitation of classical Latin and the august Roman Empiie: The
best histoiical model of an inuential empiie with a language to match was
Rome; and in this peiiod, the peifection of the Latin language was still seen
as closely connected to the success of Roman political expansion. So (the iea-
soning went), foi England to achieve equivalent political success, its language
had to be iendeied as 'peifect` as Latin-piefeiably by coaxing it into the
model of Latin, making it as much like Latin in foim as possible."
3
The Ameiican Revolution may have fieed the colonies fiom Biitish iule
(and Biitish spelling), but the legacy of post-Elizabethan social and political
anxiety is still with us, in the foim of, among othei niceties, the taboo on end-
ing sentences with piepositions, the tuimoil ovei -- and and the injunc-
tion against splitting infnitives. Foi it was Diyden who, in 1672, pioclaimed
that English sentences weie no longei to end with piepositions because Ciceio
and his biethien did not do so-and, aftei all, to have a sentence-ending
pieposition was to violate the teim`s etymological soul, which compiises the
Latin - (in fiont of, befoie) and (to put, to place). Hencefoith,
only a scoundiel would place a pieposition anywheie that was not pie.
Piesciiptions and piosciiptions of this soit multiplied ovei the centuiies,
as each new geneiation piomulgated its view of piopei, decoious usage.
Since the time when Diyden is alleged to have confessed that he sometimes
had to tianslate an idea into Latin to fnd the coiiect way to expiess it in En-
glish,"
4
scoies of commentatois have added theii own inventions, discovei-
3 3 8 L A N G U A G E E D I T I N G
2. Steven Pinkei, - - p. 373. The pas-
sage appeais in the chaptei The Language Mavens," a deft skeweiing of the contempoiaiy state
of a tiadition by which the manuals tiied to outdo one anothei by including gieatei numbeis of
incieasingly fastidious iules that no iefned peison could affoid to ignoie." Similai teiiain is
coveied, moie sedately and with an emphasis on wiitten English, by Williams in chaptei 10.
3. Robin Tolmach Lakoff, - (New Yoik: Basic Books,
1990), p. 289.
4. Robeit McCium, William Cian, and Robeit MacNeil, - (New Yoik:
Viking, 1986), p. 129; see also s.v. pieposition at end."
ies, and pet peeves to the list of acts that an educated wiitei daie not com-
mit. Sometime in the mid-nineteenth centuiy, foi example, the taste-mas-
teis decided that infnitives weie no longei to be split in the King`s and Queen`s
English because Latin infnitives, consisting of a single woid, could not be
split.
Thus as you gingeily tiptoe aiound the landmines that dot the piesciip-
tive-desciiptive battlefeld, you will encountei dozens of iules" that weie
nevei ieally iules, just the peisonal piefeiences oi piejudices of someone bold
enough to pioclaim them to be iules. Despite what may have been diilled
into you (oi one of youi authois) in high school, all of the following taboos
aie ioutinely bioken (even scoffed at) by well-iespected wiiteis and editois
and by expeits in contempoiaiy Ameiican usage:
Nevei begin a sentence with - oi
Nevei end a sentence with a pieposition.
Nevei split an infnitive.
Nevei use to iefei to an entiie pieceding clause.
maybe I don`t know what I`m talking peihaps my sole inten-
tion is to addle youi biain by bieaking the iules, would be a
despicable betiayal of youi tiust. even if you should happen to feel
betiayed, it is now time foi us to confiont the vexatious cieatuies one by
one.
The textbook statement of subject-veib agieement seems simple enough: A
singulai subject takes a singulai veib, and a pluial subject takes a pluial veib.
Accoiding to the piofessional giammaiians, howevei, theie aie thiee, some-
times competing, piinciples of subject-veib agieement in modein English:
foimal agieement, notional concoid, and attiaction (oi pioximity).
Foimal (oi giammatical) agieement is the fancy name foi the textbook
iule just stated: A singulai subject iequiies a singulai veib, and a pluial sub-
ject iequiies a pluial veib. But not all subjects neatly pioclaim themselves to
be singulai oi pluial, and in some situations the oveit giammatical foim of
the subject conicts with oui sense of the intended meaning. In these cases,
G R A MMA R : P R I N C I P L E S A N D P I T F A L L S 3 3 9
we tend to discaid foimal agieement and iely on notional concoid, select-
ing the veib that matches the meaning, not the oveit giammatical foim:
Fifty pages of manusciipt aie sitting on his desk.
Fifty pages of manusciipt is a day`s woith of woik.
Giammaiians have also obseived that ceitain constiuctions sound iight"
to educated native speakeis of English, even though the constiuctions defy
foimal oi notional agieement. Such constiuctions exemplify the piinciple of
attiaction (oi pioximity), undei which the veib tends to take the foim of the
closest subject:
Foi those who attended the second day of the annual meeting, theie
was an eaily moining panel and afteinoon woikshops.
But as cautions, Pioximity agieement may pass in speech and othei
foims of unplanned discouise; in piint it will be consideied an eiioi" (s.v.
agieement, subject veib: the piinciple of pioximity").
An elementaiy piinciple of subject-veib agieement is that it is the giam-
matical subject that deteimines the numbei of the veib. Nouns that appeai
in the piedicate have no beaiing on the numbei of the main veib-with the
one disputed exception discussed at paiagiaph 25 below. Thus the following
sentence is coiiect:
The only sign of Chiistmas was the stockings on the mantel.
The singulai veib was" is needed because the subject of the veib-the only
sign of Chiistmas"-is singulai; the stockings" aie iiielevant because they
aie in the piedicate of the sentence. Note that the given sentence is not an
inveision of The stockings on the mantel weie the only sign of Chiistmas."
In that veision, the stockings" is the subject and the only sign" is in the
piedicate.
The following paiagiaphs summaiize the twenty-fve most pievalent pei-
plexities and contioveisies in subject-veib agieement; foi a detailed discus-
sion and moie examples, see the seveial entiies undei agieement, subject-
veib" in One day, howevei, despite all youi diligence, you will meet a
sentence that sounds wiong no mattei which veib foim you use. A bit of
iewiiting can iescue you: Select a veib that has the same foim in the singu-
3 4 0 L A N G U A G E E D I T I N G
lai and the pluial-foi example, an auxiliaiy veib -
oi a past tense veib othei than - oi
1. A paii of singulai nouns joined by iequiies a pluial
veib, with two exceptions:
(a) Appositive nouns joined by aie tieated as singulai.
Such an injustice and inequity is intoleiable.
(b) Nouns joined by to foim a collective idea oi unitaiy whole
aie singulai.
Bacon and eggs is hei favoiite bieakfast.
Notice, too, how may be used in an elliptical constiuction:
Consumei and business confdence iemain high.
Heie, iemain" is pluial, even though confdence" is singulai,
because the subject is consumei confdence] and business
confdence." To use a singulai veib would imply that theie is
an entity known as consumei and business confdence."
2. - - Piesciiptive giammai handbooks tieat a paii of singu-
lai nouns joined by - - as singulai, but desciiptive analyses
show that usage is mixed. The best advice comes fiom (s.v.
as well as"): When a singulai veib sounds bettei, use commas to
set off the - - phiase. When the pluial veib sounds bettei,
do not set off the - - phiase.
Foi copyeditois, a style manual, as well as a dictionaiy,
is useful.
A style manual as well as a dictionaiy aie always on his desk.
3. Collecting noun phiase. In iecent yeais, the notionalists have
gained the uppeihand: Collecting noun phiases usually take a
pluial veib, although they may take a singulai veib when the
collecting noun (iathei than the items being collected) imposes
itself as the main idea.
A host of competitive offeis have been ieceived.
A fiaction of the students aie causing the disiuptions.
A iash of glitches has have] slowed pioduction.
A set of keys is on the desk.
G R A MMA R : P R I N C I P L E S A N D P I T F A L L S 3 4 1
A few staunch foimalists, howevei, hold out foi the singulai
in all cases.
4. Collective idea. The notionalist view is the noim: No mattei the
giammatical foim a collective idea takes, it iequiies a singulai veib.
Do you think that thiee cais is enough foi one family:
Eight hundied woids is at least a hundied woids too long foi
this summaiy.
A physician`s oveiaiching objective and mission is to do no
haim.
5. Collective noun. Collective nouns (e.g., administiation, class,
committee, couple, juiy, majoiity, management, population,
staff, team) aie singulai when the membeis of the collectivity
aie deemed to be acting as a gioup, pluial when the membeis
aie acting as individuals.
The couple is in theiapy.
The couple disagiee about money.
When the pluial sounds unnatuial, the sentence should be
ievised.
The oichestia aie tuning theii instiuments.
The membeis of the oichestia aie tuning theii
instiuments.
6. Phiases headed by oi
aie set off by commas and do not affect the numbei
of the main veib.
The iecent divestituie, combined with iising costs, is expected
to affect piofts.
The iecent divestituie, coupled with iising costs, is expected
to affect piofts.
If the singulai sounds awkwaid, the sentence should be ievised.
The iecent divestituie and iising costs aie expected to affect
piofts.
The iecent divestituie as well as iising costs aie expected to
affect piofts.
3 4 2 L A N G U A G E E D I T I N G
The iecent divestituie, combined with iising costs, should
affect piofts.
We expect the iecent divestituie, coupled with iising costs,
to affect piofts.
7. The pionoun takes a singulai veib, even when its
antecedent is pluial.
Each ieects a diffeient view of what constitutes the good life.
The two sides aie deadlocked in negotiations, and each has
offeied few concessions.
When the adjective follows a pluial noun, the veib is
pluial.
We each aie entitled to oui own opinions.
8. is usually followed by a singulai veib, although the pluial
is sometimes used.
Each of these aiguments is well ieasoned.
Each of these piinciples have stood the test of time.
9. Fiactions. In such constiuctions as two-thiids of " the veib
agiees with
Two-thiids of the woik is done.
Two-thiids of the guests aie heie.
10. Inveited woid oidei. Although the veib piecedes the subject, the
subject deteimines the numbei of the veib.
In the employee handbook is a sample expense vouchei.
Also in the handbook aie pioceduies foi submitting expense
voucheis.
11. Money. Amounts of money aie singulai when a specifc sum is
named, pluial when the sum is vague.
Eighty-fve dollais is too high. Seventy-fve dollais is a faii
piice.
Billions of dollais weie wasted, and millions aie unaccounted
foi.
G R A MMA R : P R I N C I P L E S A N D P I T F A L L S 3 4 3
12. Foimalists insist that a paii of singulai nouns
joined by is singulai.
Neithei the piesident noi the secietaiy was at the meeting.
But notionalists allow the paii to be tieated as singulai oi
pluial, depending on the emphasis desiied.
Neithei the piesident noi the secietaiy weie at the meeting.
13. When the noun following is singulai, the veib
is singulai. When the noun following is pluial, eithei a
singulai oi a pluial veib is acceptable.
None of the woik was fnished.
None of the woikeis aie heie.
None of these books seems seem] appiopiiate foi this
couise.
14. Nouns ending in -- -- - -
-- - and --- aie singulai when iefeiiing to
a subject oi feld of study; otheiwise, they aie pluial.
Economics is a dismal science, politics a dismal ciaft.
These statistics look incoiiect. His politics aie distasteful. The
acoustics aie excellent.
15. The numbei of " takes a singulai veib; a numbei
of " a pluial veib.
The numbei of magazines devoted to technology is
incieasing.
A numbei of magazines devoted to technology aie available.
16. x. Foimalists iecommend a singulai veib, aiguing that
one" is the subject.
One in two maiiiages ends in divoice.
Notionalists allow foi a singulai oi a pluial veib.
One in nine Ameiicans lives in Califoinia.
One in fve childien aie not coveied by health insuiance.
3 4 4 L A N G U A G E E D I T I N G
17. - x Foimalists insist on a pluial veib, aiguing
that those "-not one"-is the subject of the veib.
Mlynai, one of the few non-Russians who know Giachev well,
denies the iepoit.
Notionalists hold out foi a singulai veib.
Mlynai, one of the few non-Russians who knows Giachev well,
denies the iepoit.
This contioveisy iages on, leaving authois and copyeditois fiee
to use eithei veib-and suie to be condemned by someone no
mattei which veib they use.
5
18. x. The expiession always takes a
pluial veib.
One oi moie fles aie missing.
One oi moie of these iepoits aie out of sequence.
19. A paii of singulai nouns joined by almost always takes
a singulai veib.
Heavy editing oi iewiiting is not needed.
On iaie occasions, howevei, the intended meaning iequiies
a pluial veib.
His piesence oi absence aie iiielevant to the pioceedings.
20. Peicentages. Aftei the constiuction peicent of " the veib
is singulai if is a singulai noun oi a collective noun, and the
veib is pluial if is a pluial noun.
G R A MMA R : P R I N C I P L E S A N D P I T F A L L S 3 4 5
5. William Safie (On Language," - July 6, 1997, p. 12) iepoits
having ieceived a one-woid note (Ouch!") fiom William F. Buckley in iesponse to a column
he wiote that began 'Conduct unbecoming an offcei and a gentleman` is one of those phiases
that sounds as if it comes out of Kipling." Safie spots the pioblem: The ouchifying woid was
the veib --" Soon, a second message aiiived, this one fiom Alistaii Cooke, who homed in
on as if it comes out of Kipling." In Cooke`s view, Safie`s sentence should iead 'Conduct
unbecoming an offcei and a gentleman` is one of those phiases that sound as it would sound]
if it came out of Kipling." Safie apologizes at length foi both of his offenses, but he does not
question the natuie of this game of Gotcha!" To wit, if Safie, who has foi decades wiitten a
weekly column on language, did not catch himself in the act of bieaching subject-veib agiee-
ment, and if his copyeditoi at the - didn`t spot the eiioi" eithei, then peihaps
the Rule is not inviolable, but just a mattei of piefeience.
Thiity peicent of hei piactice is devoted to tenant law.
Foity peicent of the town`s population is illiteiate.
Eighty peicent of oldei voteis aie undecided.
Aftei the phiase a laige peicentage of " the veib is singulai
when is a singulai oi a collective noun, pluial when is
pluial.
Because of faulty handling, a laige peicentage of food is
wasted.
A laige peicentage of the electoiate has iegisteied absentee.
A laige peicentage of voteis have iegisteied absentee.
21. - In the constiuctions - and
the veib agiees with the anticipated subject.
Theie is nothing we can do.
Theie aie many ways to appioach the pioblem.
22. Time. The singulai veib is used when iefeiiing to a peiiod
of time.
Thiity minutes is too long a commute.
Five yeais is now the aveiage time to degiee" foi undei-
giaduate students.
The 1950s is often iegaided as a golden age foi television.
23. Titles of woiks. Titles of woiks always take a singulai veib.
Dickinson`s - is a fne intioduction to hei
woik.
24. is singulai when pieceded by the defnite
aiticle, pluial when pieceded by the indefnite aiticle.
The vaiiety of magazines is astonishing.
A vaiiety of magazines aie available.
25. The misconception is that always iequiies a singulai
veib, but this is not the case. When is the subject of the
main veib, the copulative veib immediately aftei is singu-
3 4 6 L A N G U A G E E D I T I N G
lai, but the main veib in the sentence agiees with the piedicate
noun.
What is needed is a simplei way to estimate pioduction
costs.
What impiesses oui clients is innovation and cost-
effectiveness.
Heie, innovation and cost-effectiveness" is a collective idea;
see paiagiaph 4.]
What tioubles us aie the fiequent cost oveiiuns.
When is the object of the main veib, pioblems aiise only
when the piedicate noun is pluial.
What the company has done is laudable.
What the diiectois aie asking foi is aie] new policies on
oveitime.
In this last example, usage is divided, and some wiiteis and
copyeditois piefei to fnesse the issue by ievising the sentence.
Table 24 lists common iiiegulai veibs that sometimes cause tiouble. Of the
iiiegulai veibs, peihaps (the tiansitive veib meaning to place something
down") and (the intiansitive veib meaning to iecline") cause the most
diffculties. A useful mnemonic is to heai the long a" sound in and
and the long i" sound in and
Lay (place) the book on the table.
If you`ie tiied, lie (iecline) down foi a while.
Notice that even though Now I lay me down to sleep" is iefeiiing to the act
of ieclining, the veib in this sentence is tiansitive-the diiect object of lay"
is me."
Once you`ve soited out the tiansitive and intiansitive veibs, be suie to use
the coiiect past tense:
He laid the book on the table befoie he lay down.
I had lain in bed foi an houi befoie falling asleep.
G R A MMA R : P R I N C I P L E S A N D P I T F A L L S 3 4 7
The veibs and also cause some confusion because they ciiss-
cioss in seveial situations.
is the past tense of
We feaied that we might have to postpone the pioject.
3 4 8 L A N G U A G E E D I T I N G
TABLE 24. Piincipal Paits of Common Iiiegulai Veibs
Base Foim Past Tense Past Paiticiple
beai boie boine
begin began begun
bid (to command) bade, bid bidden, bid
dive dived, dove dived
diink diank diunk
ft ftted, ft ftted, ft
foibid foibade, foibad foibidden
foigo foiwent foigone
get got got, gotten
hang (a pictuie) hung hung
hang (a peison) hanged hanged
lay (to place) laid laid
lead led led
lie (to iecline) lay lain
lie (to falsify) lied lied
piove pioved pioved, pioven
iise iose iisen
shine (to emit light) shone shone
shine (to polish) shined shined
sink sank sunk
sneak sneaked, snuck
sneaked, snuck
spiing spiang, spiung spiung
stiive stiove, stiived stiiven, stiived
swim swam swum
weave wove, weaved woven, weaved
is a weak veib with the past tense In the 19th centuiy it de-
veloped a past tense -piobably by analogy with . . . Although
is somewhat moie common in wiiting in the U.S. and is unusual in Biitish English,
is an acceptable vaiiant." The past tense of - howevei, is always -
----
boy boy boy`s
giil giil giil`s
child child child`s
----
boys boys boys`
giils giils giils`
childien childien childien`s
The pionouns, howevei, sometimes cause diffculties.
----
Peisonal I me my, mine
you you youi, youis
he him his
she hei hei, heis
it it its
one one one`s
we us oui, ouis
they them theii, theiis
Indefnite eveiyone eveiyone eveiyone`s
somebody somebody somebody`s
Relative who whom whose
whoevei whomevei whosevei
which which whose, of which
8
that that -
G R A MMA R : P R I N C I P L E S A N D P I T F A L L S 3 6 5
8. Theodoie Beinstein, p. 479: Since has no genitive of its own,
it is only faii to let it boiiow - when the loan is useful to avoid clumsiness. It is nonsense
to compel one to wiite, 'The cai, the caibuietoi, biakes, and steeiing wheel of which need ovei-
hauling, is to be sold at auction.` . . . And nevei foiget that bannei 'whose bioad stiipes and biight
stais` have inspiied us all these many geneiations."
Heie aie the headaches. Fiist, a paii of sentences that aie coiiect, how-
evei awkwaid they may sound:
This expeiiment will put youi and my hypotheses to the test.
Coiiect, although youi hypotheses and mine"-oi youi hypothe-
sis and mine" if each peison has only one hypothesis-would sound
moie natuial to most ieadeis.]
A gioup of us taxpayeis piotested.
The objective case is needed because the pionoun is the object of
the pieposition of."]
Since being coiiect is only half the goal, it is peihaps best to ievise.
- Oui taxpayeis` gioup piotested.
Oui taxpayeis gioup piotested.
This second ievision tieats taxpayeis" as an attiibutive noun iathei
than as a possessive; see Possessives" in chaptei 5.]
The appeaiance of and at the head of a suboidinate clause often
sends wiiteis into a tizzy. The iule is stiaightfoiwaid: When intioduces
a suboidinate clause, the coiiect case of depends on its function in that
suboidinate clause.
Smith is the candidate who we think will win.
We think will win (nominative case) r the candidate we
think will win.]
Jones is the candidate whom we hope to elect.
We hope to elect (objective case) r the candidate we
hope to elect.]
This book offeis sound advice to whoevei will accept it.
In the suboidinate clause whoevei" functions as the subject of
will accept." The object of the pieposition is the entiie clause
whoevei will accept."]
Take a moment to make suie the antecedent of the oi is secuie:
A leading Ameiican scholai on the Pilgiims, who lived in the Dutch
town of Leiden befoie setting out foi Ameiica in 1620, has been
oideied to leave the Netheilands.
3 6 6 L A N G U A G E E D I T I N G
The Ameiican scholai" competes with the Pilgiims" as the
antecedent of who."]
Now foi two disputed usages, the fist ielatively minoi. Giammaiians dis-
agiee about which case should follow the expiession eveiyone but." As Bein-
stein points out, the in eveiyone but" may be iegaided as a conjunction
(and theiefoie followed by a pionoun in the nominative case) oi as a piepo-
sition (and theiefoie followed by a pionoun in the objective case). Beinstein`s
advice neatly splits the diffeience:
1. If the pionoun is at the end of the sentence, iegaid as a pieposition and
put the pionoun in the objective case (Eveiyone laughed at the quip but him").
Not only is this giammatically acceptable, but in addition it sounds inoffen-
sive since noimally a noun at the end of a sentence is in the objective case.
2. If the pionoun appeais elsewheie in the sentence, put the pionoun in the
same case as the noun to which it is linked by the (Eveiyone but he laughed
at the quip"; The quip, diiected at no one but him, fell at"). (-- -
K- - p. 93)
The second disputed usage aiises fiom the fact that a geiund is usually
pieceded by a possessive pionoun.
My singing is atiocious.
The staff objected to his having made a change in the agenda.
This iule is not invaiiable, howevei; witness the following examples: with-
out a shot being fied," long odds against that happening," and Imagine
childien as young as twelve yeais old being haled into couit!"
9
And theie`s a
fuithei wiinkle: Although the foims that function as geiunds aie pie-
ceded by possessive pionouns, the foims that function as veibal paiticiples
aie pieceded by objective pionouns. Foitunately, Stiunk and White come to
the iescue with a paii of sentences that elucidate this mysteiy:
Do you mind me asking a question:
Do you mind my asking a question:
G R A MMA R : P R I N C I P L E S A N D P I T F A L L S 3 6 7
9. Beinstein, -- -K- - p. 104. Rebutting Fowlei`s insistence that the
genitive always piecedes the geiund, Beinstein wiites: In the clause 'Which will iesult in many
having to go into lodgings,` Fowlei] suggested making it K- and in the sentence 'It is no
longei thought to be the piopei scientifc attitude to deny the possibility of anything happen-
ing,` he favoied alteiing it to K- The suggested changes can haidly be called English."
In the fist sentence, the queiied objection is to as opposed to othei mem-
beis of the gioup, putting one of the questions. In the second example, the
issue is whethei a question may be asked at all. (- p. 13)
Fowlei labeled the me asking" constiuction a - and abhoiied
it. Follett devoted two double-column pages to the topic and issued what
iemains the defnitive opinion: Whenevei the idea that goveins the veibal
noun (paiticiple) is one that cleaily calls foi stiess on the peison, the fused
paiticiple may be used; whenevei the stiess falls equally well, oi bettei, on
the action expiessed by the paiticiple, the possessive case must be used" (
p. 158).
The teims in a seiies aie said to be paiallel when they all belong to the same
pait of speech; that is, each membei in the seiies is a noun, a veib, an adjec-
tive, oi an adveib:
She likes swimming, playing tennis, and to iun maiathons.
She likes to swim, play tennis, and iun maiathons.
She likes swimming, playing tennis, and iunning maiathons.
The passive voice may be used eithei foi vaiiety oi to empha-
size the activity accomplished, iathei than the agent who accom-
plished it.
The passive voice may be used eithei to achieve vaiiety oi to empha-
size the activity, iathei than the agent who accomplished it.
Paiallelism, howevei, does not iequiie that all the items in the seiies be iden-
tical in length oi stiuctuie. In the following examples, the items aie paiallel
(they aie all nouns), even though some aie one-woid nouns and otheis aie
noun phiases:
She spent hei vacation ieading, wiiting letteis in Fiench, and lying
on the beach.
The documents must be checked foi spelling, punctuation, and the
coiiect use of abbieviations.
3 6 8 L A N G U A G E E D I T I N G
When enteis the pictuie, paiallel stiuctuie alone may not ensuie claiity:
Ciitics of Inteinet flteiing devices question whethei they aie appio-
piiate shields against offensive mateiial oi high-tech censoiship.
The wiitei wants to oppose appiopiiate shields" and high-tech
censoiship," but the syntax suggests shields against offensive
mateiial" as opposed to shields against high-tech censoiship."]
In complex sentences, the piefeience foi paiallelism is sometimes ielaxed.
(p. 434) offeis the following example, fiom an essay by E. B. White, a
well-iespected English piose wiitei and co-authoi of -
I have wiitten this account in penitence and in giief, as a man who failed to
iaise his pig, and to explain my deviation fiom the classic couise of so many
iaised pigs. The giave in the woods is unmaiked, but Fied can diiect the
mouinei to it uneiiingly and with immense good will." To insist on school-
book paiallelism heie-to have Fied diiecting mouineis without eiioi and
with immense good will" oi uneiiingly and cheeifully" oi some such-would
be to distoit the meaning and mai the dignity of the moment. Noi is theie
any way to foice and to explain" into line with what piecedes it.
We aie usually taught that - aie woids that modify a noun oi pio-
noun, and - aie woids that modify an adjective, veib, oi anothei adveib.
The ciiculaiity of the lattei point aside (an adveib is a woid that modifes an
adveib:), these schoolioom defnitions ignoie the so-called copulative veibs-
veibs that expiess a state of being, iathei than an action; foi example:
- - - - Although an adveib is used to modify
a veib expiessing an action, a copulative veib is followed by an adjective:
I am fne; he became sad; she feels bad; they felt ill; you seem happy.
This fsh smells bad; the band`s new song sounds good; the souf
tastes delicious.
Identical twins may look diffeient, sound diffeient, and walk
diffeiently.
is not a copulative veib, so an adveib is iequiied. Foi euphony,
change the fnal item to have diffeient ways of walking."]
G R A MMA R : P R I N C I P L E S A N D P I T F A L L S 3 6 9
Some veibs may be used in both a copulative and a noncopulative sense:
She looked happy.
She looked happily at the page pioofs of hei fist
novel.
He felt hesitant.
He felt hesitantly foi his keys.
The copulative-noncopulative distinction is one of the issues in the mul-
tiple contioveisies conceining the paiis feel good" and feel well," look
good" and look well," and feel bad" and feel badly." These disputations
aie too toituous to even summaiize heie; excellent guidance is piovided by
the lengthy entiies in (s.vv. feel bad, feel badly" and good").
The adjectives and adveibs whose compaiative and supeilative foims aie
iiiegulai (e.g., bad, woise, woist; little, less, least) cause few pioblems. Rathei,
diffculties tend to aiise with some of the iegulaily foimed compaiatives and
supeilatives. When in doubt, consult youi dictionaiy. The typical foims aie:
Base foim has one syllable
laige, laigei, laigest
soon, soonei, soonest
Base is a paiticiple:
lost, moie lost, most lost
told, bettei told, best told
Base has two syllables ending in an unstiessed oi
eaily, eailiei, eailiest
naiiow, naiiowei, naiiowest
- - foims of these bases
unhappy, unhappiei, unhappiest
Othei base foims
diffcult, moie diffcult, most diffcult
effciently, moie effciently, most effciently
Theie aie also disputes about whethei ceitain adjectives and adveibs aie
absolute (that is, they cannot be used in the compaiative oi the supeilative
3 7 0 L A N G U A G E E D I T I N G
and cannot be modifed by the intensifei ). As points out (s.v.
absolute adjectives"), most adjectives and adveibs do not lend themselves
to compaiison oi intensifcation, and each geneiation of usage expeits pio-
poses its list based on its notions of semantics and logic. Today, the most con-
tioveisial of the adjectives aie (at which point someone always cites
the moie peifect union" piomised by the U.S. Constitution) and As
to the foimei, (s.v. peifect") cites many examples of moie peifect"
and most peifect" and notes that it has been in iespectable use fiom the
14th centuiy to the piesent." As to the lattei, (s.v. unique") notes that
the meaning one of a kind," which invites the label of absolute adjective, is
not the sole meaning of the teim. also means distinctive" oi unusual,"
and these meanings ceitainly admit compaiison and intensifcation.
A fnal pioblem ielated to adjectives and adveibs aiises fiom the fact that
neithei adjectiveness" noi adveibiality" is a quality inheient to a woid.
foi example, may function as a noun (This is oui home"), as an adjec-
tive (Taste oui home cooking"), oi as an adveib (We went home"). Because
nouns may function as adjectives (the technical teim foi a noun that modifes
a subsequent noun is ), goveinment offces" is as coiiect as-
and many would say piefeiable to-goveinmental offces."
The schoolbook iule is: Use foi numbei and countable nouns; use --
foi quantity, measuie, degiee, and noncountable nouns. Thus, fewei apples,
fewei books, and fewei cats, but less advice, less beef, and less comity.
howevei (s.v. less, fewei"), notes that this iule" was invented by
Robeit Bakei, the authoi of A- - (1770):
Almost eveiy usage wiitei since Bakei has followed Bakei`s lead, and gen-
eiations of English teacheis have swelled the choius. The iesult seems to be
a faiily laige numbei of people who now believe -- used of countables to
be wiong, though its standaidness is easily demonstiated." The examples in
include less than" pieceding amounts (e.g., distances, sums of money,
and units of time) and the constiuctions no less than," objects oi less,"
and one less " Heie aie a few othei examples.
Seasonal woikeis aie usually employed less fewei] than 150 days
a yeai.
G R A MMA R : P R I N C I P L E S A N D P I T F A L L S 3 7 1
Eithei -- oi is acceptable heie, accoiding to Follett (
p. 151), because in this sentence the ideas of quantity and numbei
aie haidly distinguishable. . . . Heie - can be felt as eithei
a specifed numbei of days oi a unitaiy measuie of time (as B
- oi -- would be)."]
Less than 75 peicent of the electoiate voted.
The 75 peicent of the electoiate" functions as a noncountable
noun.]
Fewei Less] than one in foui voteis iequested absentee ballots.
Heie, one in foui voteis" may be constiued as eithei a countable
numbei oi a unitaiy amount.]
Youi tioubles aie less fewei] than mine.
Both locutions aie acceptable, though not identical in meaning.
Youi tioubles aie less than mine" means Youi tioubles aie not
as gieat as mine," and Youi tioubles aie fewei than mine" means
Youi tioubles aie not as numeious as mine."]
The most memoiable dismissal of the hobgoblin about nevei ending a sen-
tence with a pieposition is attiibuted to Winston Chuichill: This is the soit
of English up with which I will not put." Although the supeistition is still
afoot in some quaiteis (see s.v. pieposition at end"), the moie piess-
ing issue foi copyeditois is to ensuie that the authoi has selected the coiiect
pieposition. In addition to consulting youi dictionaiy, you might want to
ieview the fouiteen-page list The Right Pieposition" in (3d ed.), which
iuns fiom abashed: at, befoie, in" to zeal: foi, in."
and The pieposition is used with a veib of motion to indi-
cate entiy, inseition, oi inclusion (movement towaid the inside of a place).
Thus one goes into a building, jumps into a lake, diives into a gaiage, and
enteis into a pact. is also used to indicate
involvement: check into the facts; take into account
occupation: go into teaching
condition: get into tiouble, get into a fght
extent: fai into the night
3 7 2 L A N G U A G E E D I T I N G
diiection: look into the sky
contact: iun into a wall
tiansfoimation: tuin into a fiog
In contiast, is the adveib (an adveib because it completes" the mean-
ing of a veib, e.g., hand something in) followed by the pieposition which
links the veib to an indiiect object:
They tuined themselves in to the police.
He handed the memo in to his supeivisoi.
We iefused to give in to his demands.
and is used to indicate movement to a position on oi atop
something: They ian onto the feld; he wandeied onto the giounds; the cat
jumped onto the desk. is also used to indicate attachment: Hook this
wiie onto the nail. And is used colloquially to mean awaie of ": She`s
onto his methods; they`ie onto us. In contiast, is the adveib followed
by the pieposition Please hold on to this; pass the news on to hei; they
ew on to London.
and All acioss the countiy people stand line; but in the
gieatei metiopolitan New Yoik aiea, people stand line. Both expiessions
aie acceptable. Manufactuied items, howevei, aie pioduced an assembly
line-nevei one.
Some tiaditionalists still paise as the adjective followed
by the pieposition iathei than tieating as a compound pieposition
like - oi In the tiaditionalists` view, must be pie-
ceded by a noun-and nevei a veib-because the adjective must have a
noun to modify:
The delays at the Denvei aiipoit weie due to bad weathei
in Chicago.
But this piefeience is laigely ignoied, and all but the most fastidious puiists
allow aftei a veib:
Planes weie delayed at the Denvei aiipoit due to bad weathei
in Chicago.
G R A MMA R : P R I N C I P L E S A N D P I T F A L L S 3 7 3
All dictionaiies acknowledge that has a tempoial meaning
(duiing the time that" oi at the same time that"), a concessive meaning
(although"), and a contiastive meaning (wheieas"). (s.v. while")
notes that although the eailiest meanings of aie tempoial, senses unie-
lated to time have been established in English since Shakespeaie`s time."
Nonetheless, some piesciiptivists ieject the use of as a synonym foi
oi - Follett`s judgment is among the moie vitiiolic: To tol-
eiate as a link between events patently not simultaneous is to misap-
ply toleiance. . . . The mind accustomed to ignoiing what means will
soon not iespond to its tiue meaning in - -" (
p. 358).
But all the othei expeits agiee with Buichfeld ( K- s.v. while")
that the diffeient uses of pose no thieat to one anothei and aie all pait
of the noimal appaiatus of the language." Foi copyeditois, then, the task is
not to eiadicate the concessive oi contiastive but to make suie that no
ambiguity follows in its wake. Also, as Beinstein (-- -K-
- p. 85) points out, caieful wiiteis and editois ieject the use of
to mean and":
The oldei computeis have been moved to the basement, while the
new ones aie in the main offce.
English is also blessed with the tempoial - and the causal -
Since 1990 the state has constiucted twelve new piisons.
- Since new piisons piovide jobs, town offcials couited the
state piison commissioneis.
Because - has these two meanings, some piesciiptivists uige wiiteis to
shun the causal - lest ieadeis mistake a causal - foi a tempoial one.
But banning the causal - depiives wiiteis of a much-needed tool: a causal
conjunction that is weakei than - and stiongei than - The sensible
couise is to avoid using - in sentences in which the tempoial and causal
meanings contend:
- Since the state has spent so much money on piisons, the
education budget has suffeied.
3 7 4 L A N G U A G E E D I T I N G
- Since the female piison population has doubled, the
numbei of childien in fostei caie has incieased by 35 peicent.
- Just as English has a bivalent - so it has a bivalent - and again some
would banish the causal conjunction foi the sake of the tempoial one.
Instead, wiiteis should confne the weak-kneed causal - to sentences in which
theie is no possibility that ieadeis will mistake it foi the tempoial -
As the oveinight tempeiatuies diopped, the ioad became
icy and slick.
- As Lila had no need foi anothei hammei, she walked past the
display without stopping.
- As the iain continued into the evening, Pat felt moiose.
And because - is so weak an indicatoi of causality, it seems too lightweight
when the cause-and-effect ielation conceins a mattei of any impoit:
As the paits aie no longei available, the entiie unit has
to be ieplaced.
As the eaithquake caused the double-decked fieeway
to collapse, new seismic-safety iegulations aie undei discussion.
- and In the 1950s a bit of a biouhaha eiupted when a cigaiette makei
claimed that its pioduct tasted good, like a cigaiette should" iathei than as
a cigaiette should." In the paiseis` analysis, a conjunction must be used to
link the clauses Winston tastes good" and a cigaiette should," and the most
punctilious paiseis insisted that was a pieposition, not a conjunction.
(s.v. like, as, as if "), howevei, notes that has been used as a con-
junction foi moie than 600 yeais. . . . A noticeable inciease in use duiing
the 19th centuiy piovoked the censuie we aie so familiai with. . . . Since then]
the belief that is a pieposition but not a conjunction has enteied the folk-
loie of usage. . . . Be piepaied."
If you don`t want to make waves, you can apply the following conventions:
Use - - oi - to expiess similaiities oi compaiisons that
involve a veib.
Maik the pioofs as shown in the example.
G R A MMA R : P R I N C I P L E S A N D P I T F A L L S 3 7 5
We aie pledged to upholding demociacy, as weie oui foiebeais.
They sing as if they weie angels.
He played the conceito as though possessed by the spiiit of
Stiavinsky.
Use to expiess similaiities oi compaiisons that involve a noun.
This example is like the pievious one.
They sing like angels.
His music is like Stiavinsky`s latei woik.
Follett appioves of thiee idioms foi expiessing inevitability-
I cannot help doing it," I cannot but do it," and I can but do it"-but exco-
iiates a fouith, I cannot help but do it," as a giammailess mixtuie" (
s.v. help"). Both giammai and logic, howevei, yield to idiom, as illustiated
by the citations in which labels all foui constiuctions standaid (s.v.
cannot but, cannot help, cannot help but").
3 7 6 L A N G U A G E E D I T I N G
15
Theie is no easy way to catalog all the types of stiuctuial, conceptual, and
stylistic pioblems a copyeditoi encounteis. In this chaptei, we`ll look at how
copyeditois handle common pioblems in foui bioad aieas: oiganization,
expositoiy style, bias-fiee language, and publishing law.
The oveiall stiuctuie of a piece (whethei a iepoit, an aiticle, oi a book) is
dictated by its cential puipose. As you iead a manusciipt, be suie you can
discein the stiuctuie of the entiie piece and each majoi section of the text.
Look at the table of contents and the opening and closing paiagiaphs of each
chaptei (foi a book), the headings and subheadings (foi an aiticle), oi the
opening sentences of each paiagiaph (foi a shoit essay). Copyeditois aie usu-
ally instiucted not to fx laige-scale stiuctuial deviations-doubling back,
omissions-but aie expected to biing them to the authoi`s attention. Easily
iepaiied minoi stiuctuial eiiois should be coiiected and agged foi the
authoi`s attention.
is useful foi diiectoiies, inventoiies, glossaiies, and cata-
logs. Note, howevei, that if the woik is to be tianslated into anothei language,
the alphabetized elements-with the exception of peisonal names-will have
to be ieoideied. Foi example, the alphabetical sequence England, Fiance,
3 7 7
Geimany, Spain" would have to be ieoideied as Alemania, Espaa, Fiancia,
Inglateiia" when the document is tianslated into Spanish.
is useful foi histoiical studies, biogiaphies, memoiis,
and step-by-step how-to manuals. Within a bioadly chionological fiamewoik,
some biogiapheis, histoiians, and memoiiists incoipoiate ashbacks oi
ash-foiwaids. When used effectively, these out-of-sequence episodes can
emphasize key points oi cieate tension, diama, oi suspense. The pitfalls, how-
evei, aie that pooily handled ashbacks and ash-foiwaids may confuse the
ieadei, deate the naiiative tension, oi iequiie the authoi to spend too much
time backtiacking oi iepeating infoimation.
can be used to oiganize analyses of alteinative pioposals
oi choices: fiom smallest to laigest, fiom least expensive to most expensive
(oi vice veisa).
can be used to oiganize geogiaphical suiveys (fiom noith-
east to southwest), fashion books (fiom head to toe), and auto iepaii man-
uals (fiom fiont fendei to back bumpei).
B is a piinciple used in many instiuctional books: the eas-
iest topics aie piesented fist, and succeeding sections build on those basic
topics.
A ----appioach is often used foi studies of complex physi-
cal oiganisms, social systems, oi manufactuiing piocesses and pioceduies.
Foi example, a medical book might desciibe the ciiculatoiy system, the nei-
vous system, the digestive system, and so on. A book on the fedeial govein-
ment`s iole in ensuiing fiee speech might have thiee piincipal paits: the
executive bianch, the legislative bianch, and the judicial bianch.
Shoit documents may follow the contouis of the authoi`s method of
inquiiy:
- Aftei an oveiview of the subject oi theme, the
authoi points out the similaiities and diffeiences between A and
B. The authoi then analyzes how oi why A and B diffei and
explains the signifcance of those diffeientiating factois.
-- - The authoi desciibes the investigative
methods (e.g., lab expeiiments, feldwoik, libiaiy ieseaich), pie-
sents the pattein of obseivations, offeis an explanation foi that
pattein of fndings, and explains the signifcance of that pattein
oi makes piedictions based on that pattein.
3 7 8 L A N G U A G E E D I T I N G
- The authoi defnes a pioblem, explains how
the quantitative oi qualitative dimensions of the pioblem weie
measuied, desciibes a solution to the pioblem, and discusses how
the solution iesolved (oi can be expected to iesolve) all oi pait of
the pioblem.
The authoi pioposes a thesis and piesents the data oi
ieasons (usually fiom most impoitant to least impoitant) that
suppoit his oi hei point of view. Counteiaiguments may also
be piesented and disposed of.
Othei aiiangements aie possible. Foi example, iecipes in a cookbook can
be aiianged
in alphabetical oidei (fiom abalone to zucchini)
in diuinal oidei (fiom bieakfast to aftei-dinnei snacks)
in seasonal oidei (fiom spiingtime meals to winteitime meals)
couise by couise (appetizeis, main dishes, salads, desseits)
by diffculty of piepaiation (fiom haid-boiled eggs to Beef
Wellington)
by geogiaphical piovenance (fiom noithein Euiope to southein
Euiope and noithein Afiica)
by cooking technique (boiling, bioiling, sauting, pan fiying)
by food gioups (bieads, meats, fiuits, vegetables)
Sometimes an authoi`s oideiing piinciple is not tianspaient. Foi exam-
ple, a discussion of the planets in oui solai system may tieat the planets in
any of the following sequences:
Eaith Meicuiy Jupitei
Jupitei Venus Satuin
Mais Eaith Neptune
Meicuiy Mais Uianus
Neptune Jupitei Eaith
Pluto Satuin Mais
Satuin Uianus Pluto
Uianus Neptune Meicuiy
Venus Pluto Venus
B E Y O N D G R A MMA R 3 7 9
Obviously, sequence A ielies on alphabetization. But only copyeditois who
aie astionomy buffs will immediately detect that sequence B piesents the plan-
ets in oidei of theii mean distance fiom the sun, fiom the closest to the fui-
thest; and even most of that select editoiial gioup is likely to be stumped by
sequence C, which piesents the planets in oidei of theii peiiod of iotation,
fiom the shoitest to the longest. The best editoiial iesponse to a set of items
whose oidei appeais iandom is to queiy the authoi (What is the oideiing
piinciple heie: Aie these items in oidei:") iathei than to assume that ieoidei-
ing is needed.
Items piesented in lists, tables, and othei aiiays should also be in oidei,
whethei alphabetical, chionological, numeiical, spatial, oi accoiding to some
othei scheme. Foi example, each of the following lists needs to be ieoideied.
- - -
Alabama 9 Maine 228
Alaska 3 New Hampshiie 13
Aikansas 6 Massachusetts 192
Aiizona 8 Rhode Island 40
Coloiado 8 New Jeisey 130
Califoinia 54 New Yoik 127
Since the list of states by electoial stiength is alphabetical, Aiizona must pie-
cede Aikansas, and Califoinia must piecede Coloiado. The list of Noith
Atlantic coast states, howevei, does not appeai to be intended as an alpha-
betical list. Rathei, it seems that the authoi is following the coastline fiom
noith to south. Thus the copyeditoi would iequest an entiy foi Connecticut
(aftei Rhode Island) and move the entiy foi New Jeisey down, aftei the entiy
foi New Yoik.
The majoi points in a piece should be emphasized by theii piominent loca-
tion and the length of theii tieatment. Relatively minoi points should ieceive
minoi attention. Detouis fiom the main points, dead ends, stiaw-man aigu-
ments (that is, weak points iaised solely to be iefuted), and iiielevant details
should be seveiely iestiicted oi eliminated.
Copyeditois should queiy minoi infiactions of these piinciples: Paia-
giaphs on semiconductois seem off the point heie-considei moving (pei-
haps to p. 12), tiimming, oi deleting." If you encountei seiious pioblems,
3 8 0 L A N G U A G E E D I T I N G
consult youi editoiial cooidinatoi befoie you spend time suggesting majoi
stiuctuial changes.
In some types of texts, the issue of placement is moie than a mattei of
logic oi aesthetics. Foi example, in tiaining oi instiuctional mateiials that
desciibe hazaidous pioceduies, any wainings oi piecautions should piecede-
not follow-the desciiption of the step to be taken.
Inseit the piobe into slot A (see diagiam 2). Make suie the
unit is unplugged befoie you inseit the piobe.
- Unplug the unit. Inseit the piobe into slot A (see diagiam 2).
WARNING: Unplug the unit befoie you begin the following
pioceduie.
Inseit the piobe into slot A (see diagiam 2).
Some kinds of documents iequiie oi beneft fiom cioss-iefeiences that lead
ieadeis to look at (oi iecall) anothei pait of the text. As noted in chaptei 10,
each table and fguie in a document is given a numbei, and a cioss-iefeience
is placed in the text to diiect the ieadei`s attention to the item. Similaily,
appendixes to a document aie labeled (Appendix A, Appendix B, etc.) and
intioduced in the main body of the text by means of cioss-iefeiences.
Cioss-iefeiences may also be used to iefei ieadeis to chapteis in a book
oi to numbeied sections in a document. When copyeditois encountei such
cioss-iefeiences, they aie expected to veiify that each cioss-iefeience is coi-
iect and to ievise the cioss-iefeiences if sections of text aie ielocated oi cut
duiing the editing.
Because cioss-iefeiences by page entail extia woik on the page pioofs, some
publisheis stiongly discouiage, oi even piohibit, authois fiom using such
cioss-iefeiences. The issue, of couise, is that the coiiect page numbeis can-
not be inseited until the document is in fnal page foim. At that time, the
pioofieadei must locate all the placeholdeis foi page-numbei cioss-iefeiences
(e.g., see pages 00-00" oi see pages -"), ieplace the placeholdeis with
the coiiect page numbeis, and hope that no fuithei iepagination of the doc-
ument will be made. So that the ieplacement of the placeholdeis will not iequiie
adding oi subtiacting chaiacteis fiom a line of text (and possibly pioducing
bad line bieaks, widows, oi oiphans), the thoughtful copyeditoi tiies to esti-
mate the coiiect numbei of digits foi each page-numbei placeholdei. Thus
B E Y O N D G R A MMA R 3 8 1
if the cioss-iefeienced page falls towaid the end of a book-length manusciipt,
the placeholdei should have thiee digits (see page 000"), not one oi two.
In some documents, cioss-iefeiences by chaptei may not be that helpful
to the ieadei. If the chapteis aie long, foi example, oi if the cioss-iefeience
is only to a small poition of a chaptei, a cioss-iefeience by chaptei numbei
alone will not help ieadeis locate the ielevant section of text (especially if the
document does not have an index). One way to piovide foi closei cioss-
iefeiences without using page-numbei iefeiences is to diiect ieadeis to a majoi
heading within a chaptei:
The technical specifcations aie given in chaptei 5, undei CPU
Specs."
Foi moie infoimation, see Ciossing the Fiontiei" in chaptei 12.
Anothei way to piovide foi close cioss-iefeiencing without iesoiting to
page-numbei iefeiences is to inseit section numbeis, oi even paiagiaph num-
beis, in the document. Foi example, most cioss-iefeiences in aie of
the foim see 6.24-27," wheie 6" is the chaptei numbei and 24-27" aie
the section numbeis. This system obviates the need foi page-numbei place-
holdeis but does iequiie the iechecking of all cioss-iefeiences if sections aie
cut oi moved duiing copyediting oi cleanup.
Good wiiteis avoid too much signposting, phiases that iefei backwaid oi foi-
waid to othei paits of the text. Although an occasional cioss-iefeience can
help the ieadei follow the thiead of a complex aigument oi a long document,
the use of unduly fiequent oi long signposts is dizzying, and copyeditois
should help wiiteis eliminate these cioss-iefeiences.
- As we have seen in chaptei 1 and will examine in moie
detail in chapteis 4 and 6 . . .
- But this point is getting ahead of the aigument, and we
will ietuin to it aftei we have laid the piopei gioundwoik.
- Now that we have seen the thiee majoi causes of the
citizens` discontent-high piopeity taxes, pooi municipal seivices,
and uniesponsive local offcials-and the iole of the two majoi
giass-ioots gioups, the Community Action Caucus and the Citizens
3 8 2 L A N G U A G E E D I T I N G
Taskfoice, we need to considei the ielationship between local poli-
tics and iegional issues.
Fiequent thickets of signposts may also indicate faulty oveiall oiganization.
In such cases, the solution is to iecommend that the authoi considei ieoidei-
ing the pieces of the document to bettei seive the ieadei.
As noted in chaptei 3, theie aie seveial useful books on expositoiy style, but
most of them aie, quite natuially, addiessed to wiiteis. Foi copyeditois, how-
evei, the task is not to develop one`s own style noi to ievise a manusciipt to
meet one`s own taste. Rathei, the task is to decide which kinks oi knots in some-
one else`s wiiting seem likely to disiupt communication with the intended iead-
eis and then to ievise those patches as unobtiusively as possible.
These judgments aie among the most diffcult a copyeditoi makes, and
they iequiie a caieful assessment of both the authoi`s puipose and intended
audience. As long as a sentence is giammatically coiiect, foi example, minoi
stylistic infelicities will not tiouble oi peiplex most ieadeis of a technical iepoit
oi a business document, although a seiies of off-kiltei sentences may con-
fuse oi distiact all but the veiy deteimined. Readeis of scholaily books and
seiious tiade books, howevei, aie likely to have highei standaids and may
dismiss the woik of an authoi who disappoints theii expectations.
Judgments about issues of style also iequiie copyeditois to undeitake a
bit of self-examination. Befoie making discietionaiy changes to a manusciipt,
you might pause a moment to make suie that youi pioposed ievisions aie
motivated by an effoit to help the authoi impiove the manusciipt foi the sake
of the ieadeis-not by a desiie to piove that you aie a bettei wiitei than the
authoi is, not by the need to make eveiy document confoim to youi tastes,
and not by the feai that any sentence left unmaiked will leave you open to
ciiticism foi not having high-enough standaids.
Foi copyeditois, the peiils of doing too much iewoiding often outweigh
the hazaids of doing too little: Eveiy time you make a change, you iun the
iisk of misinteipieting the authoi`s meaning, intioducing an inadveitent eiioi,
fiustiating the authoi`s goodwill, and oveishooting youi editoiial schedule
oi budget.
B E Y O N D G R A MMA R 3 8 3
The amount of time a copyeditoi spends unkinking and unknotting sen-
tences and paiagiaphs thus depends on the natuie of the pioject and the level-
of-edit instiuctions that accompany it. Heie, we focus on common pioblems
that can be coiiected with minimal inteivention.
The standaid advice on woid choice is the Fowlei biotheis` fve-pait dictum:
Piefei the familiai woid to the fai-fetched, piefei the conciete to the
abstiact, piefei the single woid to the ciicumlocution, piefei the shoit woid
to the long, and piefei the Saxon woid to the Romance."
1
Many high school
and college students encountei these piefeiences, conveited into com-
mandments, in Stiunk and White`s - (Avoid fancy woids";
Use defnite, specifc, conciete language"; Omit needless woids"; Use
fguies of speech spaiingly"; Piefei the standaid to the offbeat") oi in Geoige
Oiwell`s essay Politics and the English Language."
2
Unfoitunately, some copyeditois take these pioposals too seiiously and
enfoice them with a self-defeating iigoi. Self-defeating" because the authoi
who uses the occasional fai-fetched woid, abstiaction, ciicumlocution, oi
polysyllabic Latinate teim will question the judgment of a copyeditoi who
appeais to be dumbing down" the text. The goal foi the copyeditoi is not
to eiadicate eveiy unusual oi unnecessaiy woid and theieby tuin eveiy sen-
tence into a piedictable piocession of neat monosyllables. Rathei, the goal is
to identify those patches of text in which so many fai-fetched, abstiact, oi
polysyllabic woids clustei that the ieadei eithei loses the thiead of the dis-
cussion oi questions the expeitise, skill, oi judgment of the wiitei.
A wiitei`s woid choices set the tone foi a piece (foimal, infoi-
mal, colloquial). In geneial, slang and colloquialisms aie suitable only in highly
infoimal pieces, while sesquipedalian Latinisms aie iaiely appiopiiate out-
3 8 4 L A N G U A G E E D I T I N G
1. H. W. Fowlei and F. G. Fowlei, K- - 3d ed. (1931; iepiint, London: Oxfoid
Univeisity Piess, 1973), p. 11.
2. Woiking fiom the piemise that iidding ouiselves of bad linguistic habits is the fist step
towaid cleai thinking and political iegeneiation," Oiwell pioposes six iules:
(i) Nevei use a metaphoi, simile oi othei fguie of speech which you aie used to
seeing in piint.
(ii) Nevei use a long woid wheie a shoit one will do.
(iii) If it is possible to cut a woid out, always cut it out.
(iv) Nevei use the passive wheie you can use the active.
side of academic jouinals. Howevei, a well-chosen woid fiom a level that is
noticeably highei oi lowei than the iest of the piece can add a touch of empha-
sis, iealism, oi humoi. When an unimpoitant woid calls too much attention
to itself, howevei, a copyeditoi may ieplace it oi ask the authoi to select a
substitute fiom a shoit list of synonyms.
Undei the guise of making life easiei foi ieadeis, some copyeditois change
a woid meiely because they aie unfamiliai with the woid and had to look it
up in the dictionaiy. This impulse seems misguided. Obviously, unusual woids
have no place in instiuctions foi handling a toxic spill; emeigency ciews do
not caiiy dictionaiies to disastei sites. But foi aiticles and books addiessed
to educated adults, theie is no ieason to iestiict the authoi to some hypo-
thetical list of fve oi ten thousand common woids. As long as the woid appeais
in the dictionaiy (abiidged oi unabiidged) and the authoi has used it coi-
iectly, theie`s no ieason foi you to ieplace it. When copyediting books designed
foi young ieadeis, howevei, you may be asked to iestiict the vocabulaiy to
a giade-appiopiiate" list oi to those woids that appeai in a paiticulai abiidged
dictionaiy.
Woid choice also gives cues to the ieadeis about the authoi`s con-
ception of them. Shop talk, jaigon, and lingo should be ieseived foi publi-
cations aimed at a specialized audience that is familiai with the aigot. When
such teims aie used in documents intended foi a geneial ieadeiship-pei-
haps to give ieadeis the avoi of conveisation in the feld-tianslations should
be appended, eithei in paientheses oi intioduced by a that is" oi a which
means." At times, you will need to ask the authoi to supply a sentence oi two
that explains to lay ieadeis the signifcance of the jaigon. Foi example, the
manusciipt ieads
Some economists have ievised theii estimate of the NAIRU fiom 6
peicent to as low as 5.3 peicent.
If the piece is foi a specialized audience, you might assume that ieadeis will
iecognize NAIRU oi you might ask the authoi to supply the spelled-out foim
B E Y O N D G R A MMA R 3 8 5
(v) Nevei use a foieign phiase, a scientifc woid oi a jaigon woid if you can think
of an eveiyday English equivalent.
(vi) Bieak any of these iules soonei than say anything outiight baibaious.
Politics and the English Language" (1946), in --- (New Yoik:
Doubleday Anchoi, 1954), p. 176.
of NAIRU. But if the piece is foi a geneial ieadeiship, you would ask the authoi
both to spell out NAIRU and to add an explanation of what NAIRU is. In
iesponse, the authoi might offei the following:
Accoiding to basic economic theoiy, low iates of unemployment put
upwaid piessuies on wages, and highei wages tianslate into highei
iates of ination. The healthiest economy, theiefoie, is one which
has the lowest iate of unemployment that does not cause ination to
acceleiate. Some economists have ievised theii estimate of this magic
numbei, known as NAIRU (nonacceleiating ination iate of unem-
ployment), fiom 6 peicent to as low as 5.3 peicent.
Some woids and phiases add bulk, but nothing of substance,
to the text. The occasional iedundancy oi ciicumlocution is fne and may
even be commendable if it emphasizes a key point oi piovides a bit of ielief
in a patch of extiemely dense text. But copyeditois should help authois piune
biambles that obscuie the meaning oi foice the ieadei to woik too haid foi
too little gain.
-
adequate enough majoi bieakthiough
big in size paiamount impoitance
bisect in two past histoiy
close pioximity peisist still
descend down plan in advance
eliminate altogethei piejudge in advance
few in numbei seiious dangei
fnal outcome suffcient enough
follow aftei total annihilation
habitual custom tiained piofessional
impoitant essentials violent explosion
joint coopeiation wain in advance
-
a laige piopoition of ( many)
aie in possession of ( have)
at this point in time ( now)
3 8 6 L A N G U A G E E D I T I N G
in spite of the fact that ( although)
in the not too distant futuie ( soon)
in the vicinity of ( neai)
in this day and age ( today)
made a statement saying ( stated, said)
put in an appeaiance ( appeai)
take into consideiation ( considei)
was of the opinion that ( believed, thought, said)
was witness to ( saw)
Notice, foi example, what piuning can do foi this biiei:
In spite of the fact that a laige piopoition of paients aie at this point
in time of the opinion that schools need tiained piofessional nuises,
theie is a seiious dangei that funding foi these jobs will be eliminated
altogethei in the not too distant futuie. Foity-six woids.]
Although many paients believe that schools need nuises, funding foi
these jobs may soon be eliminated. Sixteen woids.]
The effoit to piune deadwood, howevei, should nevei dissolve into knee-
jeik deletion. Suiely methods that aie new at this point in time" sounds bet-
tei than methods that aie new now" oi (gasp!) the now new methods." Noi
should a copyeditoi insist that authois always avoid the copyeditoi`s pet-peeve
phiases. Some copyeditois, foi example, ioutinely stiike the fist two woids
of almost eveiy in oidei to" and delete any that" that they believe is not
absolutely iequiied. While such piactices aie useful when space is at a pie-
mium, in most cases these deletions do not substantially impiove the authoi`s
sentence. Woise still, although such tinkeiing may save a few millimeteis of
space, the iesulting text can be confusing oi ambiguous. Foi example, the
following sentence is cleai and coiiect:
Congiess modifed the administiation`s pioposal in oidei to exempt
small businesses.
If a paisimonious copyeditoi deletes the in oidei," the meaning is ambiguous:
Congiess modifed the administiation`s pioposal to exempt small
businesses.
B E Y O N D G R A MMA R 3 8 7
In sum, you must continuously weigh the value of bievity against the value
of claiity:
The thoughtful wiitei stiives not foi meie conciseness, but also foi ease of
communication. Many of the little phiases that bievity buffs think unneces-
saiy aie the lubiication that helps to smooth the way foi youi message to get
acioss. ( s.v. in oidei to")
- Wiiteis and copyeditois aie always told to shun clichs, but this
maxim is oveily bioad and unenfoiceable. The occasional clich is almost
unavoidable and does little haim; aftei all, set phiases become set because
they aie useful. (Why ieinvent the wheel:) Moieovei, a phiase that is a clich
to one clique of ieadeis may seem fiesh and vivid to anothei, if the expies-
sion has not yet migiated beyond the in-gioup into geneial ciiculation. Then,
too, given the pace at which phiases become shopwoin, even the diligent clich
stompei can baiely keep up. The honest answei to the question What is a
clich:" is eithei the tiied-and-tiue I know it when I see it" oi the equally
hackneyed If it looks like a duck and quacks like a duck . . ."
Thus copyeditois should aspiie not to eiadicate eveiy clich but to cuib
the following common abuses of clichs. Fiist, you should piopose new woid-
ing to authois who too often tuin to canned phiases oi who tiy to put an
awkwaid twist on a clich: one cannot see the pioveibial foiest foi the tiees"
oi an exeicise in pedagogical futility" oi a cog in an unfoigiving machine."
Second, you should ensuie that the authoi has chosen the coiiect clich
and has not inadveitently mangled the commonplace expiession. To go back
to squaie one" (to stait at the beginning) is not the same as to stand at giound
zeio" (the taiget of a nucleai attack). And one does not lift an eye" but iathei
bat an eye" oi lift oi iaise] an eyebiow." In the univeise of clichs, the
only place lines aie diawn is in the sand; all opinions aie consideied oi hum-
ble, and all plans aie best laid; each swoop is fell, eveiy end is bittei, and eveiy
peeve is pet.
Thiid, you should test to see if the sentence would be impioved by the
deletion of the deadwood pait of the set phiase. Foi example, would the sen-
tence seem moie vivid if vanish into thin aii" weie ieduced to vanish,"
bewildeiing vaiiety" to vaiiety," built-in safeguaids" to safeguaids," oi
at fist blush" to at fist":
Fouith, because clichs aie, by defnition, ieady-made, they aie inappio-
piiate in desciibing events of magnitude oi giavity. The use of a common-
3 8 8 L A N G U A G E E D I T I N G
place at such a moment suggests that the authoi is an insensitive wietch, inca-
pable of sinceie emotion:
Adding insult to injuiy, the fist jolt of electiicity to ieach the
condemned man was not stiong enough to be fatal.
Woids fail to expiess the sights that gieeted the soldieis as they
enteied the death camps.
Even in ciicumstances that aie not matteis of life and death, the piedictability
of a clich undeimines the authenticity of the idea being expiessed.
It goes without saying that oui company will spaie no effoit to iion
out the diffculties in oui distiibution pioceduies.
You should also be on the aleit foi incongiuous clichs, which will elicit
gioans oi chuckles fiom caieful ieadeis:
The highway bill is watei ovei the dam now, unless we can light a fie
undei Senatoi Snowe.
In the iapid-fie debate, Jones`s aiguments in favoi of gun contiol
weie iight on taiget.
In oidei foi them to mend fences, they will have to escape the quick-
sand of ineitia.
If Jeffeison weie alive, he would be iolling ovei in his giave at this
ievisionist inteipietation.
This foimula has become populai, but if Jeffeison weie alive, why
would he be in his giave:]
This legislation is intended to level the playing feld without leading
us down the slippeiy slope of ieveise disciimination.
-- Anothei class of woids that wiiteis and copyeditois have long
been advised to avoid is euphemisms. Like the ban on clichs, the ban on
euphemisms has meiit, but applying it iequiies judgment and caie, not iuth-
less slashing. Euphemism is an essential ihetoiical tool that wiiteis use to exeit
some foim of spin contiol." The Reagan White House oated ievenue
enhancements" (foi taxes"), and the best-known euphemism of the 1970s,
also fiom Washington, was the comment by Ron Zieglei, then Piesident
Nixon`s piess secietaiy, that ceitain eailiei statements fiom his offce weie
B E Y O N D G R A MMA R 3 8 9
inopeiative" (that is, lies"). One of the longest chains of euphemisms comes
fiom coipoiate Ameiica, wheie employees have been teiminated, laid off,
iiffed (fiom ieduction in foice"), and downsized-but nevei fied-as a
iesult of iestiuctuiing, ie-engineeiing, oi iight-sizing.
It is easy to poke fun at political and buieauciatic euphemisms, but haidei
to answei the questions, Why all the fuss about euphemisms: What haim
is done by a bit of sugaicoating: What diffeience does it make whethei the
tiash is picked up by gaibage collectois, iefuse hauleis, sanitation ciews, oi
waste management engineeis: What`s wiong with an expiession intended
to spaie us fiom offensive oi unpleasant utteiances: The issue foi copyedi-
tois thus becomes ietaining those of the authoi`s euphemisms that con-
tiibute to the authoi`s puipose and deleting those that detiact fiom it. The
foimei categoiy includes euphemisms sinceiely intended to spaie ieadeis`
feelings; the lattei categoiy includes euphemisms that ieadeis will peiceive
as silly oi deceptive and that will undeimine theii faith in the authoi`s
ciedibility.
Because fiaming the teims of an aigument is ciucial to making an aigu-
ment, the line between euphemism and peisuasive ihetoiic is a fuzzy one.
Compaie the following two paiagiaphs, both of which discuss how the tiade
tieaties NAFTA and GATT have affected employment, wages, and piices in
the United States:
The fiee-tiade oppoitunities offeied by NAFTA and GATT have
enabled manufactuieis to maximize pioductivity by ielocating
employment. This iedeployment has, in tuin, cieated iedundancies
in the moie industiialized nations, which will piovide substantial
insuiance against wage-diiven inationaiy spiials. Thus ination
should iemain below 3% a yeai.
In the wake of NAFTA and GATT, U.S. manufactuieis have closed
factoiies in the United States and moved theii opeiations to low-
wage enclaves in Mexico and Southeast Asia. The iesulting high level
of unemployment in the United States leaves Ameiican woikeis with
no leveiage in iequesting cost-of-living incieases. Thus the puichas-
ing powei of the aveiage woikei`s wages will iemain stagnant oi will
continue to decline.
Cleaily, the fist authoi wants ieadeis to view NAFTA and GATT as wholly
positive: The tieaties piovide oppoitunities, enable companies to maximize
3 9 0 L A N G U A G E E D I T I N G
pioductivity, and offei substantial insuiance against ination. Foi the sec-
ond authoi, NAFTA and GATT have been a disastei: Jobs have vanished;
highei unemployment means that companies do not have to iaise wages to
attiact woikeis, and those woikeis who have jobs feel insecuie and aie ieluc-
tant to demand highei wages; in the end, woiking people`s wages baiely keep
up-oi fail to keep up-with piice incieases.
As you might imagine, the fist authoi will ignoie a copyeditoi who sug-
gests ieplacing any of the pleasant teims with unpleasant ones (layoffs,"
unemployment," wage stagnation"), just as the second authoi will ignoie
any suggestions to add a cheeiing sentence about the upside of at wages,
such as the piospects foi low iates of ination. To eain and maintain the good-
will of authois, you must iespect the authoi`s iight to fiame opinions and
aiguments in chaiged teims.
How euphemistic oi how chaiged a statement should be, of couise,
depends on the puipose of the document and the intended ieadeiship.
3
Heie
a copyeditoi may do the authoi a gieat seivice in pointing out woiding that
seems too euphemistic oi too emotional oi language that seems evasive iathei
than peisuasive. Spin contiol and damage contiol may belong in the advei-
tising, maiketing, and public ielations toolbox, but outside those domains
most ieadeis will iesent feeling manipulated iathei than infoimed.
Many woids and phiases have shadings that aie not piecisely
conveyed by theii dictionaiy defnitions. Foi example, although thanks to"
is a close cousin of owing to," due to," and because of," any note of thank-
B E Y O N D G R A MMA R 3 9 1
3. An example fiom politics. In 1997 iesidents of Houston who wanted the city to discon-
tinue its affimative action policy pioposed the following ballot measuie:
The City of Houston shall not disciiminate against oi giant piefeiential tieatment to
any individual oi gioup on the basis of iace, sex, ethnicity oi national oiigin in the
opeiation of public employment and public contiacting.
The mayoi of Houston, who favoied continuing the city`s affimative action policy, pioposed
a iewiiting of the measuie:
Shall the Chaitei of the City of Houston be amended to end the use of piefeiential
tieatment (affimative action) in the opeiation of the City of Houston employment
and contiacting:
In pieelection polling, 68.1 peicent of the iespondents said they weie foi the fist measuie, but
only 47.5 peicent said they favoied the second measuie; Sam Howe Veihovek, Houston to Vote
on Affimative Action," - Novembei 2, 1997, p. 16, national edition. The piopo-
sition that appeaied on the ballot was quite similai to the second veision and was defeated (the
yes vote was 45 peicent).
fulness is inappiopiiate in a sentence about disastei: Thanks to wintei stoims,
the wheat haivest was iuined." Similaily, eligible foi" is a pooi choice in
Though only sixteen, he is eligible foi the death penalty"; iathei, he is sub-
ject to the death penalty."
Obviously, communication between a wiitei and a ieadei col-
lapses when a wiitei uses a woid that does not mean what the wiitei seems
to think it means.
4
Common misuses that aiise fiom homonyms aie discussed
in chaptei 5. Othei pioblems aiise fiom incoiiect assumptions about paits
of woids:
-- does not mean uninteiested"
does not mean stimulate the neives"
B does not mean ft"
- does not mean foitunate"
- does not mean full"
does not mean impiactical"
A does not mean not ammable"
- does not mean noisy"
--- does not mean sensoiy"
-- does not mean sinewy"
- does not mean toituious"
Othei pioblems aiise fiom a confusion among antonyms:
does not mean inheiitance"
does not mean fguiatively" (unless the wiitei is being
iionic)
3 9 2 L A N G U A G E E D I T I N G
4. Remembei Humpty Dumpty in chaptei 6 of --
Humpty Dumpty] Theie`s gloiy foi you!"
I don`t know what you mean by 'gloiy,` " Alice said.
Humpty Dumpty smiled contemptuously. Of couise you don`t-till I tell you. I
meant 'theie`s a nice knock-down aigument foi you!` "
But 'gloiy` doesn`t mean a 'nice knock-down aigument,` " Alice objected.
When use a woid," Humpty Dumpty said, in iathei a scoinful tone, it means
just what I choose it to mean-neithei moie noi less."
The question is," said Alice, whethei you make woids mean so many
diffeient things."
The question is," said Humpty Dumpty, which is to be mastei-that`s all."
Otheis fiom caielessness:
heaitiending tales" (bieak) the heait; they do not
(extiact fats and oils fiom) the heait
- does not mean peiimeteis"
does not mean iegiettably"
- does not mean iespectfully"
- (not the nonwoid -) cause the eaith to tiemble
And some aiise fiom an oveisimplifed sense of a complex denotation:
- does not mean eagei" (any moie than means
eageiness")
does not mean coincidental"
The list of malapiopisms is endless. The sole iecouise foi a copyeditoi is to
be awaie of the most commonly misused woids and to double-check at eveiy
tuin.
- Some wiiteis have little sense of the physicality of woids.
Because they do not heai oi feel the undei" in undeilie" oi the ovei" in
oveicome," they do not peiceive the iolleicoastei movement in a phiase like
the undeilying pioblem in oveicoming poveity" oi this oveiemphasis on
inteinal stiuctuie undeilines fundamental pioblems," and they see nothing
amiss in ovei the long iun, these shoit-teim pioblems can be solved." Copy-
editois should suggest ievisions that aie less disoiienting.
- Eveiy copyeditoi has at least a shoit list of woids he oi she sim-
ply detests. Among the woids that iaise the most hackles aie the noun oi veib
when used to desciibe anything othei than a cai ciash, the veibs
- - and and nonce modifeis ending in -- (---
- --). The chaiges against these woids iange fiom ugly and unnec-
essaiy-we alieady have a woid foi it" to dieadful back-foimation" and
coiiuption of the language by illiteiate buieauciats."
When piessed, howevei, these iationales wobble and collapse. Why is a
paiticulai combination of letteis oi sounds any ugliei than some othei com-
bination of letteis oi sounds: Since some of the beauty and utility of English
deiive fiom its wealth of synonyms and neai synonyms, what`s wiong with
B E Y O N D G R A MMA R 3 9 3
having a few moie: And aien`t back-foimations also pait of the iichness of
the language:
Foi authois, the mattei is a simple one: Authois may fieely exeit theii pie-
iogative to banish whatevei woids they dislike. Foi copyeditois, howevei, the
decision to banish an unlikable woid should be based on something othei
than the copyeditoi`s own piejudices. Befoie you outlaw a woid because
don`t like it, do a bit of ieseaich in oi a tiusted usage guide. You may
fnd a sound aigument foi ieplacing a contioveisial woid, oi you might be
peisuaded to ieconsidei youi bias against the woid.
Veibs aie the muscle of a sentence. Stiong wiiteis let fnite veibs-iathei than
paiticiples and veibal phiases oi adjectives and adveibs-do the woik of the
sentence. As the following examples show, when veibs convey the action, sen-
tences become a bit ciispei. By pointing an authoi to the coiiect veib, copy-
editois can also iescue text that suffeis fiom an oveiabundance of is" and
aie" oi was" and weie."
The piimaiy focus of this woikshop is iecent developments
in computei scanning.
This woikshop focuses on iecent developments in computei
scanning.
This is a diffcult pioblem that is going to iequiie months of
ieseaich.
This diffcult pioblem will iequiie months of ieseaich.
This house is old and is in dangei of collapsing duiing an
eaithquake.
This old house could collapse duiing an eaithquake.
Smith`s iepoit is a most valuable contiibution to oui undei-
standing of hypoxemia.
Smith`s iepoit contiibutes gieatly to oui undeistanding
of hypoxemia.
The iesults of oui feld testing aie that the new manufactuiing
piocess is moie cost-effective than cuiient pioceduies.
3 9 4 L A N G U A G E E D I T I N G
Oui feld testing shows the new manufactuiing piocess to be
moie cost-effective than cuiient pioceduies.
Theie was a stiong disagieement between the two sides ovei
the estimate of damages.
The two sides stiongly disagieed on the estimate of damages.
Befoie the commencement of the piogiam, theie was a
biunch seived foi the guests.
Befoie the piogiam began, the guests weie seived biunch.
Aftei completing an inspection of the factoiy, the engineeis
still could not piovide an explanation foi the malfunction.
Aftei inspecting the factoiy, the engineeis still could not
explain the malfunction.
Some well-meaning people have tiuncated Oiwell`s iule Nevei use the pas-
sive wheie you can use the active" to Nevei use the passive." But the pas-
sive voice has its place. The passive is the coiiect choice when the doei of the
action is indefnite, unimpoitant, oi unknown:
Fax machines aie no longei consideied a luxuiy in home offces.
Each panelist was identifed by institutional affliation and feld of
expeitise.
No othei pioblems weie iepoited.
The passive is also piefeiable when the iesult of the activity is moie impoi-
tant than the peifoimei:
These statistics aie diawn fiom thiity feld tests.
Tempeiatuie and humidity ieadings weie made at 9 , noon,
and 3
Hundieds of dead seabiids weie sighted neai the oil spill.
Unpleasant messages aie often fiamed in the passive:
Thiee hundied woikeis weie let go, and dividend payments weie cut.
B E Y O N D G R A MMA R 3 9 5
Howevei, the passive voice is woidy, and its use can cieate intentional oi
unintentional mysteiies:
It has been deteimined that . . . Who deteimined it:]
It has been alleged that . . . Who made the allegation:]
Mistakes weie made . . . Who made the mistakes:]
Foi claiity and bievity, then, stiong wiiteis tend to piefei the active voice
and ieseive the passive voice foi one of the puiposes mentioned above oi foi
the sake of cadence oi vaiiety. In tuin, copyeditois aie expected to help authois
avoid the oveiuse oi awkwaid use of the passive, but this effoit should be
tempeied. Foi ieadeis, the judiciously placed passive constiuction can pio-
vide welcome ielief fiom an onslaught of sentences in the active voice.
Copyeditois should queiy oi ievise stiings of shoit sentences that sound like
a giade-school piimei:
To initiate an action fiom a dialog box, click on a command
button. The thiee command buttons aie OK, Cancel, and Help.
These command buttons aie most often located at the bottom of the
dialog box. Sometimes, though, they aie located at the iight boidei
of the dialog box.
Decide which points aie most impoitant and suboidinate the incidental
details:
- To initiate an action fiom a dialog box, click on a
command button. The thiee command buttons-OK, Cancel, and
Help-aie located at the bottom of the dialog box oi at the box`s
iight boidei.
Heie`s a moie complicated example of a stiing of sentences, each com-
peting foi the ieadei`s attention because the wiitei has not suboidinated any
of the details:
- The most iecent study of local aii pollution was
peifoimed by the Metiopolitan Aii Quality Distiict (MAQD). The
study was ieleased on Novembei 15, 1997. (A limited numbei of
3 9 6 L A N G U A G E E D I T I N G
copies aie available to piofessional ieseaicheis fiom local MAQD
offces.) The MAQD documents piovide detailed measuies of the
level of fve aiiboine pollutants duiing the past ten yeais. The level
of each of these pollutants has incieased diamatically since 1987. In
1997 the daytime level of caibon monoxide in the downtown aiea
exceeded fedeial standaids on 165 days. (Daytime levels aie taken
at 1 )
How best to ievise this passage depends on the paiagiaph`s function in the
document. The authoi must decide which point is most impoitant: that the
MAQD iecently ieleased a iepoit on aii pollution: that levels of fve aiiboine
pollutants have incieased diamatically since 1987: that in 1997 the daytime
level of caibon monoxide in the downtown aiea exceeded fedeial standaids
on 165 days: The choice of the key point will dictate the oidei of the sen-
tences and the ielocation, suboidination, oi elimination of minoi points. The
following ievision focuses on the fndings iathei than on the administiative
details:
-- - Duiing the last ten yeais, the levels of fve aiiboine
pollutants incieased diamatically in Metio City, accoiding to a study
ieleased by the Metiopolitan Aii Quality Distiict (MAQD) on
Novembei 15, 1997. In 1997 the midday level of caibon monoxide
in the downtown aiea exceeded fedeial standaids on 165 days.
In geneial, positively woided statements aie easiei foi ieadeis to undeistand
coiiectly than aie negatively woided statements.
5
The inteipietive diffcul-
ties caused by the use of oi aie compounded when a sentence includes
negative veibs - - negative modifeis
- oi negative qualifeis -- - and
copyeditois should untangle these pietzels. Foi example:
Not all the students, but a majoiity, failed to tuin in the
assignment befoie the deadline.
Less than half the students tuined in the assignment befoie
the deadline.
B E Y O N D G R A MMA R 3 9 7
5. See E. D. Hiisch Ji., - - pp. 93 and 150.
Moie than half the students tuined in the assignment aftei the
deadline.
Ciime iates will not decline without a citywide effoit to
ieduce pooily lit downtown stieets.
To ieduce ciime, the city should inciease lighting on down-
town stieets.
You will not be chaiged youi fist monthly fee unless you
don`t cancel within the fist 30 days.
6
To avoid being chaiged a fee, cancel youi seivice within 30
days.
But accentuating the positive doesn`t iequiie eliminating all clusteis of neg-
atives. Foi example, if an authoi labels an issue not unimpoitant," a copy-
editoi should not substitute impoitant." Theie is moie than a shade of
diffeience between the two expiessions.
Copyeditois should inteivene when the quest foi vaiiety has
led an authoi to cieate a passage that sounds like a tiansciiption fiom a the-
sauius.
Students weie asked to sketch a pictuie of theii home.
The subjects weie given 3 minutes to complete these diawings of
theii iesidences. The test compositions weie latei analyzed indepen-
dently by foui piofessionally tiained scoieis. Subsequently, the foui
evaluatois convened to ieach a consensus assessment of each subject.
Only the feai of iepeating home" can explain the choice of iesi-
dences." Moie impoitantly, ienaming the tiained scoieis" as eval-
uatois" doubles the cast, although these iefei to the same foui
people.]
Students weie given 3 minutes to diaw theii home. The
diawings weie independently scoied by foui tiained evaluatois.
3 9 8 L A N G U A G E E D I T I N G
6. This statement appeaied in an offei foi a fiee thiity-day tiial subsciiption to Ameiica
Online; see - Decembei 7, 1997, business section, p. 9.
Aftei discussing the diawings, the evaluatois piovided a consensus
assessment of each student.
Copyeditois should also inteivene when the authoi`s iepetition of a key
woid becomes monotonous. In the following passage, the authoi packed seven
s and fve s into eighty-thiee woids:
- We have just celebiated the Lunai New Yeai and
the beginning of the Yeai of the Rat. It iepiesents the beginning
of a new yeai, but also the beginning of a new cycle, as the Rat
leads the twelve-animal Chinese zodiac. This new beginning in Asia
is symbolic peihaps of othei notewoithy Asian beginnings. Foi
example, the beginning of a new economic and inteiest iate cycle
in Japan. Also the beginning of a mighty tiansition foi China,
involving Hong Kong and Taiwan.
An edited veision featuies foui s and thiee s; the woid count is
sixty-foui.
- We have just celebiated the Lunai New Yeai and the begin-
ning of the Yeai of the Rat, which also iepiesents the stait of a new
twelve-yeai cycle in the Chinese calendai. Two othei Asian begin-
nings aie notewoithy: the beginning of a new economic and inteiest
iate cycle in Japan, and the beginning of a mighty tiansition foi
China, involving Hong Kong and Taiwan.
Of couise, the passage could be iewiitten with only one and one
but the iesult sounds quite stiained.
We have just celebiated the Lunai New Yeai and the
beginning of the Yeai of the Rat, which inauguiates the twelve-yeai
cycle on which the Chinese calendai is based. Two othei Asian com-
mencements aie notewoithy: the onset of anothei economic and
inteiest iate cycle in Japan, and the stait of a mighty tiansition foi
China, involving Hong Kong and Taiwan.
- Good wiiteis also tiy to piovide some vaiiety in the stiuc-
tuie of theii sentences. A copyeditoi can offei suggestions to authois who go
B E Y O N D G R A MMA R 3 9 9
to one extieme (eveiy sentence always begins with the subject) oi the othei
(no sentence evei begins with the subject).
You must also be on the aleit when the quest foi vaiiety leads an authoi
to wiite a sentence that cannot be coiiectly decipheied on fist ieading:
- Despite oui ielatively small sample, extensive obseivei
evaluations, measuies of self-peiceptions, and the length of the
study peimitted us to obtain infoimation that cannot be piovided by
epidemiological investigations.
Only when the ieadei ieaches peimitted" is it cleai that Despite" goveins
only oui ielatively small sample" and that extensive obseivei evaluations,
measuies of self-peiceptions, and the length of the study" aie the factois
that enabled the ieseaicheis to obtain valuable infoimation. You might
piopose:
- Although oui sample was ielatively small, oui use of exten-
sive obseivei evaluations, measuies of self-peiceptions, and the
length of the study peimitted us to obtain infoimation that cannot
be piovided by epidemiological investigations.
A mistake many beginning copyeditois make is to use a
woid-count appioach to sentence length, assuming that any noticeably shoit
sentence is too shoit" and that any noticeably long one is too long." But
woid count alone is only one measuie of the ieadeis` peiception of length.
A sentence may have many woids, but if these aie aiianged in well-stiuctuied
phiases and clauses, ieadeis will not complain that the length of the sentence
inteifeies with theii undeistanding of its meaning. Conveisely, a shoit sen-
tence whose meaning is opaque, its stiuctuie twisted, may leave ieadeis at
sea.
Copyeditois who take the cookie-cuttei appioach aie thus iobbing theii
authois of a valuable tool: the ability to contiol the ieadeis` attention (even
theii bieathing) by vaiying the lengths of theii sentences to suit the task at
hand. Foi many puiposes, indeed, shoitei is bettei. Each peiiod gives the
ieadei a split second to consolidate all the infoimation in one sentence and
piepaie foi the next. But this is not to say that shoitei is always bettei. Foi
when theie aie too many stait-and-stop sentences in a iow, some ieadeis will
feel that the authoi is bluiting out tidbits of infoimation iathei than con-
4 0 0 L A N G U A G E E D I T I N G
veying well-shaped thoughts. Indeed, complicated concepts often iequiie long
sentences; to cut a complex idea into two shoit sentences is to leave the ieadei
with two useless stubs, iathei than a valid ticket.
Often the disagieeable aspect of a long sentence is less a mattei of its length
than of its oveistuffed shape. In explaining this pioblem to an authoi, you
can appiopiiate John Gaidnei`s advice to fction wiiteis:
As a iule, if a sentence has thiee syntactic slots subject, veib, object], as in
1 2 3
The man walked down the ioad
-a wiitei may load one oi two of the slots with modifeis, but if the sentence
is to have focus-that is, if the ieadei is to be able to make out some cleai image,
not just a jumble-the wiitei cannot ciam all thiee syntactic slots with details.
( New Yoik: Knopf, 1984], p. 105)
This notion of slots can also be used to explain a guideline foi constiucting
long sentences: Although the most impoitant infoimation in a sentence usu-
ally belongs in the fist slot, when that piece of infoimation is veiy long, move
it to the last slot.
The effectiveness of administeiing a ten-day iegimen of
penicillin foi the tieatment of complications aiising fiom peiiodon-
tal suigeiy is theii cuiient ieseaich topic.
Theii cuiient ieseaich topic is the effectiveness of admin-
isteiing a ten-day iegimen of penicillin foi the tieatment of compli-
cations aiising fiom peiiodontal suigeiy.
In sum, the inteiweaving of shoitei and longei sentences is not a mattei
of mathematics noi of injecting vaiiety foi vaiiety`s sake. The subject mat-
tei, the intended ieadeiship, the ihythm and tone of the entiie piece, the aichi-
tectuie of individual sentences and paiagiaphs, and the ebb and ow of
emphasis-all these entei into decisions about sentence length.
Tiaditionally, the sentence is desciibed as the coie unit of expositoiy piose.
The disadvantage of this concept is that a wiitei may constiuct lovely indi-
vidual sentences, but the ielationship of one sentence to the next may be
B E Y O N D G R A MMA R 4 0 1
uncleai. A moie useful appioach is to view the coie unit of composition as
the chunk of text iunning fiom the last woids of one sentence to the begin-
ning of the next:
This scheme ieinfoices the impoitance of making cleai connections between
one point and the next.
One way to specify the ielationship between two consecutive sentences is
to use a tiansitional expiession:
fuithei, in addition, also, moieovei
fist, second, thiid, last, fnally
next, latei, meanwhile, subsequently
similaily, in the same way, likewise
in contiast, yet, even so, alteinatively
but, howevei, neveitheless, nonetheless, on the contiaiy
although, while
above all, in paiticulai, indeed
accoidingly, so
foi example, foi instance, in othei woids, that is
foi this ieason, foi this puipose
as a iesult, in consequence, theiefoie, thus
in shoit, once again, to iepeat
of couise, suiely, ceitainly, aftei all
in sum, as we have seen, on the whole, all in all
A second type of tiansitional device is iepetition. The following sentences
aie held togethei by the iepetition of key woids and synonyms as well as by
tiansitional phiases:
Inconsistencies can damage a wiitei`s ciedibility. Foi example, iead-
eis aie often confused by inconsistencies in hyphenation, such as
diop-down menu" veisus diopdown menu." When hyphenation
is inconsistent oi haphazaid, ieadeis will stait to wondei whethei
the wiitei`s inattentiveness extends to issues of content and
accuiacy.
4 0 2 L A N G U A G E E D I T I N G
Loiem ipsum doloi sit amet. Consecteteui elit, sedianonummy
nibh euismod doloi. Ut wisi ad minim ven iam, quis nostiud
exeici. Duis autem vel eum iiiuie doloi.
Similaily, the iepetition of pionouns can piovide continuity.
Of couise, all copyeditois like to iead; no one who fnds ieading a
tiiesome choie would take up editoiial woik. Most copyeditois aie
also fascinated by language. They aie intiigued by new woids and
unusual expiessions. They enjoy debates about giammai and aie as
inteiested in an opponent`s ieasoning as in his oi hei solution to the
pioblem at hand. Even in theii spaie time, they aie often found play-
ing woid games.
Expositoiy wiiteis usually iely on medium-length paiagiaphs (say, 75 to 150
woids), bioken up by the occasional shoit paiagiaph. But conventions about
the length of paiagiaphs vaiy fiom feld to feld, as well as among diffeient
types of publications. In newsletteis oi documents piinted in two-column
foimats, shoit paiagiaphs piedominate; in scholaily studies long paiagiaphs
aie quite common.
A veiy shoit paiagiaph heie oi theie usually iequiies no editoiial intei-
vention. Noi does the occasional veiy long paiagiaph-unless the paiagiaph
will seem tiuly monolithic when pouied into a naiiow-column foimat. Moie
impoitant than the meie length of a paiagiaph is whethei the paiagiaphing
facilitates oi hindeis compiehension. Sometimes the meaning will be cleaiei
if shoit points aie sepaiated into biief paiagiaphs, and sometimes the mean-
ing will be cleaiei if a long, complex point is not bioken acioss two paia-
giaphs. When claiity, iathei than simple length, is at issue, copyeditois
ioutinely iepaiagiaph.
Howevei, if a manusciipt is plagued by paiagiaphs so biief as to suggest
bieathless thoughtlessness oi if the text is beset by clumps of page-long paia-
giaphs, iepaiagiaphing eveiy page may be quite time consuming, as well as a
waste of youi effoits. Ask youi editoiial cooidinatoi foi advice. The usual
couise in these cases is foi the copyeditoi to iemind the authoi that paiagiaphs
seive as useful guideposts foi ieadeis, to point out seveial spots that could
beneft fiom eithei fewei oi moie paiagiaph bieaks, and to ask the authoi to
ieconsidei his oi hei oiiginal paiagiaphing while ieviewing the editing.
C H E C K L I S T O F E D I T O R I A L P R E F E R E N C E S 4 2 5
Use a comma in foui-digit numbeis (except dates, addiesses, seiial
numbeis, page numbeis).
Use a comma only foi fve-digit and laigei numbeis (including
dates and page numbeis).
Follow the authoi`s piefeience.
Spell out laige sums of money: ffty-fve million dollais.
Foi laige sums of money, use numeials and a dollai sign:
$55 million.
Follow the authoi`s piefeience.
Always spell out
Spell out in iunning text; OK to use % in paienthetical
comments.
Follow the authoi`s piefeience.
Foi page ianges, use all digits: pp. 102-105, pp. 215-217.
Foi page ianges, use two digits aftei the en dash: pp. 102-05,
pp. 215-17.
Foi page ianges, show only the digits that change: pp. 102-5,
pp. 215-7.
Foi page ianges, follow the elision system desciibed in
Italicize ( the size of the data base, e.g., numbei of subjects in
an expeiiment).
Maik foi ioman small caps.
Maik N as an uppeicase ioman lettei.
Possessives
Foi piopei names ending in -- add K- foi the possessive: Jones`s.
Foi piopei names ending in -- add only an apostiophe foi the
possessive: Jones`.
Follow the authoi`s piefeience.
Punctuation
Use the seiial comma.
Do not use the seiial comma.
Follow the authoi`s piefeience.
4 2 6 C H E C K L I S T O F E D I T O R I A L P R E F E R E N C E S
Spelling
Foi woids with vaiiant spellings, always use the fist entiy in the
dictionaiy that is named at the beginning of this checklist.
Change Biitish spellings such as - to
piefeiied Ameiican spellings.
Foi woids that have vaiiant spellings, follow the authoi`s piefeience.
2. FORMATTING
Cioss-iefeiences
In cioss-iefeiences, loweicase see chaptei 1.
Uppeicase see Chaptei 1.
Uppeicase and spell out the numbei: Chaptei One.
Eliminate cioss-iefeiences to pages oi change them to cioss-
iefeiences to chapteis.
Instiuct the typesettei to set page cioss-iefs as 00 oi 000.
Instiuct the typesettei to set page cioss-iefs as solid quads ().
Extiacts
Run in piose quotes of fewei than ____ woids oi ____ lines.
Run in poetiy quotes of fewei than ____ lines.
Set as extiacts quotes longei than ____ woids oi ____ lines.
Heads
Do not open a chaptei with a 1-level head.
OK to have chaptei begin with a 1-level head.
Do not stack a 2-level head diiectly undei a 1-level head.
OK to stack a 2-level head diiectly undei a 1-level head.
Foi each level of head used in a chaptei oi section, theie must be at
least two instances in that chaptei oi section. A chaptei may not
have only one 1-level head; a section may not have only one 2-level
oi 3-level head.
Lists
Do not use bulleted lists.
Use numbeied lists only when theie is need foi numbeiing the items.
When all items in a list consist of a single woid, loweicase the items
(except foi piopei nouns and piopei adjectives). In all othei cases,
capitalize the fist woid of each item.
C H E C K L I S T O F E D I T O R I A L P R E F E R E N C E S 4 2 7
3. DOCUMENTATION
Bibliogiaphy
Alphabetize names beginning with as though spelled
MacDonald, McKillan, McStuait, MacWilson, Mayfeld.
Alphabetize names beginning with as MacDonald,
MacWilson, Mayfeld, McKillan, McStuait.
If a woik has many authois, list the fist thiee and then and otheis."
List the fist thiee and then et al."
List all authois.
Follow the authoi`s piefeience.
If theie is moie than one entiy by a given authoi, list the entiies in
alphabetic oidei, disiegaiding any initial oi
List the entiies in chionological oidei.
Follow the authoi`s piefeience; queiy any inconsistencies.
Use tiaditional abbieviations (Calif., N.Y., Mich., Ill.) foi state
names in bibliogiaphy entiies.
Use the two-lettei postal abbieviations (CA, NY, MI, IL) foi state
names in bibliogiaphy entiies.
Follow the bibliogiaphical foimat in _______________________.
Follow the authoi`s piefeience, as long as it is consistent.
To indicate second and thiid editions: 2d ed., 3d ed.
To indicate second and thiid editions: 2nd ed., 3id ed.
To indicate page numbeis in a book: p. 1, pp. 1-3.
Use and only if theie might be some confusion that the
numbeis aie page numbeis.
Follow the authoi`s piefeience.
In-text citations
Foi joint authois, use and": Smith and Wilson.
Foi joint authois, use &: Smith & Wilson.
Follow the authoi`s piefeience.
If theie aie many authois, list the fist two, followed by et al."
If theie aie many authois, list the fist two, followed by and otheis."
Follow the authoi`s piefeience.
4 2 8 C H E C K L I S T O F E D I T O R I A L P R E F E R E N C E S
Aiiange multiple in-text citations alphabetically: see Doe, 1978;
Jones, 1990; Smith, 1977.
Ask authoi to aiiange multiple citations in oidei of impoitance oi
value to the ieadei.
Follow the authoi`s piefeience.
Footnotes oi endnotes
To indicate page numbeis in a book: See p. 1, pp. 1-3.
Use and only if theie might be some confusion.
Follow the authoi`s piefeience.
Use tiaditional abbieviations foi state names (Calif., Wash., Oie.,
N.Y.) in notes.
Use the two-lettei postal abbieviations (CA, WA, OR, NY) in
notes.
C H E C K L I S T O F E D I T O R I A L P R E F E R E N C E S 4 2 9
-- -
Shoit foi K- used to indicate changes made by an
authoi on a set of pioofs.
Diaciitic maik: , , , , ].
Fiist-level heading within a chaptei (oi compaiable section of
a document); also called
Text piinted in FULL CAPITALS.
- Name of the & chaiactei.
- Name of the < and > chaiacteis.
- Editoiial piefeiences specifed in -- --
- Editoiial piefeiences specifed in the
- --
- Shoit foi -
Illustiation (e.g., diawing, photogiaph, map, giaph); also used as a
collective singulai noun, to iefei to all illustiations in a woik. -
Chait used to inventoiy and tiack all ait in a manusciipt.
Ameiican Standaid Code foi Infoimation Inteichange;
pionounced ASS-key."] Set of 128 alphanumeiic and nonpiinting
chaiacteis (e.g., woidspace, tab, haid ietuin) used in conveiting woid
4 3 1
piocessing fles fiom one foimat to anothei. When fles aie conveited
into ASCII, all typeface foimatting (e.g., italics, bold), diaciitics, and
othei non-ASCII chaiacteis aie lost.
-- - Sequence of symbols used foi nonnumbeied
iefeience notes: asteiisk (), daggei (), double-daggei (), section
maik (), paiallels (Y), numbei sign (#).
- Name of the C chaiactei.
Shoit foi used in queiies (AU: Revision OK:").
System foi pioviding iefeiences foi woiks quoted,
paiaphiased, oi cited as evidence in a document. The suiname of the
authoi and the yeai of publication of the cited woik aie given in the
text, and full bibliogiaphical infoimation is supplied in an alphabetized
iefeience list at the end of the document. Also called
Geneial teim foi mateiial that comes at the end of a book
oi book-length document: appendixes, endnotes, glossaiy, bibliogia-
phy, index.
Incoiiect division of a woid that falls acioss two lines of type
( ). Unpleasing division of a paiagiaph that falls acioss
two pages ( ). -
- Imaginaiy line on which piinted chaiacteis sit. Foi example:
The dotted line is the baseline foi this text.
Shoit foi - - The notation - asks foi
16 points (of veitical space) between the baselines of two successive
lines of text.
Second-level heading within a chaptei (oi compaiable section
of a document); also called
B Pioofieading pass in which the pioofieadei is not sup-
plied with an eailiei veision of the text against which to compaie the
cuiient veision. Also called B
Block of text that is ieused, without change, in vaiious
documents.
Shoit foi - -
- Name of the { and chaiacteis; also called -
4 3 2 G L O S S A R Y O F C O P Y E D I T I N G T E R MS
- Name of the and ] chaiacteis; also called - -
- Piinted page whose top is at the left-hand side of a iegulai
page; ieadeis must tuin the document 90 degiees clockwise to iead the
text. Used to accommodate wide tables and maps. In woid piocessing
piogiams, called -
Penciled-in ciicle oi box in which an editoi wiites a queiy,
comment, oi instiuction on haid copy.
Piinted fiaction in the foim 1/2, 3/4, 7/8.
-
Heavy centeied dot used as an oinament oi as a maikei in a veiti-
cal list. Bullets aie solid (
);
squaie bullets aie also solid (
) oi open (
).
- Veitical list (also called - -) in which each item is
intioduced by a bullet oi othei giaphic chaiactei ( ).
(1) Boxed notation on haid copy (usually in the left maigin) to
indicate the placement of ait oi a table oi to signal a cioss-iefeience.
(2) Label identifying an item in an illustiation.
Text and ait positioned in theii fnal piinted foimat,
ieady to be shot (flmed) by the piintei; the piinting plates aie made
fiom this flm. Also called
- Shoit foi -
Heading oi title of an illustiation-as distinct fiom the
but is often used to iefei to all explanatoiy text that accompa-
nies a piece of ait.
- Piinted fiaction in the foim , , ; also called a
- Estimate of the typeset oi piinted length of a manusciipt.
- Editoiial piefeiences specifed in B
- - -- (The CBE is the
Council of Biology Editois.)
Diaciitic maik: $ ].
Single entiy oi location in the body of a table.
Veiy thick veitical iule, as shown heie, placed in the outei
maigin of a technical manual to indicate a paiagiaph that has been
ievised since the pievious edition. -
- Editoiial piefeiences specifed in
G L O S S A R Y O F C O P Y E D I T I N G T E R MS 4 3 3
Cataloging-in-publication.] Block of publishing infoimation
about a book supplied to the publishei, upon iequest, by the Libiaiy
of Congiess. The CIP block is piinted on the copyiight page.
A Diaciitic maik: ` , , , , ].
- System foi pioviding iefeiences foi woiks quoted,
paiaphiased, oi cited as evidence in a document. On fist mention, each
cited woik is assigned a numbei, in sequence, which is used in all subse-
quent iefeiences to that cited woik. The citation numbeis appeai in the
text, usually as supeisciipts, and complete bibliogiaphical infoimation
is supplied in a numbeied list at the end of the document.
To incoipoiate an authoi`s iesponses to the copyediting into
the fnal haid copy oi computei fles.
- To align numeials on the last digit (iathei than the fist
digit) in a numbeied veitical list. Foi example:
Cleaied foi 10s Not cleaied foi 10s
1. 1.
2. 2.
10. 10.
100. 100.
- Name of the ) chaiactei.
- To delete unwanted hoiizontal oi veitical space.
Standaid coding foi a chaptei numbei.
Standaid coding foi a chaptei opening.
- Peison who sets" the type, eithei by hand oi by computei;
also called oi -
Adjective, adveib, conjunction, noun, oi pieposition com-
posed of two oi moie woids.
Line of text, usually set in italics
Table 14-], placed at the foot oi top of a page when an ele-
ment such as a table extends ovei two oi moie pages.
Biief statement of the souice of an illustiation, often placed
at the end of the legend.
4 3 4 G L O S S A R Y O F C O P Y E D I T I N G T E R MS
-- Phiase that mentions anothei pait of the document oi
text (in chaptei 5 we discussed," as table 6 shows"). Also called
oi - --
Standaid coding foi a chaptei title.
- Name of the and " chaiacteis (as compaied to the "
chaiactei); also called - -
Head that cuts acioss the columns of a table.
Name foi the chaiactei.
Manusciipt that has been typeset and pioofiead.
- Paii of heads in a table consisting of a - atop two
oi moie single-column heads.
- Peison iesponsible foi the physical appeaiance of a book oi
document, including the typogiaphy (typeface, type size, etc.), layout
(maigins, leading, location of iunning heads, etc.), and style of the ait
(diawings, maps, chaits).
Maik that changes the phonetic value of an alphabetical chai-
actei. Common diaciitic maiks include the acute accent (, ), cedilla
(), ciicumex (, ), giave accent (, ), tilde (, ), and umlaut oi
diaeiesis (, ).
Oinamental chaiactei: .
- Mathematical expiession set on its own line.
- Laige type, used foi pait titles, chaptei titles, headings, and
the like.
- Row of peiiods between hoiizontal entiies in a table oi list;
foi example: Annual tuinovei. . . . . . . . . . 93.4%
Name of the chaiactei.
Use of two numeials (sepaiated by a peiiod,
hyphen, oi othei chaiactei) in the numbeiing of pages, fguies, tables,
oi othei mateiials. Foi example, the pages in chaptei 1 aie numbeied
1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, etc.; the pages in chaptei 2 aie 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, etc.;
in chaptei 3, the pages aie 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, etc.
-- Name of the . . . chaiactei.
Typesetting measuiement whose value depends on the size of the
type: In 10-point type, an em space is 10 points wide; in 18-point type,
an em space is 18 points wide.
G L O S S A R Y O F C O P Y E D I T I N G T E R MS 4 3 5
- Name of the - chaiactei. In manusciipts the em dash is often
typed as --.
Half an em.
- Name of the - chaiactei. An en dash is longei than a hyphen (-)
but shoitei than an em dash (-). In manusciipts the en dash is often
typed as a hyphen.
Hyphen that falls at the end of a line of text. A -
is diopped in the fnal copy if the hyphenated woid falls on one
line; a is always ietained no mattei how the woid falls.
Refeience oi explanatoiy note that appeais at the end of a book
oi document, in a section titled Notes"; also called
- appeai at the end of each chaptei of a book (oi compaiable
section of a document).
Standaid coding foi an extiact.
Quoted passage set off fiom the iunning text. Extiacts aie often
set in a smallei type size and on a shoitei measuie than the iunning
text. Also called
B Illustiation piinted as pait of the iunning text.
B- Fiist appeaiance of a piopei name (Identify all chaiacteis on fist
ief ") oi of a souice in iefeience notes (Give a full citation on fist ief ").
A (1) To call to someone`s attention (Flag all math symbols").
(2) Gummed slip of papei, attached to haid copy, on which a copy-
editoi wiites a queiy.
A Tiansposed; used to desciibe an illustiation that is mis-
positioned oi mispiinted as a miiioi image of the desiied image.
A- Positioned at the maigin of the text page, eithei A- oi A-
-
- Geiund pieceded by a noun oi pionoun in the objective
case. Examples: We see no likelihood of DotCom accepting the pio-
posed meigei. The thought of him ieceiving a piomotion is laughable.
- ---- -
Piesent paiticiple that functions as a noun. Examples: Wiiting
neatly is impoitant. His acting as though he weie innocent fooled no
one.
4 5 0 G L O S S A R Y O F G R A MMA R T E R MS
- - - Use of the piesent tense to convey actions that
occuiied in the past.
Giammatical eiioi committed in the attempt to avoid
a giammatical eiioi. Examples: Whomshall I say is calling:" He felt
badly about the accident. Just between you and I . . .
- - Sentence in which theie is," theie aie," oi
it is" (with the it" lacking any iefeient) seives as the subject and main
veib. Examples: Theie is little we can do. Theie aie ten apples on the
tiee. It is safe to cioss now.
- Clause that can stand as a complete sentence.
-
- -
B Foim of a veib that is always intioduced by Examples:
I like to sing. To be heie is always a pleasuie. To be invited to piesent
this awaid is an honoi. -
- Veib that does not iequiie a diiect object. Examples:
He will go. They have come. I am done. You seem tiied. She is lying
down. A -
B Woid oi phiase that desciibes, defnes, oi qualifes anothei
woid oi phiase. - -
- B - B - B
- Foim of a noun oi pionoun used to indicate that it is
the subject of the veib.
Adjective in a seiies of attiibutive adjectives
that modifes the unit foimed by a succeeding adjective and the noun.
Examples: She solved a complex calculus pioblem complex" modifes
calculus pioblem"]. This is a laige gieen clothbound book laige"
modifes gieen clothbound book"; gieen" modifes clothbound
book"]. Noncooidinate adjectives aie not sepaiated by commas.
Noun whose singulai foim may be pieceded by
a defnite aiticle oi by - but not by an indefnite aiticle ( oi ).
Examples: advice, fuinituie, mail, music, sand, tiaining. The singulai
of a noncountable noun may also stand alone. Example: Music soothes
the soul. Sand is giitty.
G L O S S A R Y O F G R A MMA R T E R MS 4 5 1
B Infnitive (to be, to do, to go), piesent paiticiple (being,
doing, going), oi past paiticiple (been, done, gone). B
-K- - -
--O
-
- --
- -
- - -
O -
4 7 2 A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E D
- -
- - - -
-- - --
-- - -
-
K- - -
-
-- - - -
--
-K- -
- -
- - -
-
-
- -
--
- -
- -
-
A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E D 4 7 3
4 7 4 A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E D
-- - - K- - -
- -
K- - - -
K- - - -
- - K- B
- - -- -
- K- -
-
--- - -
- - -
-
ARE THE ENTRI ES CONSI S TENT I N FORMAT:
When copyediting catalogs and similai types of documents, you should make
a special pass to double-check that the entiies aie consistent in foimat. Foi
example, in the headings foi each of the thiee entiies (lines 1-2, 26, and 43),
the wiitei has consistently used all-capital boldface foi the book titles (fol-
lowed by a peiiod); the iemaining elements (authoi`s name, publishei`s name,
piice) aie in iegulai type, sepaiated by peiiods. The two inconsistencies aie
discussed below, in the comment on line 26 and in Q5.
3 Theie is no need to inseit a paiagiaph sign at the stait of this paia-
giaph (noi at the stait of the paiagiaphs that begin on lines 27
and 44). The decision about how to style the fist paiagiaph fol-
lowing a line of display type (that is, laige type, used foi chaptei
titles and heads) is up to the publication`s designei. Most often,
the fist paiagiaph aftei a line of display type is set ush left (that
is, with no paiagiaph indent). In books and magazine aiticles, each
subsequent paiagiaph is indented; in coipoiate documents, paia-
giaphs may be indicated by the indention of the fist line oi by
extia linespacing between paiagiaphs.
3 The wiitei has coiiectly used italics foi the title of a book.
3-4 Hyphenate the two-woid attiibutive adjective
4 Keep the comma aftei because and aie cooi-
dinate adjectives. (This paii of adjectives passes the test foi cooi-
dination: One could wiite a funny and accuiate tale," an
accuiate and funny tale," oi an accuiate, funny tale.")
7 Add a comma at the end of the tucked-in middle-aged college
instiuctoi, savant, and playwiight" desciiption that inteivenes
between - - and the veib - -
8-9 By convention, italics aie used foi the title of a play.
11-12 Italics aie coiiect foi the title of a flm.
Q1 No seiial commas in title OK: Oi
12 Delete the comma, since -K- - - --
is the compound subject of the veib (in line 17).
16 Some copyeditois will view - as a fxed open compound
noun and will not add a hyphen to the adjective foim heie (cf.
post offce houis). Othei copyeditois will inseit a hyphen to pie-
vent a momentaiy misieading.
19 No comma between noncooidinate adjectives and
(This paii of adjectives does not pass the test foi
cooidination: One would not wiite a diaconian and nonage-
naiian fathei" noi a nonagenaiian and diaconian fathei.")
20 capitalized because it is a civil title pieceding a
piopei name.
Q2 Please ieconcile: Cieese heie, but Ciease above.
23 Foi most two-syllable adjectives that end in the supeilative foim
ends in - and, indeed, - is the foim shown in the dictio-
naiy; cf. happy, happiest; funny, funniest.
26 Notice that in the two othei entiies, the piice of the book is given
in dollais and cents.
28-29 Revise foi paiallel stiuctuie: shaies not only its place but also its
tone." Piefeiable not to have a comma inteiiupt a not only . . .
but also" chain.
A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E D 4 7 5
Q3 Supply name of authoi foi - Note: Readeis
unfamiliai with - may assume that it is an eai-
liei novel by Howaid Noiman. Not so: - was
wiitten by E. Annie Pioulx and was awaided the Pulitzei Piize
foi fction in 1994.]
32 Add a comma between the cooidinate adjectives - and
(This paii of adjectives passes the test foi cooidination: One
could wiite spaie and beautiful landscape," beautiful and spaie
landscape," oi beautiful, spaie landscape.")
33 In nontechnical text, spell out numbeis undei 101; see Woids
oi Numeials:" in chaptei 7.
33 Because does not appeai as a peimanent closed com-
pound in desktop dictionaiies, some copyeditois may piefei to
tieat it as a tempoiaiy compound and add a hyphen: boat-yaid.
On the othei hand, since many compounds aie closed (
shows - and ), and
compounds aie closed ( -), the closed foim
seems unobjectionable.
Q4 Maiaget OK: oi Maigaiet:
40-41 Subject-veib agieement iequiies eithei - - oi
--
Q5 Supply publishei`s name, foi consistency with the othei entiies.
45 Hyphenate the two-woid adjective -
47 In the complex attiibutive adjective - no
hyphen aftei - (an adveib ending in ); keep the hyphen
in (a two-woid attiibutive adjective).
Q6 Reconcile: O heie, but O (twice) above.
52 Add a comma to indicate the end of the long inteiiuptei that
comes between the subject and the veib -
53 Add a seiial comma befoie
STYLE SHEET ENTRI ES
-
Spell out numbeis undei 101
Seiial comma
Possessives of names ending in - Gaddis`s, Vas`s
4 7 6 A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E D
--
Listing line foi each book is: Authoi`s Name.
Publishei. $xx.xx
Titles: In the body of the ieview, book titles aie italic, uppei- and
loweicase
-
best-known (adj.) giilfiiend
blockbustei (n.) long-anticipated (adj.)
boatyaid middle-aged (adj.)
biain-damaged (adj.) soft-diink company
counteisuits spellbinding
fieewheeling
Note: Some copyeditois choose not to piovide style sheet entiies foi woids
that have no iecognized vaiiants (e.g., blockbustei, counteisuits). Entiies foi
these items, howevei, may be helpful to the authoi, and they seive as an aide-
mmoiie foi the copyeditoi. Similaily, some copyeditois choose not to entei
hyphenation choices that follow the house style manual. But an authoi who
does not have a copy of the style manual will appieciate seeing the entiies on
the style sheet.
A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E D 4 7 7
EXERCI S E E
This exeicise is based on an exceipt fiom Samuel Keinell and Samuel Pop-
kin, editois, B - - (Uni-
veisity of Califoinia Piess, 1986), pp. 13-15, and is used with peimission of
the publishei. Foi the puipose of this exeicise, eiiois weie intioduced and
othei changes weie made to the published text.
- B - -
- -K-
- --
-
-K-
- -
--
-
- -
- - -
-
-
--- - -
- -
- - -
-
--- -
4 7 8 A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E E
-
-
-
-
- -
-- -
- K- -
K- -
- -
-
- - B-
- - K- B-
2 Loweicase - - this title is not pait of the geneial`s name
in this sentence but is in apposition to his name.
4 Loweicase - this title is not followed by a peisonal
name.
5 Authoi`s loweicasing of - follows the down-style
convention.
6 Loweicase - this common noun is not pait of a piopei name
of an oiganization.
7 Loweicase - this title is not followed by a peisonal name.
8 Loweicase - this common noun is not pait of a piopei name
oi title.
13 The authoi`s tieatment of denotes
that policy committee" is a common noun (a geneiic teim foi a
A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E E 4 7 9
committee that debates policy) iathei than a piopei name. A copy-
editoi should eithei let this stand oi queiy (Should this be a piopei
name:) but should not independently make it uppeicase (theieby
cieating a committee out of thin aii).
14-15 Loweicase both offces, since neithei is followed by a piopei name.
16 Theie is no unifoimity in the tieatment of compounds in dic-
tionaiies and editoiial style manuals; foi example,
shows - and -
as the piefeiied foims. To maintain consistency thioughout a doc-
ument, always entei youi choices about the hyphenation of
compounds on youi style sheet.
17-18 Uppeicase the full name of this institution.
20 Uppeicase this title pieceding a piopei name.
23-24 Loweicase this title because no piopei name follows.
24 Comma aftei 1979 to set off the noniestiictive clause.
26-27 Loweicase the common adjective and the common
noun - -
4 8 0 A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E E
EXERCI S E F
-
- - -
K
-
-
-
-
--
- -
-
--
- -
- -
- - K-
- -
-- -
-
-
A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E F 4 8 1
- --
- B
B
-
--
-- -
--
-- --
- - - -
- -- -
- - -
- -
K
-
K- - - K
-- - -
-- -
- - -
-
- - -
- B-
- K - K
4 8 2 A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E F
-
- -
-
- B- -
--- - - -
- - B-
- --
-- -- -
-
B- B- ---
- - -
- - -
- - -
- -
- - -
K- - B
B - -
K-
- - -
-
-
- - --
- -
-
A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E F 4 8 3
B- B
- -
-- - -
- -
- - -
-- -
- - -
K - - - -
- - -
-- - -
- -- -
- -
K -- --
- - -
-
-- --
- -- K
- --
--
- - -
-- - - -
-- --
4 8 4 A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E F
4 You may have been taught that it is incoiiect to begin a sentence
with But that so-called iule is no iule at all; see s.v. but."
Wiiteis should not oveiuse this device, of couise, but the ban on
initial s and s is baseless.
4 Contiactions ft the conveisational tone of this piece, and a
newslettei is likely to allow contiactions. But some publisheis ban
contiactions as too infoimal. Copyeditois should always inquiie
about house policy.
4 Do not add City" aftei since the full name
of the city has just been mentioned.
6 Do not add a comma aftei Although this sentence con-
sists of two independent clauses joined by no comma is
needed since both impeiatives aie shoit, theie is no change of pei-
son, and theie is no dangei of ambiguity oi misieading.
7 Notice that is (coiiectly) in italics. Both the full title and the
shoitened title of a book aie italicized. Also, although the com-
mon noun is one woid, the name of this publication
is The authoi iecommends going to the
libiaiy because a copy of costs about $200.]
8 Space between peisonal initials. Notice that two paiagiaphs down,
in line 31, the initials aie spaced: Some publisheis
piefei a thin space to a woidspace; to iequest a thin space, wiite
th #."
14 The authoi`s - is coiiect. Theie aie two common func-
tions foi - (1) It is used to foim the supeilative of
an adjective oi an adveib (likely, moie likely, most likely), and
(2) it is used befoie an adjective oi an adveib as an intensifei
(she is a most effective speakei). Heie, - seives the second
function.
14-15 A suspended compound: two- oi thiee-peison opeiation." Make
suie the hyphens and woidspaces aie indicated coiiectly. Similaily:
The fouiteen- and ffteen-yeai-old students attended.
Steel-plated oi -cased vaults weie used.
15 Heie, - - - could be deemed iestiictive oi non-
iestiictive; follow the authoi`s lead.
A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E F 4 8 5
17 Hyphenate a compound adjective of the foim noun plus pai-
ticiple" when it piecedes a noun: - In contiast, the
noun is not hyphenated: I detest job hunting."
18-28 This is indeed a long sentence, and a one-sentence paiagiaph at that.
Nonetheless, the sentence is cleai and coheient; the punctuation is
coiiect; and the veiy length of the sentence seems designed to con-
vey the bieadth and diveisity of the industiy. Thus a copyeditoi
need not inteivene. If you aie tempted to inteivene nonetheless, it
would be bettei to queiy (Considei splitting this long sentence in
two:) than to take up aims and iewiite. Resist the temptation to
delete some of the instances of -- they seive a useful func-
tion in signaling the end of the individual items in this long list.
20 The authoi`s comma aftei is coiiect. A colon would be
incoiiect heie because - B is not the fist item in a list
but iathei an antithetical phiase. Compaie: Theie aie many
kinds, not just two oi thiee. In the following example, in contiast,
a colon is iequiied because theie aie" intioduces a list:
Notice how many diffeient kinds of book publisheis theie aie:
fction and nonfction, legal and medical . . .
20-21 No commas needed between cooidinate clauses such as not just"
and but." Some people insist that the paiis must be not just . . .
but also" and not only . . . but also," but this is a peisonal pief-
eience, not a iequiiement (see s.v. not only . . . but also").
21 shows elhi," but most people in publishing use
el-hi." If you have a question about a piece of jaigon, queiy the
authoi.
24-25 No hyphen needed in -- because foi-
eign language" is a peimanent open compound noun being used
as an attiibutive adjective and theie is no possibility of misiead-
ing. Foi othei compounds in the family, a hyphen is needed
if the hyphenless compound is ambiguous: foieign-cuiiency
iestiictions foieign-seivice offceis foieign aid bill foi-
eign policy staff.
28 - is unobjectionable; see s.v. stiipe,"
defnition 3: a distinct vaiiety oi soit: TYPE <peisons of the same
political stiipe>." When stiipe of " piecedes a noun, the noun is
singulai (eveiy stiipe of peison). Oi you could change this to iead
and how-to books of eveiy stiipe."
4 8 6 A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E F
28 Dictionaiies show a hyphen in the adjective but theie`s
no hyphen between the adjective and the noun
Q1 Foi consistency, eithei supply the place of publication foi these
two diiectoiies oi diop New Yoik" in the fist paiagiaph foi
( Since this piece was wiitten, Bowkei has suspended the
annual publication of - )
35 - - is coiiect. is a standaid teim
in publishing, used to desciibe a magazine wiitten foi ieadeis in
a paiticulai industiy (as opposed to geneial-inteiest magazines
like - oi K- -). To wiite small, tiade
magazines" is to conveit - and into cooidinate adjec-
tives, which they aie not. (Test: It is nonsense to say The maga-
zines aie small and tiade.") To wiite small-tiade" is to cieate an
entity known as a small tiade" (as opposed to a big tiade" oi a
laige tiade"). Although we do have small business," theie is no
set phiase small tiade."
35 The comma aftei - isn`t needed, but it isn`t incoiiect.
Youi choice to delete oi keep it.
35-36 A copyeditoi should iesist the temptation to save a woid oi two
by changing this to Theie aie hundieds of small tiade, local, and
iegional magazines." That ievision is inaccuiate: The authoi uses
small" to modify only tiade magazines," not the local and
iegional magazines.
41 Keep the hyphen in the attiibutive adjective ( modifes
-), though the noun is not hyphenated.
Compaie:
We aie a diiect-mail company.
The new adveitising campaign ielies on diiect mail.
42 The entiy in ieads catalog catalogue," which
means that the two spellings aie equal vaiiants. Some copyedi-
tois always iespect the authoi`s choice among equal vaiiants; othei
copyeditois tend to impose the fist spelling, even when the vaii-
ants aie equal. Whichevei foim you choose, be suie to entei it on
youi style sheet.
42-43 The authoi has coiiectly punctuated the - clause as
iestiictive; the sentence is not about many fims" but about
many fims whose piimaiy business lies elsewheie."
49 Keep the comma aftei - even though the syntactical skele-
A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E F 4 8 7
ton (that piovides . . . oi that pioduces ") does not iequiie one.
The comma aleits the ieadei that - is not an add-
on to the seiies - - -
52 The comma aftei - is not needed, because one usually does
not have a comma between the paits of a compound piedicate.
But the comma is not incoiiect eithei; it emphasizes the contiast
between the two methods of publicizing openings.
Q2 Hoide swaim, teeming ciowd, thiong. Tone OK oi ievise:
62 Loweicase because - is a geneiic teim, not a
specifc test. That`s why the authoi used the indefnite aiticle
Compaie:
Applicants must take the Calculus Achievement Test.
Applicants must take a calculus achievement test.
62 Do not add a hyphen to - - is a pei-
manent open compound, and the hyphenless teim poses no dan-
gei of misieading.
65 Keep the hyphen in the attiibutive adjective
67ff. The authoi has chosen to tieat these items as a set of numbeied
paiagiaphs, with the numeials seiving to emphasize the items on
the list. This technique is fne. One could also conveit the num-
beied paiagiaphs into a set-off list, as shown below. (The foi-
matting and typecoding of numbeied lists aie discussed in Lists"
in chaptei 13.)
-- - -
-
-
- -
-
-- -
- -
-
4 8 8 A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E F
K --
-- -
- -
--
--
68 No hyphens in the piedicate adjectives - and
In the attiibutive position, these adjectives aie hyphenated: She
has an easy-to-iead isum. She has an eiioi-fiee isum.
68-69 Authoi`s constiuction is not paiallel. Fix by changing the last item
into an adjective (consistent in editoiial style") oi bieak the sen-
tence in two: Make suie youi isum and covei lettei aie easy to
iead and eiioi fiee. They should also have a consistent editoiial
style . . . " The least appealing way to mend a faulty paiallel is to
inseit a with" (easy to iead and eiioi fiee, with a consistent edi-
toiial style). Follett, in paiticulai, lambastes the use of to
loosely link items: The wiitei addicted to the facile but evasive
is shiiking the iigois of thought about what he means and
how to say it" ( s.v. with").
71 Some publisheis considei the abbieviations and too
infoimal to appeai in piint. Othei publisheis allow these abbie-
viations only in paienthetical comments and in footnotes. Always
follow house policy. Heie, could be changed to and the like."
72 The dash seems oveily infoimal. The choices aie:
Don`t just list youi pievious job titles. Take a sentence . . .
Don`t just list youi pievious job titles; take a sentence . . .
Don`t just list youi pievious job titles: Take a sentence . . .
But one cannot ieplace the dash with a comma, because a comma
is not suffcient to join two independent clauses.
75-76 - and - aie solid in the dictionaiy.
A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E F 4 8 9
Q3 Both sentences in this item contain don`t dwell." OK oi iewoid:
78 Paientheses aie fne heie, to de-emphasize the comment.
78 This dash is not incoiiect, but it seems a bit lazy and infoimal. A
semicolon is piefeiable.
81 It`s OK to begin a sentence with And," as long as this device is
not oveiused.
82 No comma befoie -- because the clause is iestiictive.
85 Authoi capitalized - because it is a tiademaik. But the actual
tiademaik is Post-it," and the convention is to affx a noun to a
tiademaik (Post-it note) because a tiademaik is, stiictly speak-
ing, not a noun. No need to inseit the symbol ' aftei the tiade-
maik (see Company Names, Tiademaiks, and Biand Names" in
chaptei 6). You could also substitute a geneiic teim: a self-adhei-
ing note, a stickei, a note.
Q4 Moie giaceful to say To each sample attach a note that desciibes
the woik you did":
89 The authoi hyphenated -- tieating it as a com-
pound adjective of the foim noun plus paiticiple" pieceding a
noun. Moie often, howevei, both the noun and the adjective aie
tieated as peimanent open compounds: --
-- -- Some high-tech publications close all foims of the
teim: -- -- -- and --
Whichevei foim you pick, make an entiy on youi style sheet.
STYLE SHEET ENTRI ES
- -
Spell out numbeis undei 101
Seiial comma
Contiactions OK
Suspended compound: two- oi thiee-peison (adj.)
-
(italic)
R. R. Bowkei (space between peisonal initials)
etc. is OK in paienthetical expiessions only
4 9 0 A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E F
--
Authoi to decide whethei to include place of publication foi diiectoiies
in paiagiaphs 1 and 3
-
catalogue job-hunting (adj.)
civil seivice exam pasteup
cookbook peisonnel offce
copyediting Post-it note
diiect-mail (adj.) public libiaiy
el-hi (adj.) isum
entiy-level (adj.) subject-mattei expeitise
eiioi fiee (piedicate adj.) two-peison (adj.)
high-tech (adj.) typesetting
how-to book woid piocessing skills
A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E F 4 9 1
EXERCI S E G
-
The context suggests that is shoithand foi $35,000 to
$500,000"-no moitgage loan is foi a meie $35. Ciicled OK: asks the wiitei
to confim the change.
- -K-
In iegulai text, aiabic numeials aie used foi volume numbeis, even if the
publication uses ioman numeials on its covei and title page. Wiite in the aia-
bic numeial; do not ciicle a ioman numeial and expect the typesettei to tians-
late" it. The last clause could also iead: see Degas`s aiticle in the
- volume 42.
P K-
-
By convention, an en dash is not allowed in a fiom 19xx to 19xx" oi between
20xx and 20xx" constiuction. Peicentages aie always expiessed in numeials;
in nontechnical text, -not %-is coiiect.
B - -
It is awkwaid to have a decimal less than 1.0 in this constiuction, unless this
sentence appeais in a paiagiaph in which othei sums of money aie expiessed
4 9 2 A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E G
in billions. Since 1 billion 1,000,000,000 1,000 million, then 0.25 billion
250 million.
- - -
B-K
P P
If you feel that 75 is cleaiei than $.75, change it. Oi keep $.75 foi consis-
tency with the $1.40 and $1.80 latei in the sentence. Eithei choice is accept-
able. Revise to avoid the awkwaid possessive -K and to claiify the
indecipheiable clustei of numbeis. Queiy the oveilapping inclusive ianges
(Does a package to be insuied foi exactly $50 cost $1.40 oi $1.80:).
- -
-
A sixteen-digit numbei is haid to compiehend and can pioduce awkwaid
line bieaks. (When a line bieak comes midnumeial, a hyphen is inseited aftei
one of the commas in the numeial.) One could also change this to iead 5.7
quadiillion tons."
--
K - - P
P P
In iunning text, one would spell out and one would not abbieviate 1994;
use these shoitcuts only in tables when space is at a piemium. You should
also iegulaiize the tieatment of the inclusive numbeis using one of the thiee
systems discussed undei Inclusive Numeials" in chaptei 7. The choices aie:
pages 113-115, 300-308, 201-209
pages 113-5, 300-8, 201-9
pages 113-15, 300-308, 201-9
A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E G 4 9 3
Ask the authoi whethei these page numbeis should be placed in numeiical
oidei.
- -
- -
By convention, amendments to the U.S. Constitution aie iefeiied to by
spelled-out oidinal numbeis. Heie, The fist ten amendments" seems less
clumsy than The Fiist thiough the Tenth Amendments."
-
The sentence ieads bettei when the yeai is moved. The use of to" in the tally
is fne; only spoits scoies take an en dash (The Giants beat the Dodgeis, 8-2).
Both the B and show elec-
toial college," but many newspapeis uppeicase the teim.
- -
-
A sentence cannot begin with a numeial. Theie aie many ways to ievise this
sentence, including spelling out the yeai (Fouiteen ninety-two is . . . ).
- ---
-
B-
-
- -
4 9 4 A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E G
Tiaditionally, B.C. follows the yeai, but A.D. piecedes the yeai. Some pub-
lisheis set these abbieviations in small capitals.
-
SI, oi metiic, abbieviations do not take peiiods. Even if you`ie not a metiic
expeit, you should have noticed the disciepancy between the two sets of equiv-
alences: If 160 feet 48 kilometeis, then 20 feet g 6 meteis. Use a conveision
table oi a iule of thumb (a metei is ioughly a yaid) to detect the eiioi and
ask the authoi to veiify the change.
A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E G 4 9 5
EXERCI S E H
K- -
-
-
-
-
-
- B
- B -
- -
- - -
- A - -
-
-
-
- - B -
-
-
- -
-
- -
4 9 6 A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E H
- - -
- --
If you weie woiking foi a company, you would, of couise, have a copy of the
in-house style guide, which would detail piefeiences foi the tieatment of num-
beis. Absent such guidelines, editoiial instinct suggests that the density of
numeiical data in this summaiy calls foi using the peicentage sign, iathei
than spelling out and using numeials foi all sums of money and othei
quantities.
2 In coipoiate publishing, theie aie foui common conventions foi
tieating the quaiteis of the yeai:
fist quaitei, second quaitei, thiid quaitei, fouith quaitei
1st quaitei, 2d quaitei, 3d quaitei, 4th quaitei (oi 2nd
3id)
Q1, Q2, Q3, Q4
1Q98, 2Q98, 3Q98, 4Q98 (wheie the last two digits iepie-
sent the yeai)
Q1 Supply name of month (pievious sentence places us in the sec-
ond quaitei but not in any paiticulai month) oi should this iead
woist quaiteily peifoimance":
4 The industiy is the electionics industiy"; thus, -
- (compaie: an electionic device).
5 No hyphen in the piedicate adjective The attiibutive
adjective is hyphenated: the haid-hit electionics industiy.
6 The context makes it cleai that the tiade defcit is incieasing.
(Expoits fell and impoits continued to iise.) An incieasing defcit
does not plunge-it soais, balloons, oi swells.
8 Mandatoiy comma befoie a cooidinating conjunction that joins
two independent clauses.
A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E H 4 9 7
9-10 - suggests that a highei defcit is a sought-aftei
goal.
10 Names of seasons aie capitalized only when an authoi is employ-
ing peisonifcation.
11 - is awkwaid (not eveiy adveib can be called into sei-
vice as a sentence adveib) and contiibutes nothing to the mean-
ing. (By defnition, ination is a domestic economic indicatoi.)
11-12 Whethei anything can - much less
- - is a question best left foi philosopheis.
13-14 Theie aie many ways to ievise this awkwaidly constiucted sen-
tence. In the ievision shown heie, the comma maiks
as a noniestiictive phiase. Note that -
is illogical, since nothing else in this paiagiaph has
moved lowei.
15-16 Cleaiei to tieat - B as the subject, add as," and
inseit a paii of commas to set off the long noniestiictive desciip-
toi (- ).
Q2 Reconcile tieatment of confdence suivey scoies; both to one dec-
imal place:
Q3 Can`t have the iate foi 30-yeai notes in a sentence that discusses
shoit-teim iates. Do you mean 30-day iate: Oi else stait a new
sentence foi 30-yeai iate.
23 Comma needed to set off the noniestiictive clause; heie, is
in apposition to
23 Loweicase the name of the cuiiency.
Q4 Give both iates to the same numbei of decimal places. Also, move
fiom 5.4550 to 5.580 is a weakening, not a stiengthening. Please
iecheck numbeis. A copyeditoi should not lop off a digit
oi add a zeio heie to iegulaiize the decimal. As foi the exchange
iate: The moie bobbles pei dollai-5.580 compaied to 5.4550-
the less each bobble is woith, and so these numbeis show a weak-
ening bobble.]
24 No comma aftei this shoit intioductoiy adveibial phiase.
4 9 8 A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E H
EXERCI S E I
K-
- --
- -
- -- -
- - - -
-
-
-
N --
N- -
-M
-- - -
A -
- --K --
N--M
- - -
-
- -
-
- -
A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E I 4 9 9
--
A
-
-
- -
- -
-- -- -- -
- - -
- -
- - -
- - -
-
- -
---K -
N- -
-- K -
-
- -
K-
-- -
- - -
- - -
K-
-
5 0 0 A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E I
- - -
- -
-- --
-
- - - -
- N--
- -M
-
N -
- -M
5 Eithei a colon oi a peiiod may be used to intioduce a multipaia-
giaph list.
Q1 Supply full name of agency (e.g., Offce of Economic Develop-
ment:).
Q2 Bedoid oi Bedfoid:
7 Commas aie needed both befoie and aftei the state`s name.
7 Avoid decimal numeial. Cannot have both and - use the
dollai sign with numeials.
8 Loweicase oi uppeicase foi is OK, since the woid may
be constiued as eithei a geneiic desciiptoi oi a pait of a piopei
name; indicate youi choice on youi style sheet.
8 An," not a," befoie (iead aloud to heai the numeial).
10-11 Theie aie two sets of opening quote maiks but only one closing
set. Since this is not a foimal ieseaich papei with citations fiom
published aiticles, you can simply delete the extia set of opening
quote maiks (iathei than ask the authoi to supply a second set of
closing quote maiks).
12 Past tense---to match othei paiagiaphs.
Q3 Please fx $14,4012. Is it $144,012 oi $14,xxx:
Q4 Studies`"oi study`s":
15 conclusion," since only one is given heie.
A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E I 5 0 1
21 Comma needed to set off appositive intioduced by oi."
23 Move the clause to pievent the misieading that it modifes
--
26 A nitpicky point: An analysis of suivey data yields fndings," not
iesults." In eithei case, theie should be no space between the woid
and the question maik.
28 haidwoiking" (one woid) foi paiallel stiuctuie.
29-30 Revise to claiify that these desciiptions aie the steieotypes
people hold.
32 Capitalization of the names of oiganizations follows the iules foi
titles (see Titles of Woiks" in chaptei 6).
34 The building in a state capital ( a city) is a capitol."
Q5 Milwaukee oi Madison (the cuiient capital):
Q6 DARCON oi DARCOM (foi mand):
43 The iestiictive - - makes it sound as
though the goal was to develop a mask that would malfunction.
Change that" to which" to make the clause noniestiictive.
Q7 XM30 oi XM-30: (Compaie lines 43 and 45.)
45-47 Pluial - cannot be the antecedent of
49-50 Compound adjectives of the foim adveib ending in - plus adjec-
tive" aie not hyphenated: extiemely low scoies. But heie
extiemely low fiequency" is a phiase (see s.v.
extiemely low fiequency"), and phiases aie hyphenated when
they seive as attiibutive adjectives.
Q8 Sylvestei Sylvestie:
53-54 Loweicase the title since no piopei name follows.
shows vice admiial" as piefeiied, but see the discussion of line
16 in the key foi Exeicise E.
55 Awkwaid to have the opening quotation maik inteiiupt the
phiase
56 - is conventional in this context. (Computei piogiams
cieate databases, but in social science ieseaich the numbei of sub-
jects is often called the data base.")
STYLE SHEET ENTRI ES
Seiial comma
Commas befoie & aftei geogiaphical units
5 0 2 A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E I
- -
Spell out numbeis undei 101, except peicentages
seventeen-yeai-old (adj.)
-
U.S. (no inteinal space)
DARCON (: DARCOM)
--
XM30 oi XM-30:
-
Congiess National Endowment foi the Aits
data base oveiiuns (n.)
extiemely-low-fiequency waves pyiamid of Cheops
fast-food addict side effects
the Gieat Wall sound-and-light show
haidwoiking taxpayeis
Heiefoid bull vice admiial
Inteistate Highway System yeailong
A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E I 5 0 3
EXERCI S E J
This exeicise is based on an exceipt fiom Diane Johnson, Doctoi Talk," in
edited by Leonaid Michaels and Chiistophei Ricks
(Univeisity of Califoinia Piess, 1980), pp. 396-98, and is used with peimis-
sion of the publishei. Foi the puipose of this exeicise, eiiois weie intioduced
and othei changes weie made to the published text.
- - -
-
- -
-
- --
-
- - -
- - -
- - -
- --
---- -
-
A-
- -
- - --
- -
- - -
- --
5 0 4 A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E J
A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E J 5 0 5
- -
- -- -
- --
-- -
--
- --- - - B-
-
- -
- -B
- B
-
N-
- -
- -
- - - B
-
- -- -
- -B N
- M
- - N
M
- - -
-B -
-
- -
- -
-
- - -- -
- -
N-
K - -
-
-
N K
M
-
- NK - -
- -
-
- -
---
--
- -
-- M
--- -
-- - -
- N
M - N
5 0 6 A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E J
M
- -
-- -
B- -B-
-- - -
- -
-
- N- -
M
--- - N--M
- - ----
- -
K- - -B
- - -
- --
- -
A -
-
-
-
- - -
- -
A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E J 5 0 7
- -- - -
--
- - -
- -
- - -
-
N - B - M
- N-
- B - ---M
- -- -
-
K- - -
- - - --
-
-
- B
- - -
-- -
-
-- - - - -
- - B
- ---
-
-
5 0 8 A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E J
-- - - -
-
- - - - NK
- K - BM
- -
--
--
-
- -- - --
N- M
- - K- -- -
-
- - -
--- -
-
- -
-
- - - -
--
A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E J 5 0 9
- -
- -
LEVEL OF EDI T
The instiuctions called foi a light copyedit that iespected the authoi`s idio-
synciatic style. If youi veision was consideiably moie heavily maiked than
this key, go back and ieview youi editing: Did you make ievisions that weien`t
necessaiy: Did you change sentences that weie not incoiiect simply because
they weie not the sentences you would have wiitten: If so, you aie iunning
the iisk of fiustiating the authoi and wasting youi time and the authoi`s time.
Remembei, the authoi must iead thiough eveiy syllable of youi editing, tak-
ing the time to accept, ieject, oi iewoid each of youi suggestions. And then,
eithei you oi a cleanup editoi will have to iead thiough the authoi`s ieview
of the copyediting.
Q1 Thiee of the fist foui sentences in this pagiaph begin with Foi."
OK oi ievise:
7 Pluial doctois" avoids the geneiic and matches the second half
of the sentence.
Q2 Name the two dialects heie:
Q3 Thiee themselves" heie OK oi ievise:
23 Stet comma aftei (to avoid misieading of tuin to" and
to set off the qualifying -). Delete comma
aftei -syntactical fiamewoik is simply an oi choice.
34 OK to have a male pionoun heie, to iefei to one doctoi, as long
as not eveiy doctoi in the piece is male.
38 Stet -uppeicase indicates that it is being tieated as a lan-
guage, just like English, Fiench, Italian, oi Spanish.
40 Delete comma aftei --to avoid bieaking the phiase
- . . . - Remembei, no comma aftei the
last item in a seiies: and aie my goals. If oi
cannot be calculated, we must ievise oui pioceduie.
40 Nowadays and aie wholly inteichangeable; see
s.v. faithei, fuithei."
41-42 - -is incoiiect heie. As Follett puts it ( s.v. com-
5 1 0 A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E J
pose, compiise"): The whole compiises the paits; the paits aie
compiised in the whole; the whole is composed of its paits; the
paits compose the whole."
43 Comma aftei pH to indicate an elliptical expiession. If
,
oi looks odd to you, ask the authoi to confim; nevei change
technical notations on youi own. Heie, all the notations aie coi-
iect: pO2 and pCO2 aie measuies of oxygen and caibon dioxide
in the blood, and pH is a measuie of acidity oi alkalinity.
45 - is fne. Do not change to appaiatuses" because
- is both a collective singulai noun and one of the equal vaii-
ants foi the pluial noun.
46 lacks an adequate iefeient.
47 is an acionym foi positive end-expiiatoiy piessuie"
tiansmuted into a veib, and the unusual capitalization distin-
guishes it fiom peeped." If you think theie`s a pioblem, queiy
the authoi. Don`t just chaige ahead and change the capitalization
of a technical teim.
51-53 Reoidei the tianslation" to match the oidei of the acionyms:
- (cathed") should follow ---
(bagged").
54 An en dash is needed in - P --
to foim a compound adjective that consists of the open compound
positive end" plus the adjective expiiatoiy." Oi you could
queiy the authoi.
57-58 - . . . - is not a paiallel constiuction. No commas aftei
eithei - because the quotations function as diiect objects of
the veib.
61 Haid end-of-line hyphen foi -B- an attiibutive
compound adjective of the foim noun plus paiticiple."
63-64 - is OK (paity of " constiued as a modifei
of the pluial subject inteins"); also OK to change to a paity of
inteins was."
71 shows sputnik" loweicase, as the geneiic teim
foi the satellites the USSR launched in the 1950s. The woiding
heie, howevei-- -indicates that the authoi is iefei-
iing to the launch of the fist satellite (named Sputnik I)
in 1957, and thus the capitalization is coiiect. calls foi
names of spaceciaft to be set in italic ( ); if you choose
to follow this piefeience, iemembei that a comma following an
italicized woid is also italicized.
A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E J 5 1 1
71 To avoid gendei bias: lay, laypeisons`, laypeople`s.
72 Delete the comma aftei (to avoid bieaking the so adveib
that" phiase).
Q4 Revision OK to claiify tiansition heie:
76 The hyphenation and coiiect spelled-out foim of CAT scannei"
aie in the dictionaiy.
77 should not be italicized, since it has been natuialized
into English. (Test: If a foieign-sounding teim appeais in the main
section of youi dictionaiy, it is a bona fde English woid and should
not be italicized.)
Q5 Uncleai how this example ielates to the sound of medical lan-
guage." Revise:
80 Commas to set off the antithetical
82 Stet commas befoie and aftei Fiist comma maiks the
clause as noniestiictive; second sets off
84-85 - -no seiial comma because this
phiase is not a list of thiee. Heie, is meant
as a paii in apposition to -
85 stops midphiase. Fix oi queiy the authoi.
87 is not a walk of life" and thus cannot be com-
paied to -
91-93 Loweicase spelled-out expiessions; caps used only foi acionyms.
99-100 All these teims aie in a desktop dictionaiy.
101 Two choices heie foi tieating (a woid used as a woid): itali-
cize it oi place quotation maiks aiound it. All the spelled-out vei-
sions should be loweicased.
105-6 Fix (oi queiy the authoi on) two - in one sentence.
Q6 Two givens" in one sentence OK:
112 Delete comma aftei the subject of the sentence is -
(not just Most people").
Q7 Repetition of slightly inconsequential," slightly iote," and
slight inappiopiiateness" OK oi ievise:
Q8 emotional situation of the doctoi"-too clinical, abstiact:
126 piovides thiee examples of piepositions with
Baseball oiiginated the old game of ioundeis. The idea oiig-
inated his own mind. This plan oiiginated the boaid"(3d
ed., p. 442).
129 Add a fiom" to pievent misieading.
131 Move foi claiity and cadence.
5 1 2 A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E J
A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E J 5 1 3
132-36 To avoid the geneiic Doctois must not let themselves
think and feel with patients. In oidei to ietain objective piofes-
sional judgment, doctois have long since leained to withdiaw theii
emotions fiom the plight of the patient." Othei changes you could
suggest: (1) foi substitute empathize"; (2) change
- since when:] to leain" oi aie taught
to."
STYLE SHEET ENTRI ES
- -
Spell out numbeis undei 101 except foi medical test values
Seiial comma
-
SOB DOE (no inteinal peiiods)
pO
2
pCO
2
pH
Doctoi A, Doctoi B
--
Italics foi woid used as woid
-
CAT scannei positive end-expiiatoiy piessuie
computeiized axial tomogiaphy (use en dash)
de iigueui (ioman) Science (as language)
hypeiingestion (italics)
passeisby up-to-date (adj.)
PEEPed well-known (pied. adj.)
EXERCI S E K
The tiouble spots aie:
The column heads jump fiom 6% to 8%. Queiy the authoi about
the missing column foi 7%.
The iightmost column head lacks a peicentage sign. Add it.
The stub contains two lines labeled 3. Logic stiongly suggests that
the second 3 should be a 4; change it and ask authoi to ieconfim.
When you look at the numbeis as a set, you should suspect that
the fist entiy undei 8% has its decimal point in the wiong place:
0.926 would be fai moie likely than .0926 in this context. Coiiect
it and ask authoi to ieconfim. (If .0926 weie coiiect, you would
need to add a zeio befoie the decimal point and iound off to
thiee decimal places: 0.093.)
The last entiy in the last column is missing its fnal digit.
Notice that the numbeis deciease by a small fiaction in each iow as
one ieads acioss fiom left to iight and the numbeis also deciease as
one ieads down each column. Accoiding to this pattein, the entiy
0.592 foi 4 yeais at 6% looks incoiiect; queiy the authoi.
When checking tables, you should also make suie that the entiies in a given
column aie shown to the same numbei of decimal places, that commas (not
peiiods) aie used in laige numbeis, and that peiiods (not commas) appeai
in decimals.
5 1 4 A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E K
-
EXERCI S E L
You may have thought of an alteinate way to aiiange this table; foi exam-
ple, youi solution might look like table B. The advantage of table B is that it
takes up fewei lines than table A, but the diawbacks of table B aie seveial: (I)
table B is haidei to use, because the ieadei cannot easily pick out tiends by
depaitment; (:) table B looks ciowded and unappealing; (,) the ten-column
layout may piesent pioblems in page design. Thus unless veitical space is at
an absolute piemium, table B is not a good solution.
Note also that a copyeditoi who pioposes table B must queiy the authoi
about whethei the column foi mastei`s degiees should iead MA" oi MA/MS"
because students in the psychology depaitment (although not those in En-
glish oi histoiy) may have eained a Mastei of Science iathei than a Mastei
of Aits degiee.
A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E L 5 1 5
TABLE A. Degiee Recipients, Depaitments of Histoiy,
English, and Psychology, 1993-1995
Depaitment 1993 1994 1995
Histoiy
Bacheloi`s 456 778 892
Mastei`s 87 95 106
Doctoial 5 8 12
English
Bacheloi`s 745 798 695
Mastei`s 47 52 65
Doctoial 9 11 9
Psychology
Bacheloi`s 275 298 302
Mastei`s 32 29 30
Doctoial 4 7 9
Offce of the Piesident, -
B pp. 13, 15, and 18.
Does not include students in the dual-majoi piogiam.
5 1 6 A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E L
TABLE B. Degiee Recipients, Depaitments of Histoiy, English, and Psychology,
1993-1995
1993 1994 1995
Depaitment
Histoiy 456 87 5 778 95 8 892 106 12
English 745 47 9 798 52 11 695 65 9
Psychology 275 32 4 298 29 7 302 30 9
Offce of the Piesident, - B pp. 13, 15,
and 18.
Data foi English bacheloi`s degiee iecipients do not include students in the dual-
majoi piogiam.
A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E M 5 1 7
EXERCI S E M
N
M
P
- - - --
-
N
-
--M
P
- -
5 1 8 A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E M
N -- -
--M P
-
-
- N --
- K- -
M
Queiies
Q1 Supply Maiy`s last name.
Q2 Supply Maiy`s last name. If this book and the pieceding entiy aie
by the same paii of authois, we`ll ieplace theii names with a 3-
em dash in the second entiy.
Q3 Supply Akmoie`s full fist name.
Q4 If Akmoie aiticle is fiom the same jouinal as Abben aiticle,
ieconcile the title ( oi
) and the volume numbeis. (We have Akmoie`s
1983 aiticle in vol. 18, and Abben`s 1985 aiticle in vol. 17.)
Q5 Please supply yeai of publication.
Q6 Double t in Pattiick OK:
Q7 Foi Allen, P., supply full fist name.
Q8 Recheck page iange, can`t be 63-53.
Q9 Recheck yeai: 1974 oi 1994:
Q10 Recheck 1991 as date of publication (Clinton was inauguiated in
Januaiy 1993).
A FEW POI NTERS ABOUT REFERENCE LI STS
Take extia caie in hunting foi typogiaphical eiiois in iefeience lists. Few
authois aie diligent enough to pioofiead this section, and many do not bothei
spellchecking the iefeience list because it is so time consuming. (The spell-
checkei stops and questions almost eveiy piopei name.)
Remembei the iules foi capitalizing titles (see Titles of Woiks" in chap-
tei 6). Thus the in the second Addei entiy should be loweicased.
Don`t make assumptions about names; foi example, don`t assume that the
Maiy in both the Addei entiies is Maiy Addei."Always ask the authoi to
supply the facts. If hei suiname is Addei, it is piefeiable foi the entiy to iead
Addei, William, and Maiy Addei." (One suiname is suffcient on a social
invitation to a maiiied couple, but a iefeience list is not a casual document,
and William and Maiy may well be fathei and daughtei, biothei and sistei,
son and mothei, oi fist cousins.)
When two oi moie woiks aie wiitten by the same authoi oi authois, some
publisheis use a 3-em dash in the authoi slot foi the second and subsequent
listings:
Fiank, F. 1990. - New Yoik: Inteinational
Piess.
---. 1993. - New Yoik: Oveiseas Piess.
---. 1996. - Los Angeles: Small Woild Piess.
If you aie obseiving this convention, you would want to make a note to youi-
self to use a 3-em dash in the second Addei entiy if indeed both books aie
wiitten by the same paii of authois:
Addei, William, and Maiy Addei. 1980. --
- Evanston, Ill.: Schoolbooks Piess.
---. 1982. - New Yoik:
Wise Owl.
Howevei, even if Allen, P." tuins out to be Allen, Pattiick sic]," one would
iepeat his name (and not use a 3-em dash) because a second authoi appeais
in the second entiy.
Always queiy illogical numbeis (e.g., P in the Allen and Zamoiia entiy;
as the date foi the Ammonds entiy); don`t guess.
A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E M 5 1 9
5 2 0 A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E M
Tiy to catch possible inconsistencies in the titles of jouinals (e.g., in the
Abben and Akmoie entiies) and in the context of the entiy (e.g., the Andei-
son entiy piedating Clinton`s election).
If you know the name of the state (e.g., in the Ammonds entiy), add it;
otheiwise, queiy the authoi.
A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E N 5 2 1
EXERCI S E N
-
- - - -
- - -
-
- - -
- - B- -
- -
-
-
-
B- -
-
- -
- - -
- B- --
-
--
-
-
--
K-
-
- -
- -
-
- - - -
Queiies
Q1 Please ievise to avoid defning alphanumeiic soiting as Soiting . . .
can be soited."
Q2 DOS Text File-caps OK:
Q3 p. 38, shows back up" (veib) and backup" (noun,
adjective); change heie: Also, add wheie oi how fles aie copied:
(Since this glossaiy is foi beginneis, you wouldn`t want naive iead-
eis to look foi a fle-copying machine.)
Q4 Addition of inteinal" OK: (Again, to pievent novice ieadeis fiom
looking foi a piece of equipment called a buffei.)
Of couise, if you know something about computei jaigon and if youi sched-
ule and editing budget allow, you could help this authoi by iewiiting some
of the defnitions. If you don`t know much about computeis oi don`t have
the time to iewiite the weakei defnitions, you should diaw the authoi`s atten-
5 2 2 A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E N
tion to the defnitions that need woik and supply a quick comment about
the pioblems.
A FEW POI NTERS ABOUT GLOS SARI ES
When copyediting glossaiies, always be on the lookout foi
Ciiculai defnitions. It is ciiculai to defne - as a
type of soiting" that allows woids and numbeis to be soited."
To defne as a iate of speed" is both ciiculai and
iedundant, since - means the iate at which something
happens."
Inconsistency in point of view. The defnition of - uses the
second peison while the defnition of is
impeisonal -
Inconsistent tieatment of the spelled-out veisions of acionyms. The
authoi uses bold foi the initials in the spelling out of but
italics in the spelling out of (and the italics aie misplaced:
yields bid"), and iegulai ioman type foi the spelling
out of
Mysteiies luiking in the coineis of the defnitions. Heie, both
and aie likely to iemain iathei mysteiious to the
novice usei. Adding inteinal" to the lattei defnition will at least
pievent ieadeis fiom wondeiing wheie theii buffei is.
Faulty classifcation. A defnition must indicate whethei the teim is a
veib, a noun, oi an adjective. Thus the defnition of a veib always
contains an infnitive; the defnition of a noun is headed by an
aiticle oi by a noun; and the defnition of an adjective
begins with an adjective oi a phiase such as used to desciibe."
Heie, the authoi consistently includes aiticles in the defnitions of
common nouns. Alteinatively, one could delete these aiticles:
- Key on the keyboaid that . . .
Speed at which . . .
Binaiy digit; smallest stoiage unit . . .
Tempoiaiy inteinal stoiage aiea . . .
Amount of space . . .
A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E N 5 2 3
EXERCI S E O
Of couise, when you aie woiking on a ieal document, the content will affect
youi decisions about typecoding, especially decisions about the levels of heads.
But as this exeicise shows, typecoding is piimaiily a mattei of identifying and
labeling visually distinctive elements.
K-
- - - - -
- -
- -
- -- - -
-
{ - -
{ - -
{ - -
- -
- -- - -
-
- - - -
- -
- -
- -- - -
i o m
- - - -
5 2 4 A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E O
- -
- -
- -- - -
- N - M - -
- - -
-
- - -- - -
-
- - - - -
- -
-- - -
-
- -
- -
-- - -
- - - - -
- - -
-
- -
-- - -
A N S WE R K E Y : E X E R C I S E O 5 2 5
- - 2d ed. Edited by Janet S. Dodd.
Washington, D.C.: Ameiican Chemical Society, 1997.
4th ed. New Yoik: Ameiican Institute of Physics, 1990.
Boston: Houghton Mifin, 1997.
- 3d ed. Boston: Houghton Mif-
in, 1996.
-- 9th ed. Baltimoie: Williams & Wilkins,
1998.
-- -- Edited by Noim Goldstein. Read-
ing, Mass.: Peiseus Books, 1998.
K- - 16th ed. Boston: Little, Biown, 1992.
Baizun, Jacques. Behind the Blue Pencil: Censoiship oi Cieeping Cieativity:" In
- Chicago: Univeisity of Chicago Piess, 1986.
Beinstein, Theodoie. - - New Yoik:
Atheneum, 1965.
---. -- -K- - K- -
- - - - New Yoik: Faiiai, Stiaus & Giioux,
1971.
Blake, Gaiy, and Robeit W. Bly. - --- New Yoik: Macmil-
lan, 1992.
---. - New Yoik: Macmillan, 1993.
Buichfeld, R. W. K- - - Oxfoid: Claiendon Piess,
1996.
14th ed. Chicago: Univeisity of Chicago Piess, 1993.
- 3d ed. New Yoik: Columbia Univeisity Piess, 1994.
5 2 7
Cook, Claiie Kehiwald. Boston:
Houghton Mifin, 1985.
- - -- Washington, D.C.:
Ameiican Psychiatiic Association, 1996.
Dickson, Paul. - -
Spiingfeld, Mass.: Meiiiam-Webstei, 1997.
K- 25th ed. Philadelphia: W. B. Saundeis, 1995.
Follett, Wilson. - New Yoik: Hill & Wang, 1966.
Revised ed., edited by Eiik Wensbeig. New Yoik: Hill & Wang, 1998.
Fowlei, Heniy. - - 2d ed., ievised by Einest
Goweis. Oxfoid: Claiendon Piess, 1965.
Gainei, Biyan A. - New Yoik: Oxfoid Uni-
veisity Piess, 1998.
Edited by Piiscilla S. Tayloi and Maiy T. Stoughton.
Alexandiia, Va.: EEI Piess, 1997.
Gieenfeld, Howaid. - Revised ed. New Yoik: Ciown,
1989.
8th ed. Edited by William A. Sabin. Lake Foiest, Ill.: Glen-
coe, 1996.
Higham, Nicholas J. - 2d ed.
Philadelphia: Society foi Industiial and Applied Mathematics, 1998.
Hiisch, E. D., Ji. - - Chicago: Univeisity of Chicago Piess,
1977.
Johnson, Edwaid D. - New Yoik: Washington Squaie
Piess, 1991.
-K- 10th ed. Spiingfeld, Mass.: Meiiiam-
Webstei, 1993.
-K- - - Spiingfeld, Mass.: Meiiiam-Webstei,
1989.
-K- - Spiingfeld, Mass.: Meiiiam-Webstei,
1993.
-K- 3d ed. Spiingfeld, Mass.: Meiiiam-
Webstei, 1997.
- 2d ed. New Yoik: Modein Lan-
guage Association, 1998.
Moiiis, Evan. K- Repiint ed. New Yoik: Fawcett
Books, 1998.
Mulvany, Nancy. - Chicago: Univeisity of Chicago Piess, 1993.
- - Alexandiia, Va.: EEI
Piess, 1996.
5 2 8 S E L E C T E D B I B L I O G R A P H Y
- Oxfoid: Oxfoid Univeisity Piess, 1993.
-K- Edited by Madeline Semmelmeyei and Donald
O. Bolandei. New Yoik: Beikley Books, 1991.
K- - Edited by Andiea Sut-
cliffe. New Yoik: HaipeiCollins, 1994.
- - - - --- Repiint ed.
Chicago: Univeisity of Chicago Piess, 1996.
- Edited by Tom McAithui. Oxfoid:
Oxfoid Univeisity Piess, 1992.
- 2d ed. 20 vols. Oxfoid: Oxfoid Univeisity Piess, 1989.
Pinkei, Steven. - - New Yoik:
HaipeiPeiennial, 1995.
- -- 4th ed. Washington, D.C.:
Ameiican Psychological Association, 1994.
- -K- 3d ed. New Yoik: Random House, 1999.
- -K- -- New Yoik: Random House, 1997.
- -K- New Yoik: Random House, 1997.
Rodale, J. I. Revised ed. New Yoik: Wainei Books, 1986.
K- -- New Yoik: HaipeiCollins, 1992.
B - - -- 6th
ed. Cambiidge: Cambiidge Univeisity Piess, 1994.
Shaipe, Leslie T., and Iiene Gunthei. -
Cambiidge: Cambiidge Univeisity Piess, 1994.
Sheitzei, Maigaiet D. - New Yoik: Macmillan, 1986.
K- 26th ed. New Yoik: Macmillan, 1995.
- - Alexandiia, Va.: EEI Piess,
1996.
Stiunk, William, Ji., and E. B. White. - 4th ed. Boston: Allyn &
Bacon, 1999.
Swanson, Ellen. - Updated ed. Piovidence, R.I.: Ameiican Math-
ematics Society, 1999.
Taiutz, Judith A. - - Read-
ing, Mass.: Addison-Wesley, 1992.
Tufte, Edwaid R. - - Cheshiie, Conn.:
Giaphics Piess, 1983.
- B Washington, D.C.: U.S. Gov-
einment Piinting Offce, 1984.
Walkei, Janice R., and Todd Tayloi. New Yoik:
Columbia Univeisity Piess, 1998.
-K- 4th ed. New Yoik: Macmillan, 1999.
S E L E C T E D B I B L I O G R A P H Y 5 2 9
-K- Spiingfeld, Mass.: Meiiiam-Webstei,
1993.
Williams, Joseph M. Chicago: Univeisity of Chicago
Piess, 1990.
- - - Revised ed. Edited by Con-
stance Hale and Jessie Scanlon. New Yoik: Bioadway Books, 1999.
- 3d ed. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Pientice-Hall, 1974.
- - -- P.O. Box 604, An-
sonia Station, New Yoik NY 10023. Website: www.copyeditoi.com. E-mail:
maiybethCcopyeditoi.com.
66 Canal Centei Plaza, Suite 200, Alexandiia VA 22314. Website:
www.eeicom.com/eye/. E-mail: eyeCeeicom.com.
- -- - 71 West 23d Stieet, New Yoik NY 10010.
-- - P.O. Box 835, Cambiidge MA 02238. Website:
www.tiac.net/useis/fieelanc/index.html.
Ameiican Psychological Association, citation style: www.apa.oig/jouinals/webief.htm
Bill Walsh`s www.theslot.com
Books, used and out of piint: www.bookfndei.com
newslettei: www.copyeditoi.com
Dictionaiy sites, list of: www.facstaff.bucknell.edu/ibeaid/diction.html
Editoiial Expeits: www.eeicom.com
www.eeicom.com/eye/
FAQs, newsgioup alt.usage.english: www.cs.uu.nl/wais/html/na-dii/
alt-usage-english-faq.html
FAQs, Copyediting-L: www.telp.com/editing/
FAQS, www.piess.uchicago.edu
Fieelance Editoiial Association: www.tiac.net/useis/fieelanc/index.html
Inteinational Tiademaik Association: www.inta.oig
Libiaiy of Congiess catalog: www.loc.gov
Meiiiam-Webstei`s Collegiate Dictionaiy: www.m-w.com/dictionaiy/
Modein Language Association, FAQs and citation style: www.mla.oig
Oxfoid English Dictionaiy: www.oed.com
5 3 0 S E L E C T E D B I B L I O G R A P H Y
vs. with acionyms, :,o
A (ampeie), ::,
abbieviations, :Io-I,, :I8-:o
academic degiees, I,, :I,
bibliogiaphical, ::,-:o
Biitish style, :I8n,
capitalization of, :I8, :::, ::,-:
dictionaiy as iesouice on, ,8, :I,
editoiial styling of, :I8-I,
eias, :::-::,
in foimal wiiting, :Io-I,
Latin, common, :I,-:I
list of, ,I, :,8
measuiement units, :I,, ::,-:,
monetaiy units, I,8-,,
numeials with, I,
peisonal titles, :I,
pluial foims, I,, :I,, ::,-:o
punctuation of, :I8-I,
in iefeience lists, :,8-,,, :8o, :8I,
:,
states, ::I-::
style sheet entiies, ,, ,o, I,I
absolute adjective oi adveib, ,,o-,I
absolute paiticiple, ,,8-,,
academic degiees, I,, :I,
academic yeai, I8:, I,I
accent maiks. diaciitic maiks
acknowledgments, :,8, :,,
-- singulai oi pluial, ,
acionyms, ::o-,I, :8o
vs. with, :,o
capitalization of, ::o
coipoiate names, :I,
dictionaiy as iesouice on, ,8, ::o
familiai vs. unfamiliai, ::o-:,
in foimal wiiting, :Io, :I,
vs. initialisms, :Ion
intioduction of, ::o-:8, ::,-,o, :8o
jouinalistic style foi, ::o
list of, :,I
oveiseas oiganizations, ::,-,o
5 3 1
Signs and symbols aie indexed undei theii common names; foi a list of these names,
see pages :::-:,. Defnitions of teims may be found in the glossaiies, which aie not
indexed heie.
acionyms ()
pionunciation cues, :,I
iedundonyms, :,o-,I
vs. shoit titles, :8o
spelling out, ::o-:8
style sheet entiies, ,
o,
active vs. passive voice, ,,,-,o
act-scene citation, ,,
A.D., :::-:,
addiesses, ,8-,,, :::
adjectives
absolute, ,,o-,I
attiibutive, I,8-I
compaiative and supeilative, ,,o-,I
compound, I,,, I,8-I, ::,
cooidinate, Ioo-IoI, Io
copulative veibs and, ,o,-,o
dates as, I8:-8,
fiactions as, I,o
hyphenation of, I,,, I,8-I, ::,
intioductoiy phiases functioning
as, 88
noncooidinate, Ioo-IoI
nouns used as, ,,I
fiom peisonal names, I,,
phiases used as, 88, I,,-o
piedicate, I,8
piopei, I,o-,I, I,, I,,
style sheet entiies, ,o
suspended, Io-I
in titles, Ioo, IoI
yeais as, 8, I8:-8,
adveibial phiase, 8o-8,
adveibs
absolute, ,,o-,I
absolute paiticiples as, ,,8-,,
compaiative and supeilative, ,,o-,I
compound, II
in compound adjectives, I,,
dictionaiy as iesouice on, ,8
5 3 2 I N D E X
fiactions as, I,o
intioductoiy phiase functioning
as, 8o
to join independent clauses, ,8, ,,
sentence, :,, 8on-8,n, ,,
in titles, Ioo, IoI, Io:
tiansitional, 8on-8,n, ,,, I,o
clauses, 8,
agieement, pionoun-antecedent, IIo,
,oI-o
agieement, subject-veib, ,,,-,
A.H., ::,
oo
align, hand-maik foi, ,,
all caps, in text, o
alphabet, letteis of. letteis
(of alphabet)
alphabet soup," ::8-:,
alphabetization
lettei-by-lettei vs. woid-by-woid, ,o,
of names, I,, :8:, ,o,
of nonalphabetical chaiacteis, ,o,-
of numeials, ,o,
as oiganizing piinciple, ,,,-,8,
,,,-8o
- beginning a sentence with, ,,,
vs. ,,
alt.usage.english, o,
A.M., I8o, :::
AMA (Ameiican Medical Association)
style, oo
ambiguity, examples of,
compounds, I,8, I,,, II, I,
vs. ,8,-88
numbeis, I,, I8o
punctuation, Io,, Io,, Io,, II:-I,,
II,-Io
I: A.M. and I: P.M., I8o
tangled negatives, ,,,-,8
pionouns, ,o,, ,oo-o,
woid oidei, :,, ,,I-,:, ,oo, oo
I N D E X 5 3 3
Ameiican Heiitage dictionaiies, ,,,
,,-,8
--
oo
Ameiican Psychological Association,
style manual, oo. - APA
style
ampeie, ::,
ampeisand, :I,
vs. with acionyms, :,o